Touring tents are often selected for rugged outback adventures and 4WD road trips due to their durability and easy of setup. Image: Oztent

The highlighter’s out of ink, the spreadsheets are scrawled with aggressive pen markings, and our cups are out of coffee – but we’ve done it. We’ve got the list. We can finally reveal the top 10 best-selling 4WD and touring tents for 2024.

Touring tents are often selected for rugged outback adventures and 4WD road trips due to their durability and easy of setup. In light of that, every tent that made the list was held to three stipulations:

1. Freestanding and standalone
2. Canvas or a tough synthetic construction, to withstand the rigours of the outback
3. Featuring (in part) a quick-pitch design for easy setup and pack down

Many of these tents are also used for general camping – but if you’re after a model that caters for both a weekend away and an extended outback jaunt, both styles of adventure can be covered with the options below.

Let’s work back from number 10!

10. Rooftop Tents

Popular in the past year has been the 23Zero Dakota 2200 Rooftop Tent with LST.

Built for blissful outback slumbers, Snowys’ range of rooftop tents stretches further than daylight at dawn. Popular in the past year has been the Dakota 2200 Rooftop Tent with LST and the Panther 1600, both by 23ZERO.

This tent uses 23ZERO’s Light Suppression Technology (LST) – a dark coating on the inner that keeps your shelter dark during the dazzling mornings, meanwhile ensuring a cool inside temperature on warmer days. Constructed from a rugged 280gsm polycotton tear-check canvas, its fine PVC-coated insect mesh also allows airflow and protection from pests. From sunshiny haze to stargazing, zip down the sky roof or 180-degree windows for air circulation through the tent’s side vents. Collapsing into a 600gsm PVC transit cover with D-ring compression straps, pack-down is easy and efficient ahead of your next destination. 

Camp in rooftop royalty, owed to the wide range of rooftop tent designs available at Snowys for elevating every road trip. Additional annexes also serve as wind and rain protection in unideal weather, from drizzle to downpour.

9. Dometic Santorini FTK 4X8 TC & 2X4 TC

From feeding the family to fooling around with friends, this inflatable canopy allows the space! Pictured: Santorini FTK 2X4 TC

Get pumped, because the Dometic Santorini FTK 4X8 TC and 2X4 Inflatable tents are new to this year’s rank – offering plenty of room to wriggle for up to 8 people!

Be your stay brief or not, the multi-point inflation and 10cm air poles mean you can multitask while the tent inflates. Stay protected from the elements thanks to mesh panels, while the polycotton material reduces condensation and regulates the interior temperature, and a large ventilation panel located at the rear ensures superior interior comfort. From feeding the family to fooling around with friends, the integral inflatable canopy allows the space!

8. Oztent SV-5 Max

The SV-5 Max continues to gain a loyal fanbase.

A true-blue head-turner, the SV-5 Max continues to gain a loyal fanbase. Its backstory will tug at the heartstrings – named in honour of Oztent’s late owner Shane Viglione – but that’s only part of why it’s made the top ten.

The SV-5 endures all the seasons and comfortably sleeps four people. If you took all the best features from the RX-5 and full RV range, then added a few more, this is the result. Its 8oz Ripstop canvas construction also features a 5-metre wide polyester zip-in tarp extension, plus a silver-coated polyester fly. Complete with everything you need – from the heat-sealed PVC tub floor, to the SkyMesh Skylight – there’s also the option to create another enclosed space using the separately available side and front panels that attach to the awning.

Spacious, tough, and just as easy to set up as the original 30-second tent – the SV-5 Max is one of the leading spacious and ultra livable tents in the 4WD and touring range.

7. BlackWolf Turbo Lite Cabin & Turbo Lite Twin

The Turbo Lites boast a lightweight, Ripstop polyester construction. Pictured: BlackWolf Turbo Lite Cabin 450

Turbo Lite Cabin

Unlike the canvas series, the Turbo Lites boast a lightweight, Ripstop polyester construction.

For the families who love each other’s company, but still like their own privacy – the Black Wolf Turbo Lite Cabin provides that space. With familiar features including tape-sealed seams where the wall meets the floor, PVC storm flaps for weather protection, and reinforcing along the roof poles for stability, the Turbo Lite Cabin has a 6-way hub for additional headroom and a centre zip allowing either two side-by-side sanctuaries, or one large space.

The Turbo Lite Twin offers an added level of luxury. Pictured: BlackWolf Turbo Lite Twin 300

Turbo Lite Twin

The Turbo Lite Twin offers a similar level comfort and space, with an added layer of luxury. With the features of the Cabin, the Lite Twin also has a central room with two each side that can be either closed off for privacy or left open to allow a larger living space throughout the tent. The back door can also can be expanded as a basic, two-pole awning, or closed for privacy.

6. Oztent RX-5

The Oztent RX-5 is tough, weatherproof and easy to pitch.

For the families who love adventure, the Oztent RX-5 is tough, weatherproof, and easy to pitch.

When first released, the RX tent was available in two sizes: the RX-4 and the RX-5. Oztent then decided to focus this range on the larger model, which continues to gain interest and momentum as a touring tent.

This tent is an all-in-one made from ModCan canvas material, offering a protected sleeping area at the rear. Including a removable panel system that attaches under the awning and a floor, it allows the option to create an additional weatherproof room too. In fine weather, the front wall and floor can be left off, leaving only the awning for shade. When attached, the wall and floor create a protected space that extends the living area of your tent.

Complete with a flysheet, doors, windows, and even a skylight – stay comfortable in any climate. The Oztent RX-5 is perfect as an all-in-one ‘ducks-nuts’ solution for outback touring and family camping.

5. BlackWolf Turbo Lite & Turbo Lite Plus

The ‘Lite’ version of the Black Wolf Turbo Tents straddle the balance between general camping and outback touring. Pictured: BlackWolf Turbo Lite 240

Turbo Lite

Almost unbeatable as an all-round family camping and 4WD touring tent, the ‘Lite’ or synthetic version of the Black Wolf Turbo Tents straddle the balance between general camping and outback touring like a bird on a wire!

These tents boast the same durable aluminium frame as their canvas counterparts, only 23mm instead of 25mm. Their 150D Ripstop synthetic fabric construction also offers excellent durability, meanwhile shaving about 25% off the weight.

The ‘Lite’ versions of the Turbo tents are also available in a larger range of sizes and configurations than the canvas models – plus, compatible with a host of optional accessories for a more personalised campsite setup.

The Turbo Lite series are almost unbeatable as an all-round family camping and 4WD touring tent. Pictured: BlackWolf Turbo Lite Plus 240

Turbo Lite Plus

Ideal for shorter getaways, the Lite and Lite Plus versions of the Turbo tent range blend pared-back portability with adequate space, versatility, and durability built for outback conditions. Where the Lite features a three-pole awning to extend the living area, the Lite Plus includes a curtain divider to either split the space into two rooms or detach for a larger living area.

The Turbo Lite and Lite Plus tents offer fuss-free camping from the short weekends away to the more extended getaways.

4. BlackWolf Turbo & Turbo Plus

A canvas Turbo tent offers excellent durability. Pictured: BlackWolf Turbo 300

Turbo

The Black Wolf Turbo tent range is ideal for campers after a balance of simplicity, livability, and durability. There are two series in the range (differentiated by their fabric), and while the canvas series has maintained a strong foothold it is often trumped by its lightweight cousin. This is most likely on account of its additional weight and higher cost.

A canvas Turbo tent offers excellent durability. Known for their easy setup and hard-wearing canvas construction, the Turbo range offers a fuss- and stress-free camping experience. With tape-sealed seams where the wall meets the floor, PVC storm flaps, and reinforcing along the roof poles for weather protection and stability – the Turbo is built for tough Aussie conditions.

If you can afford both the extra dollars and grams, the benefit is a quick-pitch and livable touring tent year after year. There are also many add-on accessories available for a more customised setup.

The Turbo Plus is perfect for families who require extra living space on tour. BlackWolf Turbo Plus 240

Turbo Plus

The Turbo Plus is a hardwearing and quick-pitch design, perfect for families who require extra living space on tour.

Carrying over the tape-sealed seams, PVC storm flaps, and reinforcing along the roof poles for sturdiness, the Turbo Plus also features a fly with wider corners to guard against water leakage. For easy setup and pack down, the siliconised polyester floor is easy to roll. Plus – extend your living space with the three-pole awning, or section it off using the optional panels to create an enclosed screen room.

The timelessly designed Turbo Plus is ideal for bigger groups on the move, boasting durability, space, and efficiency in the outdoors.

3. BlackWolf Turbo 240 X-Lite LF

The Turbo 240 X-Lite LF still has the durability to see you through many kilometres of outback touring.

On this list, the 240 X-Lite LF is nestled in at the lightweight end of the touring tents – but based on customer feedback, we reckon it still has the durability to see you through many kilometres of outback touring.

Setup is pretty much the same as regular Black Wolf Turbo tents. Its smaller vestibule still provides standing space, while the roof poles are made from a flexible composite material reducing both weight and packed size.

This tent is ideal for weight-conscious individuals, or couples on outback adventures.

A 210T silver-coated Ripstop polyester fly allows increased ventilation and reduces condensation. Image: Oztent

2. Oztent RV Plus: 3 and 5

Oztent have elevated the RV range with their RV Plus tents. Pictured: Oztent RV-5 Plus

Sure, there’s the RV – but then there’s the RV Plus, of which the RV-3 and RV-5 ranked highly over the past year.

Keeping all the original, familiar features including the 30-second setup, quality 8oz Ripstop polycotton canvas, large attached awning, and modular design – Oztent have elevated the RV with a SkyMesh Skylight built into the roof, including easy, internal open and closing for stargazing and adequate airflow. A 210T silver-coated Ripstop polyester fly allows increased ventilation and reduces condensation, while the awning zips have been redesigned to allow attaching of accessories (such as walls) for wet weather protection.

Mirroring the above too, the RV-5 Plus boasts a heat-sealed tub floor made from heavy-duty 510g PVC, plus a strong aluminium frame capable of effortless, 30-second assembling and disassembling by a single camper!

The RV-3 and RV-5 Plus tents are reflection of Oztent’s success in keeping what works and adding what exceeds every outdoor adventurer’s expectations.

1. Oztent RV: 3, 4, and 5

The original Oztent RV Tents have earned the top spot for another year in review. Pictured: Oztent RV-4

Well, this is awkward.

The truth is, the original Oztent RV Tents have earned the top spot for another year in review. These tents are consistently our best-selling touring tents by far, maintaining the number one position.

On account of both their ease of use and reliability in rugged outback conditions, the Oztent RV range goes hand-in-hand with 4WD and outback touring. Their simple yet robust design with easy-to-set-up frame leaves most of our customers wondering why they didn’t snag one sooner. Constructed with a trusted, 8oz Ripstop canvas, RV tents boast a strong, aluminium frame and heavy-duty PVC floor for ultimate outdoor durability.

With optional accessories such as front panels, side panels, and custom mesh floor savers sized for each model – plus a whole host more – you can create the setup style best suited to your campsite.

We’ve got to mention these…

While they tend to lack the same level of durability as the touring tents listed above, the 23ZERO Saber Lite Paw and Saber Max roof top tents, as well as the new and improved OZtrail Fast Frame series, cover lightweight materials, efficient designs, and quick-pitch setups for fantastic family camping alternatives.

The pop-up, stand-out solution to roughing it on the roof. Pictured: 23ZERO Saber Lite Paw.

23ZERO Saber Lite Paw and Saber Max Roof Top Tents

The new Saber Lite Paw and Saber Max RTTs by 23ZERO are the pop-up, stand-out solution to roughing it on the roof – the Saber Lite Paw at 94kg and the Saber Max and only 5kg more.

Both boasting a pared back, in-and-out design, their secure system features a gas strut-assisted hull for a robust setup and swift pack-down, while tough, LST-coated, 300gsm eco-friendly canvas diffuses sunlight and UV rays for sleeping through the sunrise. Bounce back from a bad nights’ sleep with a velour-coated 65mm rebound foam mattress, while a 10mm padded condensation mat mediates and manages internal moisture.

Power on after dark thanks to built-in power access via USB-A and -C ports, plus a cigarette socket that routes to an Anderson plug. From the paddleboarders and pedallers to the recovery veteran, three T-slot roof bars for mounting boards and bikes also provide versatility.

Speedy to setup, spacious to sleep in, and compact to pack away, these tents are for the families chasing more freedom! Pictured: OZtrail Fast Frame BlockOut Lumos

OZtrail Fast Frame BlockOut Lumos

Soon to be in the spotlight on the Snowys shelves, and showcased across our website – the new and improved Fast Frame BlockOut Lumos tents by OZtrail exist as 4P, 6P, 10P, and 12P model. Speedy to setup, spacious to sleep in, and compact to pack away, these tents are for the families chasing more freedom!

Large front and rear doors allow for easy access, while a tough and robust PVC flooring and 150D flysheet with 3000mm waterhead rating withstands the damper days. ClimaTech vents and No-See-Um Mesh panels provide superior air circulation, and keep the bugs at bay for maximum comfort in warm conditions. Plus, BlockOut Technology on the fly reduces internal heat by 10°C, meanwhile shutting out 95% of sunlight.

The real lightbulb moment? OZtrail’s trademarked built-in LED lighting system offers flexible settings for a lit setup that suits you!

Check out the full range of OZtrail’s updated Fast Frame tents here.

The real lightbulb moment? OZtrail’s trademarked built-in LED lighting system! Image: OZtrail

What’s the most you’ve ever put your touring tent through?

The post Best 4WD & Touring Tents for 2024 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

We’ve cast a spotlight on the 10 best-selling headlamps for 2024. Image: BioLite

Choose from multi-feature designs with numerous modes, strobes, and patterned globes, or sleek, streamlined designs offering only the necessities.

Be it pitching your setup at sundown, searching for that spanner during roadside car repairs, or trekking the blackened tracks back to base camp – a headlamp is a true henchman, drenching darkness with daylight. Run time, power, comfort, and price point are all worth a little thought so you can determine the best headlamp for your outdoor adventure.

We’ve cast a spotlight on the 10 best-selling headlamps for 2024 – and to shed some light on what’s ahead, we’ve had some major shifts and changes to the rank since last year!

Let’s turn it on, off the grid – starting with number 10…

10. BioLite Headlamps 200, 330, and 750

Lumens: Headlamp 200: 200 | Headlamp 330: 330 | Headlamp 750: 750

We begin with the BioLite range, shining bright as a brand-spanking new addition to our top 10 rank!

Lightweight, comfortable, and rechargeable for alfresco, after-dark convenience – the BioLite headlamps boast a beaming 200, 330, and 750 lumens across three models. Sporting multiple modes via both red and white lighting, such as spot dimmable, strobe, flood dimmable, burst, and dimmable rear visibility – these lamps light the night from your noggin on a supple, lightweight band that wicks away moisture on those balmy evenings after sundown. Recharge the lithium-ion battery via micro USB too, for hours of impressive power ranging between 150 on low from the 750 up to 40 hours on the same setting from both the 200 and 330.

BioLite’s 200, 330, and 750 headlamps are their brightest lightbulb moment yet.

9. Explore Planet Earth LENZPRO 150 Rechargeable and LENZ 100 Headlight

Lumens: LENZPRO 150: 150 | LENZ 100: 100

From campsite to hike track, the LENZPRO 150 Rechargeable Headlamp and LENZ100 Headlight by Explore Planet Earth are the most simple, affordable, bright bang-for-buck options to take your adventure to the next lumen!

With a total beam distance of 100m, the LENZPRO 150 offers high-impact brightness in 150 lumens from LED and 80 from COB. Thanks to a rechargeable lithium battery too, beat the dead batteries out bush and enjoy long-lasting illumination.

The LENZ100 Headlight is meanwhile ideal for beginners or budget-conscious campers, with push-button operation and an adjustable head strap for convenient comfort. Choose from high, low, or flash across all sorts of applications, operated by two included AAA batteries and delivering a total beam distance of 15m.

With an IPX rating of 4 and 5 respectively, these headlamps drench darkness with daylight while running, cycling, or camping.

8. Knog Bilby Headlamp

Lumens: 400

Last year, this model was (ironically) left in the dark and only just missed out on a spot in the top 10. Owing to its innovative design, it’s now taken hands-free lighting to a new level – the eighth level, to be precise!

Its unique form is comprised of a USB rechargeable pod with a medical-grade silicone adjustable strap for comfortable wear. Offering 400 lumens in total across 5 strategically placed LEDs, benefit from high beam, red light, two downlights, elliptical beams for mid and wide-angle, and a boost mode – customisable via the ModeMaker app, while a water and dustproof rating of 67 withstands the wilder weather. Pop out the pod and plug directly into a USB-A port for four hours of easy recharging too.

The Knog Bilby Headlamp is designed for performance and comfort, taking on the demand of the outdoors.

7. Petzl Tikka and Tikka Core

Lumens: Tikka: 300 | Tikka Core: 450

The Tikka headlamp by Petzl is a dynamic blend of compact, comfortable, and reliable lighting, now available in both battery and rechargeable (Core) versions. A classic in the lighting industry, this solid, hands-free noggin globe has been on the market for years.

Red and white light options allow for versatile application during both evening and late night outdoor activities, while a glow-in-the-dark function is the light at the end of the tunnel when your headlamp goes rogue.

An IPX4 rating offers weather resistance, so it battles the outback brutality by your side – plus, there’s the option of both 3 x AAA batteries included or the rechargeable single battery.

The Petzl Tikka headlamp is ideal for both general camping and hiking use.

6. Black Diamond Cosmo 350 and 350-R Headlamps

Lumens: Cosmo 350: 350 | Cosmo 350-R: 350

Calling all glow-getters – the Cosmo 350 Headlamp by Black Diamond is your beacon of light, now available in battery and rechargeable models. 

From the dark driveways to the blackened paddocks, this headlamp boasts red, green, and blue night-vision, plus full strength, dimming, strobe, and lock modes for ultimate illumination across both proximity and distance. Red night-vision alone offers both strobe and dimming modes, activating without the need to cycle through. Lock mode also prevents accidental use when stored in either a pack or a pocket, so you can ride the bumps of rugged scrubs without falling flat! Plus – a dual-fuel system allows charging flexibility and a battery meter monitors its status.

With an IPX8 rating and a Brightness Memory function too – the Cosmo 350 and 350-R Headlamps are a result of another Black Diamond lightbulb moment, offering the ultimate glow on the go.

5. Petzl Tikkina 300

Lumens: 300

Owing to its impressive history of reliable lighting, the Tikkina 300 head torch by Petzl continues to rank highly in the Top 10 head torches for camping and hiking as a trusted classic – sitting snug in fifth place and maintaining true Petzl quality at an affordable price.

Offering 300 lumens and an IPX4 rating for wild weather resistance, the Tikkina is compatible with either standard AAA batteries or a separately available CORE rechargeable battery. As always, Petzl cast a spotlight on convenience and user-friendly componentry, featuring a single-button operation for ease of use.

Through its evolution, the Petzl Tikkina retains its sleek, compact design, perfect as reliable proximity lighting for campers and hikers.

4. Black Diamond Storm 450 and 500-R

Lumens: Storm 450: 450 |Storm 500-R: 500

For the adventurers who look on the bright side – the Storm 450 and 500-R Headlamps by Black Diamond take the loyal lamp to the next level.

Be it rechargeable or AAA batteries, their ‘dual-fuel’ system allows flexibility of power sources. With an IP67 waterproof rating, they can operate at least one metre underwater for 30 minutes – so you can beat the dead batteries out bush and brave the after-dark fishing. From a maximum light output of 450 to 500 lumens respectively, enjoy a dynamic duo of dim and full power thanks to the PowerTap technology for instant transitioning too. Brightness Memory means your chosen brightness remains even after switching off, while full strength, dimming, strobe, and lock modes, plus red, green, and blue night-vision together offer illumination across proximity and distance.

Look on the bright side, with the Black Diamond Storm Headlamp range.

3. Black Diamond Astro 300 and 300-R

Lumens: Astro 300: 300 | Astro 300-R: 300

From the backyard to the outback, the Astro 300 and 300-R Headlamps by Black Diamond pack a luminous punch!

Swanking an elastic headband for next-to-skin comfort, achieve ultimate illumination with 300 lumens across both dimming and strobe settings. With a dual-fuel system for charging flexibility and monitoring, the 300-R model also boasts a built-in rechargeable battery. Their Brightness Memory feature retains your chosen brightness even after switching off, and an IPX4 water resistance rating withstands rain and sleet from all angles. Plus, ride those bumpy, rugged roads dry without falling flat owing to lock mode for preventing accidental use while stored.

These are the beacons worth packing with the camp tackle!

2. Black Diamond Spot 400 and 400-R Headlamps

Lumens: Spot 400: 400 | Spot 400-R: 400

For all-round radiance that’s also compact in your rucksack – the Spot 400 and 400-R Headlamp by Black Diamond offer impressive illumination on those multi-use missions, now available in battery and rechargeable.

With a recycled elastic headband offering supple next-to-skin comfort – it’s the true henchman for your head! Achieve ultimate illumination across both proximity and distance with a range of light settings, including dimming, strobe, and red night-vision modes. Keep track of the battery capacity with the built-in battery meter, while red night-vision alone offers both strobe and dimming modes. Enjoy dim and full power with the PowerTap technology for instant transitioning, while a Brightness Memory feature retains your selected brightness even after switching off.

1. Petzl Actik and Actik Core

Lumens: Actik: 450 | Actik Core: 600

Be it tearing up the running trails, trekking the ups and drops, or skidding up the bike tracks, the Actik Core from Petzl is the most popular of the Actik range.

Available in a 450 or 600-lumen model, the Actik range provides flood or mixed beam patterns, and multiple lighting options including a red mode for protective night vision. Its reflective headband enables visibility for identification purposes, as well as versatility in powering options; standard batteries, or a Core rechargeable battery for convenience.

For the adventurers feeling in the dark about rugged lighting, or the outdoor entrepreneurs looking for the light – the Petzl Actik and Actik Core are fully prepared for every high-energy activity.

For the Little Lights: OZtrail Kids Headlamps

Lumens: Not specified

Let your little lights shine with a little help from the Kids Headlamps by OZtrail!

Powered by AAA batteries, these torches are available across three bright and fun designs: Crocodile, Dog, or the Aussie Koala. Compact but feature-complete, they sport both solid and flashing light modes to allow plenty of playtime after sunset, while single-button control ensures easy, independent use. Plus, a soft, supple head strap is fully adjustable to fit heads great and small!

Let’s switch it on, off the grid! Image: BioLite

What’s your preferred headlamp for your adventures? 

The post Best Headlamps for Hiking & Camping – 2024 Review appeared first on Snowys Blog.

After trimming the fat that is bias and sales incentives, we can now present a list of pits that deliver the ultimate outback blend of barbecued food and crackling campfires. Be you a camper who feels the cold, or a chargrilled grub master – make no missed-steak, our best-selling fire pits for 2024 are no smoke!

Without further ado, let’s bring the joy of good food and outback magic with our hottest sellers for this year…

A fire pit brings the joy of good food and outback magic. Image: 23ZERO

Hottest Looking at the Campsite

Ozpig Big Pig Cooker & Heater

A real looker and a better cooker – bask in the warmth of your own backyard, with the Big Pig from Ozpig.

A strong, long-standing number, the Big Pig features one of the best outdoor stoves possible for at-home use. With a heavy-duty steel construction, it delivers substantial heating through the large, open front door, while the stove allows removal of the stovetop and cooking directly over the flames – so you can achieve smoky meats, chargrilled eats, and comfort food as bolstering as a rugged hug from Dad!

With a dual-zone cooking area for cooking two dishes at once, the Big Pig has been reviewed by our customers as a ‘truly great product’ that generates a lot of warmth too – a you-beaut all-rounder for outdoor ambience and alfresco cooking.

The Big Pig features one of the best outdoor stoves possible for at-home use. Image: Ozpig

Hottest for the Gadget Gurus

BioLite Fire Pit+ Wood & Charcoal Burning Fire Pit

Debunking the old saying, ‘where there’s smoke there’s fire’, the FirePit+ from BioLite is the smokeless solution!

For the gear gurus or the niftier nomads, this pit boasts state-of-the-art tech in an ergonomic design. Patented airflow technology ensures hyper-efficient flames and clean combustion, while x-ray mesh on the body conveys a floating fire and adjustable rack takes both charcoal or wood. Plus, enamel coating and larger perforations within the mesh provide more radiant heat, and a removable grill grate provides the means to go hibachi-style at dinnertime. The FirePit+ is powered by a 12,800mAh battery that offers over 28 hours of power on the low setting, controllable manually or remotely from the compatible Bluetooth app.

With nothing but five-star reviews from our customers, this fire pit is considered a ‘firebug’s delight’ – easy to light, ambient, and generates little mess.

A fire pit offers warmth, campsite ambience, and even a cooking space for the cooler camp trips and backyard shindigs. Image: BioLite

Hot, Sturdy, and Aussie-Made

Supa Peg Frontier Fire Pit

Stylish, sturdy, and easy to store!

Supa Peg are renowned for their innovatively designed products, where the Frontier’s 8-panelled system features panels and base plates locked together by a specifically engineered retaining pin for a closed in, safe, and efficient fire pit. Boasting a laser-cut, heavy-duty steel construction, it packs down flat into a durable carry bag. A base plate keeps your fire elevated, while attractive flame stencils in each panel creates ambience at camp and plenty of airflow to keep the blaze burning. Plus, attach the included BBQ rails for an instant cooktop.

Described as ‘so good’, ‘so simple’, and as good ‘as described’ by our customers – check out Ben’s demonstration on how to set it up, and let the good times burn!

Hottest for Comfort and Cooking

Darche Stainless Steel BBQ and Fire Pits | 310, 450, and 630

Good things come in threes, and nothing has ever been truer than with Darche‘s BBQ and Fire Pit units that take you from the back patio to alfresco. Since last year’s rank, all three models have now made the rank, offering bang(ers) for buck too.

Each boasting a compact size and sleek, stylish steel construction, these fire pits are simple to set up and pack down with a foldable, flat-pack design for space-saving storage and transit. Available in three sizes – 310, 450, and 630 – Darche’s fire pit boasts a solid base plate that clips on simply and securely, a trivet that sits snug inside, and a grill.

Hottest to the Shelves

UCO Flatpack Portable Grill and Firepit

Now we’re (not) cooking with gas! Hot and fresh to the Snowys shelves, the UCO Flatpack Portable Grill & Firepit boasts a flatpack design and easy setup, guaranteeing char-grilled chicken anywhere you choose to assemble it.

A durable stainless-steel construction ensures longevity, while the removable grill has you going swiftly from cooking over flames to warming your hands by the campfire.

Set-up only takes 30 seconds, while its raised design prevents the unsightly campfire scars on the ground, encouraging the Leave No Trace principles.

Hottest off the Shelves

23ZERO BBQ 51 | Stainless Steel Fire Pit and BBQ

Our most popular fire pit for 2024, missing out on a BBQ 51 Stainless Steel Firepit and BBQ by 23Zero would be a huge missed-steak!

With a lightweight flat-pack design and included carry bag for perfect portability and easy storage, you can trim less fat from your load! Its grill bridge is both detachable and adjustable, allowing heat control across four heights and an open fire experience when removed. Thanks to a robust stainless-steel construction of the body, cooking grill, and bridge, your firepit and BBQ are protected against outdoor heat and hostility, while food-grade materials promise burger patties free of toxins!

Its elevation component coupled with the protective heatshield underneath deters heat from the ground too, enabling use in parks and on foresty floors. Cook with an array of fuel sources including wood, heat bead, charcoal, and briquettes too.

From the BBQ chefs to simply those who will risk it for the brisket – our-best selling 23Zero BBQ 51 Stainless Steel Firepit and BBQ is hot on the top fire pit features.

What’s your hot fire pit pick for 2024? Let us know in the comments!

For more hot deals like these, check out what’s cooking in our Mid-Year Sale!

The post The Best Portable Fire Pits – Our Hot Picks for 2024 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

If you’re reading this, it’s more than likely because you’re comparing two or more portable hot water units. Hopefully, this article will help you with your choice.

Joolca makes one of the leading hot water systems for the outdoor market. Image: Joolca

This article is not intended to be biased; we don’t have anything negative to say about either product. Rather, we’ve simply set out to research and highlight the differences between these two leading portable hot water systems, as well as other options on the market from Companion.

Let’s start with the more prominent question on our minds…

The Smarttek and Joolca are the sort of showers you take camping if you can’t do without a few creature comforts! Image: Joolca

How does the Smarttek Black and Joolca HOTTAP V2 Hot Water Systems compare?

Let’s look at some of the details.

The Smarttek Black allows you to enjoy hot water in any climate outdoors. 

Raising Water Above Ambient

The Smarttek Black unit can bring the temperature to 42°C above ambient on low water flow and maximum heat settings in winter mode. They also have a Lite unit with a smaller heat exchanger, and a burner that can achieve almost 35°C above ambient.

Joolca, on the other hand, claim their HOTTAP V2 to have a 35°C rise above ambient.

Maximum Water Temperature

There’s not much to compare here. Australian standards require these portable units to cut out at 55°C but there is a variance of around 10% for this. Smarttek has indicated 52°C to be their max temperature, and Joolca state that 50°C is their maximum. That said, we have seen Joolca units surpass this.

So, both units deliver the same maximum temperatures.

Both units have a similar maximum temperature. Image: Joolca

Which Units are Lighter?

This might not be a deal-breaker, but Joolca comes out in front at 4.2 kg. Even Smarttek’s Lite unit at 4.5 kg weighs in heavier than Joolca’s units, whilst the Smarttek Black version comes in at 5.5 kg.

Flow Rate Range

Smarttek boast a wider flow rate range.

The upper echelon of 6 litres per minute is the same for both brands, and is dependent of the flow rate of the water pumped into the unit. At the lower end, Joolca can be wound down to 2.5 litres per minute whilst Smarttek can go down a little further to 2 litres per minute.

The Smarttek Lite is a more compact option for warmer climates. Image: Smarttek

Wind Performance

Smarttek tend to perform better in windy conditions. They claim that their units are made with interlocking parts, having them rain, dust, shock, and wind-resistant. We haven’t field-tested this, but some quick research online indicates that this is potentially the case. Compared to the Joolca HOTTAP, the Smarttek external casings appeared to have less or smaller vents. This, in theory, creates better resistance to the burner being extinguished by wind.

That said, Joolca’s HOTTAP V2 boasts better wind resistance than the previous HOTTAP V1 model, sporting separate dials for both water and flame control and enhanced capabilities when paired with the separately available, newly developed accessories. This now has both the Smarttek and Joolca HOTTAP V2 relatively equivalent to one another, in regards to how well they perform in windy conditions.

Let’s face it: no one likes their shower disrupted!

The Joolca HOTTAP V2 offers a 5m UV-resistant shower hose. Image: Joolca

Hoses

Both brands are different. Joolca offers a 5-metre UV-resistant shower hose with their HOTTAP; essentially like a high-quality garden hose.

Smarttek, on the other hand, only offers a 2-metre hose – but it’s a kink-free, stainless steel type that doesn’t heat up or soften when in use. If you do require a longer shower hose though, they offer this as an optional accessory.

Runtime

Smarttek leads the way here, with an energy-saving ‘Summer Mode’ setting in their units providing users with 50 hours of hot showers from a 9 kg gas bottle on the lowest heat setting, and about 16 hours on maximum heat (i.e. ‘Winter Mode’).

In comparison, Joolca claim of about 15 hours from a 9 kg bottle on the maximum heat setting and 45 hours on low.

Smarttek provides a kink-free stainless steel hose. Image: Smarttek

Included Pumps

Albeit smaller, Smarttek include a pump with their units, while you’ll have to spend a little more on HOTTAP V2 Outing Kit to score a pump with your Joolca. The Smarttek kit comes with a 6 L/pm pump, plus longer hoses and cables so you can set up your pump some way from your hot water unit. The Joolca HOTTAP V2 Essentials Kit, on the contrary, relies solely on a pressurised water source.

Smarttek supplies a 4.3lpm pump with both of their units, with larger pumps available as an optional accessory.

Input Water Pressure

This is different for both brands. I thought I’d add this one in to clear up the confusion.

Smarttek claim 25-750kPa input water pressure on their units, but have only stated this upper limit to match the mains water pressure in Australia (750 kPa). However, the units have actually been cleared up to 1500 kPa.

Joolca, on the other hand, claims an input water pressure range of 70-900kPa, but I can’t confirm if the units are cleared for higher than this. So, compared to Smarttek, you’ll need a higher input pressure to get the Joolca unit started, compared to Smarttek. That said, both units easily achieve the upper limit required to connect the units to a mains water supply.

In the borderline-impossible instance that your shower is connected to a fire truck, or other ludicrously high-pressure water supply, an overflow valve kicks in on the Smarttek units to prevent damage. I’m all but certain that the Joolca units feature the same type of valve.

The HOTTAP V2 Outing Kit includes a 12V pumping kit for drawing water from any source. Image: Joolca. 

Technical Support

Both Smarttek and Joolca sweeten the deal with their support line. From 9:00am until 5:00pm, five days a week, you can call the Smarttek helpline on 1300 119 906. There, you can speak to a technician who, 90% of the time, will be able to get your shower up and running again.

We always found Joolca to offer excellent product support too, but this seems to be limited to local hours. Their text line is 0488 845 868.

For more on how to set up and use the Smarttek Black, check out the video above.

Testing Cycles

The Joolca units may be tested a few more times than Smarttek test theirs. Whilst Smarttek say their units have been tested ‘in excess of 12,000 cycles, Joolca pips them at the post by claiming 15,000. Either way, both units have been tested to the equivalent of over 30 years of daily showers!

Warranties

Last of all, Smarttek back their Black unit with a three-year warranty, whilst Joolca offer two. That said, Smarttek’s Lite unit only comes with a 1-year warranty.

Joolca tests their units 15000 cycles. Image: Joolca

So… which portable shower is best?

Well, by buying either, you’re guaranteed access to their respective helplines whenever needed. Overall, both units achieve what most campers are looking for: a reliably hot shower, and the versatility of using water from both mains water supply as well as the option to pump water from rivers, lakes, or just out of a bucket.

Both units provide a reliably hot shower and the option to pump water from rivers, lakes, or just out of a bucket! Image: Joolca

What about the Companion AquaHeat?

Now that we’ve pulled the fine details apart for the high-end units, you may be wondering how they compare with others on the market – like the Companion AquaHeat Lithium Gas Shower.

In a nutshell, this unit offer better all-in-one portability, with an integrated rechargeable Lithium battery and the option to operate on disposable propane cartridge as well as ULPG bottles. This makes them easier to move around the campsite.

…But the buck stops there!

Despite being more portable these units offer lower flow rates and shorter run times. For a basic, less-bougie, pared-back shower without all the bells, whistles, and embellishments – Companion also offer the Rechargeable Camp Shower, the 12V Shower, and the 12V High Volume Camp Shower.

The Companion AquaHeat is another portable shower option. Image: Companion.

I hope this was helpful. We’d love to hear your thoughts on what you think the best portable shower unit is.

The post Smarttek Vs Joolca: Comparing Two Hot Water Heavyweights appeared first on Snowys Blog.

‘Is that really a swag?’

The debate continues, where some still argue that the swag/tent design trend – AKA, the ‘swent’ – isn’t a genuine swag! Is the jury still out? Are our sales still favouring one over the other – or both in one?! When it comes to buying a swag, there are 3 factors in hot demand:

1. Ventilation
2. Versatility, and
3. Durability!

So, without further ado, let’s take a look at the roundup of our best-selling swags, based on the last 12 months of sales…

10. Darche Ranger Solo+ Swag

Snug in its number 10 spot for the second year running is the Ranger Solo+, a conveniently compact and lightweight shelter for bike tourers and overnighters.

Its polycotton ripstop canvas with welded PVC bucket floor and zip closure storm cover has you protected from the elements, while a unique Hutch compartment is convenient for stashing your helmet, boots, and more –  accessible from the inside too. Boasting a simple, quick-sticks setup thanks to its anodised aluminium-alloy head and foot poles, zip open the entry to a superfine mesh that provides both ventilation and insect protection. Stow in heavy-duty PVC ‘dry’ roll bag, and strap your pannier for effortless transport.

 

9. Darche AD 1100, Air-Volution AD 900, and Air-Volution AD 1400 Swags

Making an appearance in our list for the third year in a row are the Air-Volution AD Swags from Darche. With countless 5-star reviews, it’s no wonder they’ve scored a ranking yet again!

This design comes in the 900, 1100, and 1400, and instead of using traditional poles for structure and stability, it’s got a puncture resistant inflatable system. ‘Don’t knock it ’til you’ve tried it’, they say! With none of the usual poles to assemble, you can have this swag set up in under 20 seconds using the high capacity hand pump. It’s super quick to deflate, fully seam sealed, has two-way entry, full zip head and foot windows, and all the quality you expect from Darche.

The Air-Volution AD is a stellar choice for the tourer, or someone who wants a swag that’ll last (which is, uh, everyone?)!

 

8. Darche Dirty Dee 900, 1100, and 1400 CP Swags

The Darche Dirty Dee is no stranger to this list. This swag has a really simple set up, is a slightly lighter weight, and comes in three sizes: 900, 1100 and 1400.

Two ridge poles and three hooped cross-poles allow for a freestanding design that offers a multitude of full mesh doors and windows. It’s made with 420gsm poly-cotton canvas with a tough PVC base, and a comfortable 7cm high-density foam mattress. In 2020, Darche released their Hutch accessory, which has a universal fit with most swags, but is a perfect match for the Dirty Dee 1100.

Like an old faded pair of jeans that just keeps on giving, the Dirty Dee has been around for years. It’s durable, and suitable for all-season camping.

 

7. 23ZERO Duke 1400 and 1600 Swags

The Duke is the perfect sundown setup.

A convenient four-way entry, extensive internal space, and freestanding design has the 1400 and 1600 models the mightiest mobile homes! Seek relief from insects and soak in serenity thanks to a super-fine mesh and cross flow ventilation, while climate control features include a zip-down canvas, all-weather gusseted canopies, and a fully seam-sealed construction. With four all-weather awnings too, these swags throws serious shade (without the attitude)!

Battling the beaten track by your side for years to come thanks to self-repairing spiral zips for ultimate security too – rough it in rustic royalty, with the Duke 1400 and 1600 swags by 23ZERO.

 

6. Darche Nebula 1550 and Nebula + 1550 (with 70mm Mattress)

The incredibly roomy Darche’s Nebula and Nebula + has been a favourite for years.

Both have all 3 of those ‘in demand’ factors – ventilation, versatility, and durability. Plus, they can be fully opened up to offer 360-degree views! The Nebula + 1550’s hybrid design allows room for two wrigglers, with storm covers that couple as an awning so you can draw out your outback hangout. Darche has always maintained gold standard after-sales support, and some might argue that their exceptional reputation over a longer period of time gives it the slight edge over other brands. Feedback from our Warranties team is that the Nebula model is one of their favourites in regards to very few issues, top-notch quality, and after sales service.

For campsite comradery on every adventure, the Nebula 1550 and Nebula+ 1550 are swag baggage built for blissful outback slumbers. Watch our YouTube videos on the features here, then have a read of the reviews and Q&A’s. Nothing beats feedback from fellow swaggies!

 

5. 23ZERO Woof-Den Dog Swag

This kennel’s a little more… well, ruff around the edges. Yep, the 23ZERO Woof-Den Dog Swag is the most paw-sible option for your camping comrade!

Its simple set-up and pack-down are owed to 19-millimetre coated segment poles and an easy-use aluminum adjustable ridge rod, holding taut the panels of 320gsm proofed plain weave poly-cotton canvas to withstand the rough and tumble. Avoid the hotdogs with PVC-coated poly, super-fine, zippered insect mesh, and appreciate adequate ventilation in claggy climates. When it’s raining cats and dogs, heavy-duty PVC bucket flooring and seam-sealed construction keeps your doggy dry, while number-ten heavy core-spiral, self-repairing poly zips beat the outback brutality.

From the rustic huskies to the terriers that tear up the terrain – the Woof-Den Dog Swag is for ruff-ing it rural!

 

4. Darche Dusk to Dawn 900, 1100, and 1400 CP Swags

Shuffling back from its spot in second place is Darche’s Dusk to Dawn – a swag that will, nonetheless, never lose favour.

This is the kind of swag you buy for an 18th birthday gift, knowing that in another 50 years it’ll have a whole lot of stories to tell! Available in 900, 1100 or the double size 1400, it has two huge full-length doors that roll completely open. This swag is perfect for campers who like to feel the cool breeze across their face at night. If not rolled up or zipped down, the storm flaps can be extended as awnings with a couple of optional poles. This leaves the large superfine mesh doors on each side offering virtually unimpeded views of the night sky. It has an easy pitch two-hoop design with a ridgepole that has it freestanding, and is made with Darche’s tough 420gsm canvas and a PVC floor.

The Dusk to Dawn has long been a favourite and consistent best-seller ever since it was released. Darche knows how to do swags – and this one will last a lifetime!

 

3. 23ZERO Bandit 900, 1100, and 1400 Swags

Creeping up to Number 3, the Bandit swag from 23Zero continues to receive rave reviews. Last year saw thirty-six 5-star ratings across all three sizes – the 900, 1100 and 1400.

Made to last, the Bandit is a sturdy and versatile three-hoop design that offers a flexible 4-way entry. The two ridge poles give it that freestanding ability which is in such hot demand, and it’s made from 400gsm poly-cotton canvas with a durable urethane coating on the underside. The base is a heavy-duty PVC welded floor and it comes with a really comfortable 7cm high-density foam mattress.

The Bandit is up there with the best and is ideal for campers needing a reliable swag throughout the year.

 

2. 23ZERO Outbreak Double Swag 1550

Spacious, freestanding, and comfortable – the Outbreak is designed for off-track touring on those two-wheeled expeditions!

With a tightly-woven and proofed canvas construction, this swag has enough room for two and enough leftover for gear, too! Fully seam-sealed, its heavy-duty PVC bucket floor protects from the ground up, while a super-fine mesh window either end provides ventilation and zip-down canvas walls bode better for wet conditions. A 4-way entry makes for easy coming and going, with scenic 360-degree views and plenty of room for the essentials.

 

1. 23ZERO Dual 900, 1100, and 1400 Swags

From Number 6 in 2021, to a solid third place in 2022, to finally taking the crown last year, and proudly standing its ground in 2024 – it’s clear that the Dual Swag from 23Zero has become more popular than ever!

It’s another freestanding design, with two-way entry and a hassle-free setup. All three sizes – 900, 1100, and 1400 – are made from 400gsm poly-cotton canvas with a polyurethane coating. The HF welded PVC bucket floor delivers protection from the ground up, and the oversized storage bag allows you to keep your bedding inside while it’s rolled up.

The Dual Swag receives loads of great reviews and, having outranked the Dusk to Dawn, many customers deliberate between the two.

 

OZtrail are rolling onwards and upwards in the swag game with the Sundowner range. Image: OZtrail

What to Watch: OZtrail Sundowner Swags (900 and 1550)

Well, well, well, look what just swaggered it’s way on into the Snowys store! Straight out of their Overlander range, OZtrail are rolling onwards and upwards in the swag game with their Sundowner range, available in 900 and 1550 models with an optional awning too.

The compact and all-too-secure bedroom in a bag – the robust, seam-sealed, 420gsm ripstop polycotton canvas construction and 600gsm PVC bucket floor bear the rough and tumble of outback brutality and withstand wet weather. Climatech technology and gusseted end windows allow adequate airflow, while SkyMesh roof panels provide both superior ventilation and an unparalleled, magical view of the outback night. Boasting a wide body and freestanding design, vertical walls also provide plenty of space for the bigger dreamers, or just your baggage. Light up the night with flexible internal LED lighting, featuring OZtrail’s renouned Lumos technology, and keep your camp kit together in a 6-panel flexi storage system for ultimate organisation. A high-density mattress with added protection also features a removable luxe flannel cover for plush, supple comfort.

The OZtrail Sundowner Swag truly is your humble, outback abode away from home – and we reckon next year’s numbers will see it break into the top 10 ranking!

Want more on the ‘swag, tent, or “swent”‘ debate? Check out this episode of the Snowys Camping Show:

What do you think is the best camping swag?

The post Best Camping Swags for 2024 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Ask Google about tent pegs, however, and the result is an excess of choices – many of which appear over-engineered and highly priced. If I was genuinely looking for new tent pegs, I would have felt overwhelmed and reverted to buying something similar to the pegs I am trying to replace. At Snowys, we often address the question of whether additional pegs are required when purchasing a tent. We also recommend which are the best tent pegs to replace those old battered lengths of steel that now better resemble some form of modern art.

So, I thought I would outline eight basic and reasonably priced peg styles that will cover most conditions the average camper will find themselves in – all of which have kept my shelters secure for decades of camping adventures.

The difference between the pegs that come with the Coleman Instant Up 6, compared to Poles Apart Galvanised Steel Peg.

Steel Pegs: Tough and Affordable

Steel pegs are tough, and good ‘extras’ to have in your camping arsenal for securing large items (such as tarps and gazebos) on hard and rocky ground.

The 8mm version of this peg is slightly more robust than the average tent peg found in mid to high-end tents, while the 11.2mm pegs are for big shelters on firm ground.

Their construction is just as the title suggests: steel. No galvanised or zinc coating either, so they will rust over time if left exposed to moisture.

Three sizes of the classic Steel Tent Peg – perfect to keep on hand in your camping kit. 

Galvanised Steel Tent Pegs: Long Lasting

In most cases, these will be the closest equivalents to the pegs that came with your tent. The 4mm size is akin to pegs found in low to mid-priced tents, while the 6.3mm sizes are much like the pegs included with most family tents.

These pegs have a galvanised coating too, which means they won’t rust and are easier to find if they get dropped! They are great replacements or ‘extras’, and best suited for medium to firm ground such as in caravan parks, or grassed campsites.

Versatile, strong, and with a range of sizes – the Galvanised Steel Pegs from Poles Apart are a winner!

Plastic Sand Pegs: Lightweight

When it comes to sand and loose surfaces, these are the pegs we recommend. They can be a little bulky in your kit, but are light and provide good holding power in soft ground. The shorter versions suit pop-up beach shelters, while the longer styles are for wind catching shelters, tarps, and gazebos.

These pegs are designed with both a hook and loop on the end, where the loop is particularly useful for use at the beach in securely tying the guy rope to the peg. This makes it easy to find, as it will always be at the end of the rope!

Their rounded tops also mean that there’s less of a chance for your kids to cut their feet while chasing each other around the shelter.

Poles Apart Plastic Pegs are perfect for anchoring different sized shelters on the beach or soft ground. 

There’s more tent peg talk where this came from, on the Snowys Camping Show:

Aluminium Sand & Snow Pegs: Lightweight Holding Power

Aluminium sand and snow pegs do a similar job to the plastic sand pegs mentioned above. The great part about these is that they all nest together neatly. They are good for anyone needing the holding power of a large sand peg, but have limited storage space in a pack or kayak.

The curved shaft features a number of holes that increase holding power, especially in snow, while the two sizes cater for both small and large shelters.

The downside? They are a tad more expensive than the plastic alternatives, and are best suited to those with a specific need.

Lightweight yet sturdy options for alpine or sandy conditions, or where space in your pack is scarce. 

Aluminium Angle Pegs and Anchor Pegs: Tough & Lightweight

These are great alternatives to the pegs that come with lightweight tents. I have had a handful of these for over a decade, and am yet to bend one. They feature a 90-degree angle shaft that provides exceptional strength and holding power in medium to firm ground. Plus, they all stack neatly together, so are easy to pack into a rucksack.

The Supa Peg Ground Anchor pegs are a unique style, designed to push the peg deeper into the ground when the rope pulls against it. Hammered flat into the ground, their bright orange is also highly visible. When it’s time to pack up, they’re also easy to remove with a peg puller.

Steel Sand Pegs for anchoring a shelter on soft to medium ground & Aluminium Angle Pegs for lightweight tents. 

Steel Sand Pegs: Alternatives to Provided Tent Pegs

The unique steel hook on the end of this style enables the wide-shafted sand peg to be used with small loops or eyelets, ideal for holding down the base of a side wall on a gazebo. You can also use them on the walls of a tent awning, or to anchor a tarp set up as a wind break.

It would be worth adding 4-8 of these to your camp kit. They are also great alternatives as the key anchor points of your tent, like guy ropes when setting up camp on soft to medium ground.

Sea to Summit Ground Control Pegs – the luminous pull string prevents midnight stumbles, and the multiple anchor points help secure guy ropes. 

Sea To Summit Ground Control Pegs: Lightweight Performance

There are many of this sort of peg on the market. All of them claim to be the best – but in my experience, they are all pretty good. The main thing to look out for is the quality of alloy. These are made of one of the good alloys, 6061-T6 to be precise, with an anodised coating to prevent corrosion.

Now, I’m not going to say these are necessarily the best – but for a tent peg, they do have a couple of cool features!

Firstly, the little pull string has a luminescent segment so you can locate it at night. Secondly, they feature multiple anchor points, so you can secure the guy rope closer to the ground if you can only get it so far in.

Available individually, as a pack of six, or a pack of eight, the Sea to Summit Ground Control Pegs are ideal for lightweight hike tents.

Ben and Lauren also discuss the best tent pegs for hiking and lightweight adventures on the Snowys Camping Show podcast:

Keep pegs in a few sizes and materials to make sure you’re equipped for a range of conditions.

Drillable Tent Pegs: Taking the Strain out of Setup!

Drillable pegs are also an option for those who want to be able to set up their tent quickly and easily without the strain on your knees or back.

These can be inserted easily inserted and removed with help from a drill or impact driver, which is particularly useful to use with larger tents or shelters or for camping on hard ground. This style of peg is significantly dearer than your standard options, but prove to be super popular for those who want to spend less time setting up, and more time enjoying the outdoors.

If you want to see how to use drillable tent pegs, then hit the play button above.

Check out the STEADFAST range by Tiegear – including the Hard and Soft Terra Screw pegs, as well as the Hard Terra Lite model.

While the Hard Terra sports a forged 304 stainless steel construction, the Soft boasts a UV-stabilised, engineering-grade reinforced nylon for robust yet flexible strength. Both models are designed to to stand up to harsh Aussie climates and rough outdoor use, each featuring a 19mm, double-hooked heads for compatibility and easy alignment with multiple tie-down directions. Meanwhile, the reinforced nylon Hard Terra Lite is of a smaller, slimline, and sleek design, and is often applied in harder-to-reach places (such as rocks and debris) for a reliable hold. 

The reinforced nylon Hard Terra Lite is often applied in harder-to-reach places for a reliable hold. 

So… should you buy additional pegs for your new tent?

If you’re buying a mid to high-end tent, the pegs that come with the tent will mostly suit the average grassed or dirt campground with medium to hard ground.

For campers with sandy or particularly rocky campgrounds in their sights, it’s worth adding 6-10 suitable pegs as described above for use on key anchor points, to ensure your shelter stays upright during your stay.

It’s never a bad thing to be too prepared. What else do you keep in your arsenal for pitching in difficult conditions? 

The post 8 Tent Pegs to See You Through Every Season appeared first on Snowys Blog.

At the very least, a lantern offers light to function after sundown. Over time, LED technology has developed, launching the humble camping lantern further into the tech-savvy sphere (amid many other gadgets and gizmos in line for an upgrade)! Now, we embrace the benefits of high-impact lighting flooding from more compact packages. Be it campsite party planning or outback battery powering – some lanterns are now equipped with features such as dappling disco light modes, and the ability to charge smartphones.

So, fellow trailblazers – what’s the glow?

To shed some light, we’ve collated our top ten sellers in the camping lantern category – from your late-night toilet run chums and high-beam henchmen, to the ultimate lights of the party! Starting at number ten…

At the very least, a lantern offers light to function after sundown. Image: BioLite

10. Coleman Swagger Lithium-Ion Rechargeable Lantern

Shed light in the darkest times with the Swagger Lithium-Ion Rechargeable Lantern. 

Its compact size and lightweight construction has this lantern following you from the beaten track to base camp by sunset. Compatible with both small and large tents or simply an accessory to your outdoor apparatus, the lantern serves as both a nightlight or an emergency light when your torch dims at the darkest point of the day!

Enjoy long-lasting illumination with multiple brightness settings, while a D-clip hook allows secure hanging and a magnetic backing enables attachment to steel surfaces.

Light up every late-night pull-up with the Coleman Swagger Lithium-Ion Rechargeable Lantern.

 

9. OZtrail Lumos 700 Lithium Rechargeable Hanger Lantern

For the brighter campers feeling in the dark about outdoor lighting, this is your light at the end of the tunnel.

With two light modes and a maximum of 700 lumens, enjoy the best of both beams with easily adjustable buttons for high and low modes. Its heavy-duty crank strap allows hanging from anywhere in your awning, so you can disperse light to a full 360-degree scope. Beat the dead batteries out bush thanks to its rechargeable lithium-ion battery, battery indicator, and USB 1A output with a built-in charging cable. Drop-tested to one metre, the lantern’s impact resistance offers rugged durability from the comfort of your campsite. Take your campsite to the next lumen with the OZtrail Lumos Hanger 700 Lantern.

 

8. Black Diamond Moji+ and Moji R+ Lanterns 

From toasting campfire marshies to hosting campsite magic – lights up those late-night pull-ups with the Moji+ and R+, fresh to the rank for 2024!

Featuring a frosted globe for even lighting, and a two-button interface for easy brightness adjustability – they’re your mobile magic makers. For the ultimate outdoor disco under the awning, a double-hook hanging loop offers simple suspension and a bold 200-lumen output across full-spectrum colour and campfire modes. Strobe and solid colour modes take you from dappled party lights to iridescent undertones, while the USB port allows for recharging when the campfire festivities fall flat!

The Black Diamond Moji+ and R+ Lanterns are your on-the-go globe for bespoke outback adventures.

 

7. Ledlender ML6 Rechargeable Lantern & ML4 Mini Rechargeable Lantern

Light up the night with the ML6 Rechargeable and ML4 Mini Rechargeable Lanterns by Ledlenser.

With 750 lumens from the ML6 and superior lens technology for energy efficiency, the micro-prism mechanism has the ML4 Mini beaming a maximum of 300. Boasting light modes from ‘boost’ to ‘blink’, and ‘strobe’ to ‘SOS’ – your ML6 lantern can be applied to multiple scenarios, doubling as a power bank to boost the charge of your USB devices.

While the ML6 provides mounting options via the hook, magnet, and removable stand – the ML4 Mini features a carabiner snap hook for suspending overhead or attaching to the back of a pack. Their IP ratings protect from dust and water damage. resisting the rough and tumble of the temperamental outdoors.

From the blackened paddocks to campsite dynamics – the Ledlenser ML6 and ML4 Mini Rechargeable Lanterns are for the off-grid glow-getters!

 

6. Zempire Capsule Light

Aptly named, as it shares the same shape (albeit much larger) as a vitamin capsule! The Zempire Capsule Light is a ridiculously affordable tent light, ideal for smaller tents or emergencies. It runs from 3 x AA batteries – and while not the brightest light in our range at 25 lumens, it’s such an affordable price that you can have more than one in your kit.

The base is flat for standing on a table, while the hanging hook feature makes for easy suspension inside a tent or under a shelter.

 

5. BioLite AlpenGlow

For adventurers on the glow, the BioLite AlpenGlow is your mobile magic maker.

Providing mesmerising colour for campsite ambience, or white lighting for task-based needs around basecamp – this light is available in two sizes, beaming a maximum output of 250 or 500 lumens. With ChromaReal LEDs offering true tones for night-time antics, and an IPX4 water resistance – match the natural beauty of sunshine on a rainy day, with warm white light against an evening shower. 

From toasting campfire marshies to hosting campfire magic, simply shake the globe to activate special lighting modes such as candle flicker, cycling colour, multicolour, and single-colour – offering either blended or bold, stand-alone colour. Boasting a rechargeable 6400mAh battery and USB out-charging abilities for other electronic devices (such as the separately available BioLite SiteLights) – the BioLite AlpenGlow is the on-the-go globe for bespoke outback adventures. 

 

4. Zempire Hangdome and Megadome V2 USB Rechargeable Light

Superior campsite lighting is now out of your hands, thanks to the Hangdome Lantern by Zempire offering hands-free convenience at the campsite.

Even the sharpest individuals have a soft side to them – and the Hangdome is no different, offering a soft-touch light diffuser for a homey comfort that contrasts to the daytime dynamics of the outdoors. Achieve your most ideal illumination level across three light modes, while the ergonomic design allows for positioning on a flat surface during dinnertime banter, or campsite card games. Recharged via a USB outlet too, enjoy easy powering of the light’s lithium-ion supply.

From backyard power outlets to outback battery power – the Megadome V2 USB Rechargeable light by Zempire takes the trusty tent light up a notch! It hosts a lithium-ion battery that’s rechargeable via the USB cable and doubles as a battery pack for topping up your phone too. Your tailored adventure awaits with low, medium, and high modes, and a maximum output of 500 lumens for those high-powered, low-light affairs. A warm amber glow averts the bothersome bugs, while a soft-touch, glow-in-the-dark diffuser aids in wayfinding during lowlight conditions.

For the versatile venturers yet to see the light – the Zempire Hangdome and Megadome V2 USB Rechargeable Light are the lanterns that like to hang about after lights out!

 

3. MPOWERD Luci Solar String Lights

Embellish your setup with the radiant tendrils of Luci Solar String Lights by MPOWERD! 

Charge via the power of the sun, or a traditional outlet for convenience – pus, the USB port can boost the charge of your mobile phone too. Thanks to the unique clips, attaching and suspending the lights is simple, while the dual directional LEDs offer a warm, enchanting glow. Be it a star-speckled constellation at your campsite, or pizzazz to your backyard barbecue – the Luci Solar String Lights offer no-fuss lighting with a touch of elegance in any setting.

 

2. MPOWERD Luci Outdoor 2.0, Luci Outdoor 2.0 Pro, Luci Lux, and Luci Lux Pro Lanterns

We’re not usually one to share the limelight – but this flash four take the bronze medal together!

A dynamic duo of durable and lightweight – the Luci lanterns bundle all of MPOWERD’s lightbulb moments together to deliver  kick-butt, striking lighting.For a little guy, the Luci Outdoor Light 2.0 is big on outback durability – boasting waterproof and shatterproof features. Like the Outdoor Light 2.0 Pro, Lux Lantern, and Lux Lantern Pro – this dark-defying gadget collapses for easy storage too. Each of the four models are chargeable in sunlight, giving a maximum of 24 hours runtime on the low setting – so you keep the campsite dynamics kicking after dark. With low, medium, high, and one-second flashing modes available, take the trusty torchlight up a notch from the darkest patches beyond the canvas, to campsite magic amid your set-up.

The Outdoor Light 2.0 Pro and Lux Lantern Pro offer USB charging facilities too – providing you with your perfect Plan B for beating the dead batteries. Owing to their IP67 rating, both the Lux Lantern and Lux Lantern Pro also withstand the sour weather – having them your brightest sparks even in dank, damp darkness.

Crossing elegance with endurance, like two intercepting torchlights navigating the after-dark paths – the Luci Lantern varieties are for those feeling in the dark about campsite lighting.

 

1. Hardkorr U-Lite Dual Colour Universal LED Lantern with Lithium Battery

At Number 1 for yet another year, the U-Lite Dual Colour Universal LED Lantern with Lithium Battery by Hardkorr is one of the most versatile lights in our range – firmly positioned in our bestsellers list.

From the toolshed to the tent, enjoy more brightness and an inbuilt rechargeable lithium battery for convenience. Packing a blinding punch with an output of 155 lumens for up to 6 hours on high and over 90 hours on low, alternate effortlessly between high, medium, and low white light. Plus, the orange hue option keeps the bugs at bay. 

For robust resilience in brutal outback conditions, the IP66 rating and sturdy construction work together to guarantee a blend of dynamism and durability. Attach it easily to your wheel wells, awning, tent poles, camper trailers, fences and more – plus, an elastic strap and an inbuilt magnet helps for mounting.

This compact and durable light is useful to have on hand at home, and at camp!

 

The ML6 lantern can be applied to multiple scenarios, doubling as a power bank to boost the charge of your USB devices. Image: Led Lenser

What to Watch:

Darche Mini Multi LED Camp Lights

These boys are the beacons worth packing with the camp kit!

Boasting a rechargeable 1200mAh lithium battery, benefit from four light modes across Low, Medium, High, and Turbo, plus red and flashing red technologies for emergencies. A magnetic stand allows for convenient mounting and an IPX5 rating resists the wetter weather, so you can brave wet and wintery conditions after dark. Pack with its USB-C charging cable into the convenient carry case too, with included carbiners to keep your lit bit of kit tidy and together.

BioLite SiteLight String

Designed to create a mini camp light constellation for true campsite magic!

Hang inside or over your tent for illumination, or from a tree branch for overhead lighting. Featuring four lights that provide 150 lumens of total ambient glow, the SiteLight String is also daisy-chainable along 10 feet of cord, offering the perfect mix-and-match set up. Plus – enjoy ultimate campsite compatibility by powering via the separately available lanterns from Biolite or any USB power source, thanks to the included adaptor.

Make magic with the charming and functional SiteLight String from BioLite.

The BioLite SiteLight String creates a mini camp light constellation for true campsite magic! Image: BioLite

Need to upgrade your camping lantern?

The post Best Camping Lights & Lanterns for 2024 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Below, we list our best-selling sleeping bags for hiking, camping, touring, cold-weather camping, and children, based on sales data from the past 12 months.

Stumped for a sleeping solution ahead of your next outdoor adventure? This jam-packed, stuff-sack of a blog pares back the Snowys sleeping bag collection to the best-selling bags, stacked high and packed tight on our shelves! Read up to bivvy down…

Stumped for a sleeping solution ahead of your next outdoor adventure? Read on for our best-selling sleeping bags for 2024. Image: OZtrail

Best for Hiking:

Sea to Summit Spark

Technical, super compact, and ultra-lightweight – the Spark series are ideal for both warm and cool weather, depending on the model. With temperature ratings ranging from 14 to -18 degrees Celsius, and offered in both a regular and long fit – go from bags that double as a liner (like the SP0) to technical hoods and front collar drafts that trap the heat for the minimalists after maximum warmth.

Sporting mummy fits for optimal insulation, plus a Nylon shell and lining for lightweight breathability, the Spark also boasts an RDS-certified 850+ FILL Power goose down treated with water repellant to mediate moisture and thus maintain performance. Plus, sewn-through quilted construction with baffles running vertically and horizontally minimise cold spots for a consistently comfortably sleeping experience.

Sea to Summit are always looking for ways to improve their already-successful designs too, with updated models of the Spark, Ascent, Trek, and Traveller series.

Top sellers for 2023/24: Spark SP0 | Spark SP1 | Spark SP2 | Spark SP3 | Spark SP4

Check out the updated models here: Spark 7C | Spark -1C | Spark -9C | Spark -18C

Left to right: Sea to Summit Spark SP4 and SP1

Sea to Summit Journey

Jet set around the world with the Journey Sleeping Bags from Sea to Summit, offering versatile comfort and warm night after night – available in a regular or long fit.

Featuring a classic tapered rectangular shape, it’s designed to be wider at the hip and narrower at the shoulder for a women’s specific fit. Boasting an RDS-certified 650+ loft ULTRA-DRY down fill, it’s protected from the damper days, easy to compress, and promotes superior insulation. Plus, Thermolite panels in the foot area help to maintain warmth while vertical chest baffles both prevent cold spots and keep weight down.

Owing to an internal security pocket too, the Journey series from Sea to Summit is your trusty traveller from the hostels and huts to the trackside campsites.

Top sellers for 2023/24: Journey JO1 | Journey JO2

Left to right: Sea to Summit Journey JO1 and JO2

Sea to Summit Ascent

With new an improved models available too, the Ascent is yet another lightweight but warm sleeping solution, blending adaptability and versatility for true comfort on every outdoor adventure.

Like the Journey, but unlike the women-specific models, the Ascent sports a tapered rectangular shape; roomier than a mummy fit, without sacrificing warmth. Adjust depending on the conditions thanks to the Free Flow triple zips, including a half zip to free up your arms, plus a full-length and separate foot zip for creating a quilt. Filled with RDS-certified 750+ loft down, it goes big on insulation while minimising cold spots thanks to vertical baffles over the chest and a side block baffle to maintain a 60:40-fill ratio. Oversized draft tubes trap body heat, while the lightweight and breathable nylon shell and lining to reduce weight on those heavy endeavours.

Ranging from 2 to -11 degrees Celsius in temperature rating, and available as a regular or long fit, the Ascent Sleeping Bags by Sea to Summit are for the minimalist adventurers and all-out explorers.

Top sellers for 2023/24: Ascent AC1 | Ascent AC2 | Ascent AC3

Check out the updated models here: Ascent -1C | Ascent -9C

Left to right: Sea to Summit Ascent AC1 and AC3

Sea to Summit Trek

For traditional comfort with a modern design approach – available in the new and improved models too – the Trek model from Sea to Summit is for the four-wheeled, adventure-driven travellers after lightweight but lofty comfort!

Also sporting a tapered rectangular shape as both a long or wide version, its Nylon shell for lightweight but compressible durability. Filled with RDS-certified 650+ Loft ULTRA-DRY Down too, vertical chest baffles help prevent cold spots and down migration while an anti-snag zipper draft tube prevents catches. A full-length, two-way side zip and separate foot zip allow for use as a quilt on balmier nights beyond the backyard, while a 3D draw hood and neck collar draft tube traps warmth for a snug sleep.

Embellished with an internal security pocket and other versatile touches, the Trek sleeping bag takes you from classic car camping and shorter explorations, to the outdoor adventures demanding more.

Top sellers for 2023/24: Trek TK1 | Trek TK2 | Trek TK3

Check out the updated models here: Trek -1C | Trek -9C | Trek -18C

Left to right: Sea to Summit Trek Tk2 and Tk1

The Trek is designed for the lightweight hikers and adventure-driven nomads. Image: Sea to Summit

Best for Camping:

OZtrail Kingsfood Hooded

Combining snug comfort with room to wriggle, the Kingsford Hooded Sleeping Bag trumps most of its kind – available in a -3-, 0-, and 5-degree Celsius temperature rating, accommodating conditions from the balmier summer nights to the crisper trips off the grid. Its soft-touch, low-noise, brushed polyester shell and lining lessens the rustling, while a synthetic fill offers superior insulation for warmth in cooler conditions. Snuggle down in the contoured hood, plus roll-over chest cuff for added comfort. Its draft tube sewn into the zipper line keeps the cold out, while the anti-snag webbing prevents fabric catching. Plus, a 4-way compression sack offers compact packing and the attached loops allow for hanging at home.

Top sellers for 2023/24: Kingsford Hooded -3 | Kingsford Hooded 0 | Kingsford Hooded 5

OZtrail Kingsford Hooded Sleeping Bag

Coleman Mudgee

There’s a Mudgee for every season, from the C5 for summer nights to to the C-3 for a snug sleep in cooler conditions. A contoured design keeps your head on the bag and the bag off your face, while a comfort cuff at the top offers surrounding softness and a Thermolock draft tube prevents warmth escaping through the zipper. A snag-free opening and closing prevents fabric catching, while the Roll Control feature keeps the bag straight – so you can roll it up and roll on out following an effective and efficient pack-up process.

Top sellers for 2023/24: Mudgee C-3 | Mudgee C0 | Mudgee C5

Coleman Mudgee Sleeping Bag

Coleman Hybrid Hooded

The Hybrid Hooded range is for the nomads seeking homelike comfort, available in 5°C, 0°C, and -5°C models.

Owing to a Comfort Cuff design for surrounding softness, these bags boast homey qualities for those trips beyond the bedroom. A snag-free ZipPlow zipper allows for safe, easy opening and closing, while the separate foot zip mediates the temperature surrounding your extremities for a comfortable night’s sleep. As with the Mudgee, Roll Control prevents the bag from skewing and twisting, ensuring easy rolling and a streamlined packing process. This works with the QuickCord no-tie closure for efficient fastening too.

From sublime summer nights to sub-0-degree getaways, the Hybrid Hooded range offers cosy comfort at the campsite.

Top sellers for 2023/24: Hybrid Hooded -5°C | Hybrid Hooded 0°C | Hybrid Hooded 5°C

Left to right: Coleman Hybrid Hooded -5, 0, and 5

Best for Touring:

23ZERO Alaska Black

Designed for heavy-duty use, the Alaska Black boasts a tough, water-resistant, polycotton shell. This contrasts to the comfortable 100% cotton flannel liner and dual layers of insulation. Zippers along each side and the foot section offer versatile use as either an open quilt or for managing warmth retention and ventilation. Keep the valuables safe in the storage pockets, and complete your camp kit with the included flannel-lined pillow.

A true bedroom in a bag – the Alaska Black Sleeping Bags by 23ZERO are built tough for a rustic respite!

Top sellers for 2023/24: Alaska Black 900 | Alaska Black 1100 | Alaska Black 1400 | Alaska Black 1600

23ZERO Alaska Black 1400, 900, and 1600

Coleman Pilbara

Offering both a 0 and -5 comfort rating for versatile adventurers, the Pilbara Sleeping Bag is built for the tourer after oversized comfort in the elements. Constructed entirely from cotton, it’s both cosy and breathable, with a comfort cuff at the top for burrowing further down in the bag too. Featuring a removable flannel inner sheet too, keep your bag clean while adding warmth. With a cosy foot fleece in the base of the bag to tend to frozen toes, the separate foot zip also allows your feet to poke freely through for relief in warmer conditions. A snag-free zipper allows for easy in-and-out – and Coleman continue to convenience with Roll Control, keeping the sack straight while you pack it back into the included 4-way compression stuff sack.

A soft and roomy sleeping bag, the Coleman Pilbara is just what the tourer ordered.

Top sellers for 2023/24: Pilbara C0 | Pilbara C-5

Coleman Pilbara C-5 Sleeping Bag

There’s a bag that best suits every outdoor adventure. Image: OZtrail

Best for Cold Weather Camping:

Darche Cold Mountain

Complete your campsite in the clouds with the Darche Cold Mountain Sleeping Bags – available in canvas too – designed for the hunter, fisherman, and adventurer after space and a dreamy night’s sleep on the rougher, more rugged getaways.

Boasting an outer shell of water-resistant polyester, its dual zips allow for easy access while a double layer of fibre filling guarantees all-night warmth. With a silk-touch inner lining, 3D collar, and wind baffle for protection from briskier conditions – keep any valuables, tools, or torches on hand owing to convenient storage pockets too.

The canvas line sports a robust but dreamy blend of a soft cotton flannel lining, tough canvas exterior, and a roomy interior. Also featuring a dual-layer filling for warmth and dual zips to merge with compatible bags, an interior pocket also keeps the knick-knacks and valuables close. Plus, cinch in the drawcord hood to keep your noggin toasty out in the field – and for a no-fuss pack up, simply roll into the included zippered carry bag.

Top sellers for 2023/24: Cold Mountain 900 | Cold Mountain 1100 | Cold Mountain 1400 Double | Cold Mountain Canvas 900 | Cold Mountain Canvas 1100 | Cold Mountain Canvas 1400

Left to right: Darche Cold Mountain 1100, 900, and Canvas 1400

Best for Kids:

OZtrail Kingsford Hooded Junior

Soft to touch but tough against the cold – the Kingsford Junior sleeping bags by OZtrail boasts all the features of the standard bag, only with pared-back specs.

Following a quick machine-wash on a cold cycle, simply hang it out to dry using the stitched-in loops. A synthetic fill retains the warm air, while the rollover chest cuff offers added comfort for a guaranteed good night’s sleep. Plus, a 4-way compression stuff sack provides a space-saving travel solution.

Following a quick machine-wash on a cold cycle, simply hang it out to dry using the stitched-in loops. A synthetic fill retains the warm air, while the rollover chest cuff and contoured hood for surrounding softness offer added comfort for a guaranteed good night’s sleep. A snag-free zipper and anti-snag webbing works with the zipper line’s sewn-in draft tube for easy operation too – plus, a 4-way compression stuff sack provides a space-saving travel solution.

Top sellers for 2023/24: Kingsford Junior -3 | Kingsford Junior 0

Left to right: OZtrail Kingsford Junior Hooded -3 and 0

What to Watch:

Sea to Summit Spark, Trek, Ascent, and Traveller | Updated Models

Over the years, Sea to Summit have re-worked their entire range of sleeping bags, leveraging on their in-depth knowledge and understanding of the market to deliver a range defined by technical performance, comfort, and versatility. With over 42 sleeping bag variations across 16 different models, Sea To Summit nonetheless maintain a continual drive for perfection, leading them to make some recent refinements to a selection of models in their down range.

These were most notably:

• Simplified product names
• Standardised temperature ratings
• Evolved shapes and fit
• #5 YKK zipper, with anti-snag slider now across the new season range
• Sustainable fabric choices wherever possible
• Updated storage sacks and compression bags

For more on how their new models compare to the classics (still available for purchase here) – check out our blog, Sea to Summit Sleep Systems, where we strip back every layer of their successful outdoor sleeping setups.

Which sleeping bag ranking surprised you the most? Let us know in the comments!

The post The Best Sleeping Bags for 2024 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

So, how do we emulate the comfort we feel at home while out hiking or camping… without being overcome with bulky, heavy equipment? At Sea to Summit, this has become less of a challenge with every lofty layer carefully incorporated into their impressive sleep systems.

In this blog, we unpack the abundance of sleeping bag, liner, mattress, and pillow combinations for the most blissful outback slumbers – including some updated models fresh to the Snowys floor!

Whether we’re home or camping in the great outdoors, we all need a good night’s sleep. Image: Sea to Summit

Sea to Summit’s Sleeping Mat Range

The sleeping mat range is designed to suit a broad range of uses and situations. The Comfort Plus Insulated Rectangular sleeping mats have been known among customers to serve well on outdoor and overseas trips, time and time again. Sea to Summit aren’t the sort of company to rest on their laurels; in late 2014, they released a range of lightweight sleeping mats aimed at the hiking, bike touring, and mountaineering community.

The level of comfort from sleeping on air-sprung cells has to be experienced to be believed. Not only do they allow good sleep on otherwise uncomfortable beds, but also on the ground. These mats are innovative and certainly meet Sea to Summit’s criteria, winning many awards and so attesting to their standing worldwide!

Inflation

The Airstream Pump Sack is a brilliant piece of equipment for pumping up the mats. With gentle puffs across the top of the bag, it is filled with air which is then expelled into the mattress. It’s quick and easy to use, and can double as a dry bag for gear too. Weighing next to nothing, it packs into a tiny ball when not in use.

Self-inflating mats, on the other hand, require no pump – great for the lightweight adventurers attempting to pare back the bulk. Their internal PU foam and multi-functional valves allow for easy inflation and deflation, as found with the Comfort Plus SI Sleeping Mat.

Frequently Asked Questions on Sleeping Mats

These mats are quite unlike a lot of others on the market, raising questions concerning noise and durability based on their delicate and lightweight appearance. Not for long, though – once taken out into the field, they quickly become synonymous with comfort!

Sea to Summit are masters when it comes to quality. Every mat – yes, every mat – is inflated to 1.5 psi and checked overnight for loss of pressure and leaky welds. This way, users know when they take their mat out of their backpack (30km from the car) that it will perform as intended. You can see the entire range here. 

Since Snowys began to stock these mats in 2015, we have fielded stacks of questions from weight-conscious Australian hikers and bikers…

Sea to Summit mats quickly become synonymous with comfort! Image: Sea to Summit

1. Are they noisy?

Science can answer this one.

All sleeping mats on display (including those by other brands) were put to a rigorous test of smooshing, massaging, rolling, and rubbing between hands. After measuring the noise emissions with a specialist piece of scientific equipment – a pair of ears – the verdict is that they are a little noisy, but not excessively so.

2. What’s the warmest Sea to Summit mat that Snowys stocks?

The warmest in the range is the Comfort Deluxe Self Inflating Sleeping Mat. It sports an R-Value of 6.5, owing to internal PU foam that’s been engineered with Delta Core Technology and diagonal supporting walls for improved insulation from directly below.

3. Are they easily punctured?

Sea to Summit sleeping mats are no more susceptible to puncture than any other similar mat. In fact, because of the ‘honeycomb’ cell design, surface contact with the ground is less so than with ‘flat’ self-inflating mats. The less material there is touching the ground, the less risk there is of a puncture.

As the Comfort Plus has two independent chambers, a puncture on one side means redundancy in the other. This also allows for greater flexibility over the firmness of your mat.

If you do get a puncture, Sea to Summit supply a puncture repair kit containing 3M® adhesive patches.

4. Is the Comfort Light Insulted more comfortable than the Comfort Light?

Only really in the sense of warmth. The Comfort Light Insulated is rated at R 3.7 whereas the Comfort Light comes in at R 3.1. So the Insulated will keep you warmer and more comfortable in the cold.

Both feature the same cell structure so there is no difference between the two in terms of padding. They both feature a single layer of cells for your head and legs and a double layer through the torso region. This reduces weight.

Anecdotally, some do feel the ground more when sitting up in the Comfort Light – but on their back, side, or even elbow, there was little difference.

Sea to Summit designed their range to provide the most comfort in the smallest and lightest package possible. Image: Sea to Summit

5. What’s so good about the Sea to Summit range?

Comfort. Sea to Summit designed their range to provide the most comfort in the smallest and lightest package possible. There are lighter, smaller, and warmer mats on the market – but few compare in terms of comfort.

6. How do I inflate a Sea to Summit mat?

Two ways.

You can rely simply on your breath. All Sea to Summit mats have an anti-bacterial treatment in them, so there are no issues with this. It’ll take about 20 breaths to completely inflate the Ultralight sleeping mat. Deflation happens almost instantly via a rapid air dump port.

Alternatively, you can use an Air Stream pump sack to make lighter work of inflation. A couple of light breaths in either, and your mat is inflated in seconds. Both double as stuff sacks for the mats, so they won’t take up any extra space.

7. I’m hiking The Overland Track next spring. Which mat is best?

The Overland Track is pretty unpredictable, weather wise. Spring can mean cold or warm weather, or a combination of both.

That said, it’s unlikely you’ll be sleeping directly on the ground unless you have to camp out due to injury or bad weather. You’ll either be sleeping on a wooden bunk in a hut, or in your tent on a wooden tent platform adjacent to a hut. Insulation against the cold ground will be less of a problem than if you were sleeping directly on it in your tent.

The most versatile mat in the range – that still boasts a decent R-value, balanced with lightweight and comfort – is likely the Sea to Summit Ultralight Insulated. The regular length weighs in at 480 grams, is rated R 3.3.

Sea to Summit Ultralight Pillows

The Aeros Ultralight makes a comfortable pillow to back up the mat, and it’s only the size of a matchbox when packed into its storage pouch!

This little beauty has the same valves as the sleeping mats, so can be inflated with the Air Stream or a few quick, direct breaths.

The Aeros Ultralight makes a comfortable pillow to back up the mat. Image: Sea to Summit

A pillow while camping can be deemed an unnecessary luxury. From down-filled to synthetic-filled, some need to be compressed to fit into a rucksack. Some find that they’re tricky to pack down small enough for their needs, and offer no more comfort than a rolled-up down jacket.

That said, the Sea to Summit Aeros Pillow Ultralight is considered a real winner among hikers. Taking up virtually no space in a pack (at 5.5 x 7cm in diameter), and weighing next-to-nothing (just 60g) – how much comfort could it really bring once inflated?

How you use the pillow is, of course, a personal preference. For example, place it on the headrest area of your hiking mattress without further padding or covering it, or try wrapping it up in a windcheater.

Inflation and Deflation

After only three breaths, the pillow is inflated to be approximately 36 x 26 x 12cm, and more than adequate for a good night’s sleep. Made from a durable, comfortable and non-slip material, the pillow is capable of taking a fair bit of weight while inflated.

Inflating this takes all of 5 seconds, featuring a one-way inflation valve (this means it won’t start to deflate between breaths). To deflate, simply pull the deflation plug out from the same handy valve; it is ready to fold and roll up immediately into its own drawstring nylon bag.

Sea to Summit have leveraged on their in-depth knowledge and understanding of the sleeping bag market. Image: Sea to Summit

Sea to Summit Sleeping Bags

Over the years, Sea to Summit have re-worked their entire range of sleeping bags, leveraging on their in-depth knowledge and understanding of the sleeping bag market to deliver a range defined by technical performance, comfort and versatility.

Sea to Summit Sleeping Bag Technologies:

• Free Flow zip design incorporates both full and half-length zips in the same bag for temperature adaptability, as well as zip plows and slides to prevent fabric snatching.
• Zip-coupling system, where all bags identified with this feature are produced with the same 165cm #5 YKK zipper. This allows any left zippered unisex bag to be joined with any right zippered women’s bag.
• Compatibility with separately available quilts.
• Fabrics for technical performance.
• Superior ULTRA-DRY down that almost eliminates the negative effects moisture has on down.
• A ‘Down Batch Test Report” International Down Feather Laboratory (IDFL): the world’s largest and most respected down laboratory enclosed with every bag.
• Responsible Down Standard (RDS) Certified to ensure humane sourcing of down.
• WaveLoft construction in the synthetic bags that loops thick layers of proprietary THERMOLITE® insulation together for extra loft and warmth.
• Warmer women’s specific engineering with a modified shape, extra down, and thicker footbox insulation.
• Temperature tested to the EN13537 European standard for sleeping bags (excludes Ember quilts).

With over 42 sleeping bag variations across 16 different models, there is truly a Sea to Summit sleeping bag to suit every user on any adventure. Based on our first impressions, we’ve summarised the range below and you can find all the juicy specifications by following the links through to our product pages.

What’s New in 2024?

Despite the roaring success of their sleeping bag range, Sea To Summit’s continual drive for perfection has lead them to make some refinements to some models in their down range in 2024. Their classic range is still available for purchase – or, if you wish, you can splurge a little more to take advantage of the premium offerings in their new-season bags.

The refinements Sea To Summit made were most notably:

• Simplified product names
• Standardised temperature ratings
• Evolved shapes and fit
• #5 YKK zipper, with anti-snag slider now across the new season range
• Sustainable fabric choices wherever possible
• Updated storage sacks and compression bags

There is truly a Sea to Summit sleeping bag to suit every user on any adventure. Image: Sea to Summit

The Spark

The Spark bags are lightweight and technical all-rounders for both men and women. There’s a version to suit every weight conscious explorer on warm weather adventures, right through to cold climate expeditions. They feature 850+ ULTRA-DRY Goose Down and ultra-light fabrics and trimmings. Vertical chest baffles combined with a contoured mummy shape offer optimal lightweight thermal efficiency too.

Technical features – 850+ Loft ULTRA-DRY Goose Down. Vertical and horizontal chest baffles (latter depending on the model). Ultra-light 7D and 10D fabrics. Mummy shape for efficient insulation. Combination box and sewn through baffle construction. Cannot be joined with another bag, but compatible with separately available quilts.

Ideal for – Ultra-light adventures in warm to mid-winter climates.

Shop here:

Classic models – Spark Sp0 | Spark SpI | Spark SpII | Spark SpIII | Spark SpIV

Premium new-season models – Spark 7C | Spark -1C | Spark -9C | Spark Double -9C | Spark -18C | Spark Women’s 7C | Spark Women’s -1C | Spark Women’s -9C

Video – Spark review here

The Spark Pro

There’s no other way to describe the Spark Pro other than as a premium sleeping bag. By combining the successful Free Flow Zip system, with technical design, lightweight fabrics and then filling the bag with 950+ loft down, the Spark Pro unquestionably offers the best of everything you look for in a sleeping bag.

Technical features – 950+ Loft ULTRA-DRY Goose Down. Vertical chest baffles. Ultra-light 10D fabric with DWR water resistant treatment on the head and foot. Mummy shape with Free Flow zip system for efficient insulation, comfort, and versatility. Combination box and sewn through baffle construction. Can be joined with other new season Women’s version bags, compatible with separately available quilts.

Shop the premium new-season models – Spark Pro -1C | Spark Pro -9C

The Flame

The Flame is an ultra-light, all-round, women’s-specific sleeping bag available in multiple versions to suit every activity. It has all the same materials and features as the Spark, only with a women’s specific cut i.e. wider at the hip and narrower at the shoulder. Plus, it has a little extra down for increased warmth.

Technical features – 850+ Loft ULTRA-DRY Goose Down. Vertical chest baffles. Ultra-light 7D and 10D fabrics. Women’s specific mummy shape for efficient insulation. Combination box and sewn-through baffle construction. Cannot be joined with another bag.

Ideal for – Women on ultra-light adventures in warm to mid-winter climates.

Shop here:

Classic models – Flame FmII | Flame FmIII | Flame FmIV

Premium new-season models – Check out the Spark Women’s range for the premium updated models of the Flame series: Spark Women’s 7C | Spark Women’s -1C | Spark Women’s -9C

Video – Flame review here

The Flame is an ultra-light, all-round, women’s-specific sleeping bag. Image: Sea to Summit

The Amplitude

A technical bag with a focus on comfort. The Amplitude is best suited to basecamp style adventures or car camping where you are not scrutinising grams and rucksack space. It features a roomy rectangular design filled with 750+ Loft ULTRA-DRY Down, three zippers for multiple configurations including separating the top and bottom as a quilt and blanket, and a webbing system to attach a sleeping mat to the bag.

Technical features – 750+ Loft ULTRA-DRY Down. Spacious. Vertical chest baffles. 20D and 30D fabrics. Panelled footbox. 3D Hood. Webbing to attach sleeping mat. Available in double size. Can be joined with other bags.

Ideal for – Car camping, van life, hut based adventures.

Shop here – Amplitude Am2 (2°C) | Amplitude Am3 (-8°C)

The Ascent

If you’re seeking a single sleeping bag to cover most adventures that offers a good balance between weight, durability, and versatility, the Ascent is the ideal choice. These bags offer more space than a mummy bag, and boast an efficient design with vertical and horizontal chest baffles, a panelled footbox, and a 3D hood roomy enough to fit a regular Sea to Summit pillow . The Ascent also features the Sea to Summit Free Flow Zip design with both half and full-length side zips, plus a footbox zip for temperature adaptability.

Technical features – 750+ Loft ULTRA-DRY Down. Relaxed tapered rectangular or Mummy fit, depending on the model. Vertical and horizontal chest baffles (latter depending on the model). 20D fabric. Panelled footbox. 3D Hood. Free Flow zipper design. Can be joined with other bags, including women’s.

Ideal for – Anything from car-based adventures to extended trekking in warm to cold climates.

Shop here:

Classic models – Ascent AcI | Ascent AcII | Ascent AcIII

Premium new-season models – Ascent -1C | Ascent -9C

Video – Ascent review here

The Altitude

The Altitude sleeping bag is the women’s version of the Ascent, and is a great all-rounder. It has all the same features, only with a female-specific shape that’s wider at the hip and narrower at the shoulder. It’s also loaded with more down than the Ascent, featuring THERMOLITE® panels under the foot area for increased warmth.

Technical features – 750+ Loft ULTRA-DRY Down. Relaxed women’s specific tapered rectangular shape. Vertical chest baffles. 20D fabric. Panelled footbox. THERMOLITE® panel underfoot. 3D Hood. Free Flow zipper design. Can be joined with other bags.

Ideal for – Women on car-based adventures or extended treks in warm to cold climates.

Shop here:

Classic models – Altitude AtI | Altitude AtII

Premium new-season models – Check out the Ascent Women’s range for the premium updated models of the Altitude series: Ascent Women’s -1C | Ascent Women’s -9C

Video – Altitude review here

The Trek has a tapered rectangular design, while the Journey is the Trek bag with a women’s specific design. Image: Sea to Summit

The Trek

The Trek has been a staple part of the Sea to Summit sleeping bag range since the very beginning, where the latest version has seen a change to both vertical chest and horizontal baffles for increased efficiency. The Trek has both a tapered and semi-rectangular design that offers more room than traditional mummy bags, and comes at a very affordable price for such a high-quality bag.

Technical features – 650+ Loft ULTRA-DRY Down. Relaxed, tapered rectangular and semi-rectangular shapes. Vertical and horizontal chest baffles (latter depending on the model). Durable 20D and 30D fabrics. 3D Hood. Can be joined with other bags.

Ideal for – General camping, hiking and travel.

Shop here:

Classic models – Trek Tk1 | Trek Tk2 | Trek Tk3

Premium new-season models – Trek -1C | Trek -9C | Trek -18C | Trek Women’s -1C | Trek Women’s -9C

Video – Trek review here

The Journey

The Journey is the Sea to Summit Trek bag, only with a women’s specific design. Along with all the same features that make the Trek a popular and affordable bag, the Journey has a shape that is wider at the hip and narrower at the shoulder. It’s also packed with a little more down and features a THERMOLITE® panel under the foot section for increased warmth.

Technical features – 650+ Loft ULTRA-DRY Down. Relaxed women’s specific tapered rectangular shape. Vertical chest baffles. Durable 20D and 30D fabrics. THERMOLITE® panel underfoot. 3D Hood. Can be joined with other bags.

Ideal for – Women, general camping, hiking and travel.

Shop here:

Classic models – Journey JoI | Journey JoII

Premium new-season models – Check out the Trek Women’s range for the premium updated models of the Journey series: Trek Women’s -1C | Trek Women’s -9C

Video – Journey review here

The Traveller

The Traveller is designed for…well, travel! It’s a featherweight sleeping bag with a minuscule pack size and a hoodless design that can be opened up as a quilt making it perfect for hostels or to throw over the top of another bag for added warmth.

Technical features – 750+ Loft ULTRA-DRY Down. Tapered hoodless shape. Ultra-light 15D fabric. Sewn-through construction on TrI. Horizontal baffles on Tr2. Can be joined with other Traveller bags.

Ideal for – Travel

Shop here:

Classic models – Traveller TrI | Traveller TrII

Premium new-season models – Traveller 7C

The Journey bag is packed with a little more down for increased warmth. Image: Sea to Summit

The Treeline

The Treeline is an entry level three-season down bag with a relaxed mummy shape and a single side zipper. It’s filled with a lesser lofting down and does away with the ULTRA-DRY feature to keep the costs down. Made with a 50D nylon shell, the Treeline maintains a quality lightweight build at an affordable price.

Technical features – 600+ Loft Down. Relaxed mummy shape. 50D fabric. Can be joined with other bags.

Shop here – Treeline Tl1

The Trailhead

Basic and affordable quality. The Trailhead synthetic bag from Sea to Summit offers space and comfort for general camping. It features a durable water repellent shell fabric and efficient WaveLoft construction as well as a single full-length zipper that enables the bag to be zipped opened as a quilt.

Technical features – WaveLoft synthetic construction. Tapered rectangular shape. 30D DWR shell fabric. 20D Lining. Single full-length zipper. Cannot be joined with other bags.

Ideal for – General warm to cool weather camping.

Shop here – Trailhead ThII | Trailhead ThIII

The Quest

An affordable all-rounder for general camping and weekend warriors, the Quest is the women’s specific version of the Trailhead. It features a shape that is wider at the hips, narrower at the shoulders and has a dose of extra insulation in the footbox. It has a single full-length zipper and maintains the quality build you can expect in all Sea to Summit sleeping bags.

Technical features – WaveLoft synthetic construction. Women’s specific tapered rectangular shape. 30D DWR shell fabric. 20D Lining. Single full-length zipper. Thicker footbox insulation. Cannot be joined with other bags.

Ideal for – General camping for women in warm to cool weather.

Shop here – Quest QuI | Quest QuII

Video – Quest review here

The Trailhead bag offers space and comfort, while the women’s-specific Quest features a dose of extra insulation in the footbox. Image: Sea to Summit

The Basecamp Down -9C

An all-rounder for general camping and all-out explorers, the Basecamp features a relaxed semi-rectangular fit with enough room to fit a home-size pillow in the hood – which is removeable, and doubles as a blanket! Sporting Sea to Summit’s Free Flow Zip system too, it has full-length #5 primary and secondary zippers and boasts compatibility with both Sea to Summit quilts and women’s bags.

Technical features – RDS-certified 650+ FILL Power duck down. Relaxed semi-rectangular shape. 20D Polyester shell and lining. ULTRA-DRY down water-repellent treatment. Primary and secondary full-length zippers. Oversized hood with soft-touch adjustments. Compatible with Sea to Summit quilts and women’s bags.

Ideal for – General camping in cool weather.

Shop here – Basecamp -9C

The Alpine Down -29

Offering lightweight durability on the heavier endeavours, the Alpine -29C Down Sleeping Bag is for the fast and light braving the frosty climates. It features an expedition Mummy fit for thermal efficiency – wider at the hips, narrower at the shoulders – with a technical hood and footbox. Plus, benefit from a full-length primary zipper and 1/2-length secondary zipper for temperature regulation.

Technical features – RDS-certified 850+ FILL Power goose down. Expedition mummy fit. 20D Nylon shell and lining with PFC-free DWR for water resistance. PFC-free ULTRA-DRY down water-repellent treatment for better thermal performance. Free Flow Zip system with full-length primary and 1/2-length secondary zippers offer multiple sleeping bag configurations. Technical hood and footbox.

Ideal for – Expedition, trekking, and alpine camping

Shop here – Alpine -29C

Beyond the walls of the family home, we’re entitled to a sufficient sleep setup. Image: Sea to Summit 

Sea to Summit Sleeping Bag Liners

Finally, the Sea to Summit sleeping system can be topped off with a sleeping bag liner. This is an invaluable addition to sleeping comfort – used by itself in warm conditions and exceptional in cold conditions, extending the warmth of a lightweight down bag and keeping the state of your sleeping bag cleaner too. Even fresher to the Snowys shelves is the new sleeping bag liner range, including the Blend, Comfort Blend, Breeze, and Reactor models.

Ben and Lauren have also discussed sleep system ratings with Dean Woodall from Sea to Summit on the Snowys Camping Show podcast. Tune in here:

Which Sleep System is Right For Me?

Camping

If you’re after a mat that you can chuck into the car for that weekend away, there are both air-filled and self-inflating options for general car camping.

You can have the best camping mat in the world, but if you pair it with a dodgy sleeping bag (or vice-versa), you’re still likely to feel unsatisfied. Here are Snowys’ top picks for the ideal Sea to Summit ‘sleep system’, covering compact gear to see you through camping trips, the odd hiking adventure, and something specifically for camping and general comfort.

Mats

Our top STS mats for car camping:

Comfort Light SI Sleeping Mat – a good choice for campers who do the occasional overnight hike as well. Tapered, 5cm thick, self-inflating, and available in small, regular, and large.

Camp Plus SI Sleeping Mat – for campers wanting a well-insulated mat with a durable surface fabric. Available in regular and large, both tapered and rectangle, 7.5cm thick, and self-inflating.

Comfort Plus SI Sleeping Mat – for a bit more luxury, this choice is 8cm thick, self-inflating, and insulated. It’s available in regular and large, both Tapered and Rectangle, as well as Double and the slightly different air-sprung model that Ben mentions.

Sleep Systems

Below is a car camping/overnight hiking hybrid system for a compact and lightweight option that crosses between the two activities.

Aeros Premium Pillow – available in Regular, Large, and Deluxe.

Trek Sleeping Bag and women’s specific Journey Sleeping Bag.

Comfort Light SI Sleeping Mat – includes air-sprung, women’s specific models.

The comfortable, easy-care pick for general car camping:

Foamcore Pillow – available in Regular, Large, and Deluxe.

Quest Qu Women’s Sleeping Bag – tapered rectangle, synthetic WaveLoft fill, and available with a comfort rating of 3°C and -1°C, in both regular and long sizes. The Trailhead unisex version is available in 5°C and -1°C, plus a bunch of size variations.

Camp Plus SI Sleeping Mat.

Our top picks for the ideal ‘sleep system’ cover compact gear to see you through camping trips, the odd hiking adventure, and something specifically for camping and general comfort. Image: Sea to Summit

Hiking

Alrighty hikers, let’s get down to business! This is where gram-counting and pack size are important, but so are comfort and insulation – especially for those cold nights. The type of hiker you are will determine which areas you need to prioritise.

If you’re pretty extreme with your adventures, then you’re going to want high-end gear from which you can demand the most. If you’re not quite so hardcore and want something more affordable without sacrificing that STS quality, then here are our sleep system picks for both kinds of trailblazers.

Mats

Air sprung cell or self-inflating, insulated or no insulation, unisex or women’s specific? Here’s our pick of Sea to Summit mats for hikers.

Ultralight Insulated – available in our best-selling air-sprung, as well as a self-inflating version. These are lightweight, slightly tapered, and available in a range of sizes.

The Comfort Light range – these offer a bit of extra thickness and the self-inflating option provides a good weight, pack size, and comfort ratio. Here’s the air-sprung version and also, the women’s specific in both self-inflating and air-sprung cell.

Ether Light mats – for the very best balance in weight, size, and comfort. These are in a range of sizes and shapes, but all are air-sprung and 10cm thick.

Sleep Systems

For the hiker wanting ultralight and compact gear, with maximum comfort.

Aeros Premium Pillow Regular – packs down to an incredibly small size, yet still offers comfort and support.

Spark Sleeping Bag – down fill, mummy-shaped, and available in both regular and long for comfort levels of 14°C, 9°C, 7C, 4°C, -1C, -2°C, -8°C, -9C, and -18C. There’s also the Ember Quilt series for the gram-counter extraordinaire!

Ether Light XT Sleeping Mat – for a super compact and lightweight system.

For the general all-round hiker that wants awesome quality and isn’t fussed by a bit of extra weight or pack size.

Aeros Ultralight Pillow – inflatable with internal baffles to cradle your head.

Ascent Sleeping Bag – down fill, tapered rectangle, and available in two sizes for comfort ratings of 2°C, -1C, −4 °C, -9C, and −11 °C. Or, the Altitude women’s specific version, −4 °C and −10 °C.

Ultra Light SI Hiking Mat – Our pick for the general hiker.

If you’re a pretty extreme adventurer, you’re going to want high-end gear from which you can demand the most. Image: Sea to Summit

4WDing

STS has built a solid reputation around their ultralight gear, so it might come as a surprise that we reckon there’s a few key pieces that are perfect for off-road touring. There are three important components to a decent sleep system – your pillow, your sleeping bag, and your mat. So, what’s our pick for 4WDing?

Mats

Comfort Plus SI – for the compact 4WDer, this one crosses over from general camping to offer the best of both.

Camp Plus SI – another versatile mat that is suitable for both camping and 4WDing. This is a really durable choice.

Comfort DLX SI – available in three sizes, Regular Wide, Large Wide, and Double. These mats have a much larger pack size compared to the other two but are the crème de la crème in 4WD luxury.

Sleep Systems

If you’ve got a beefed-up rig but need to keep your gear weight and size down for touring.

Aeros Down Pillow Deluxe – an air-filled premium pillow that will cradle your head with down-filled baffles stitched into the cushioned top.

Amplitude Sleeping Bag – a down-filled warmer option that’s available in three comfort ratings,  2°C, −8°C, and Double −8°C options.

Comfort Plus SI – compact, self-inflating, 8cm thick, and insulated. The Tapered version is great for fitting the whole family into one tent, or it’s also available in Rectangle, and Double.

There we have it, folks! That’s a round-up of our ‘Snowys Pick’ from the Sea to Summit range. No matter whether you’re a male or female, warm sleeper or cold sleeper, ultra-lightweight hiker or heavy-duty 4WD tourer, big-spender or on a tight budget – there’s a mat and sleep system to keep you comfortable on your camping, hiking, or 4WDing adventures.

Want more from Sea to Summit?

Ben and Lauren sit down with the team and bivvy down on what goes on behind the scenes:

Tell us about your sleeping system and what you would like to improve. We can help. 

The post The Sea to Summit Sleep Systems appeared first on Snowys Blog.

But… what are the bedding options? How do they differ from one another? Most importantly, which is going to allow me the best night’s sleep?

In this article, we’ll look at a range of different sleeping options to give you a better idea of what you should take on your next camping or outdoor trip. Let’s take a look!

Inflatable Mattresses

Everyone has slept on an airbed or inflatable mattress before. Some have had good experiences, others not so much. An inflatable mattress relies solely on air to keep its shape and support you while you sleep.

Pros:

• Very much on the cheaper side of the budget, as they are quite basic.
• Available in a range of sizes, with a built-in pillow.
• Given they are quite deep, they tend to be quite comfortable. Your hips stay away from the ground or other firm surface, and they conform to the shape of your body (similar to a water bed).
• Can be pumped up tight for a firmer feel, or expelled of some air to soften it.

Cons:

• Can be quite easily punctured.
• If you puncture the mattress and it deflates slowly overnight, you wake up on the cold, hard floor!
• Small holes can be very difficult to find and patch (especially at 2 o’clock in the morning).
• Inflatable mattresses offer no insulation from the ground, so don’t provide a particularly warm night’s sleep. In cold conditions, they are best used with a blanket over the top.
• Can be bouncy; if sleeping on a Double or Queen, you are likely to feel every movement from your partner.
• Require a pump to inflate (another expense and something else to carry). Using a hand or foot pump can be tiring, and electric pumps are both noisy and require power.

Self-Inflating Mattresses

Self-inflating mattresses are similar to inflatable mattresses in that they are an airtight bag which, when sealed with air, supports your body. Inside the airtight bag is foam, which is compressed when the mattress is rolled up. When unrolled and the valves opened, the foam expands back to its original size, sucking air into the bag as it does so.

When the foam return to its full size and the bag is inflated, the valves are closed, containing the air. To pack away, simply open the valves and compress the foam, forcing the air out as you roll. By closing the valves at the end, no air will enter again, thus preventing the foam from expanding.

Pros:

• As the name suggests, these mattresses will inflate on their own, negating the need for a pump.
• Simple to set up: roll it out, open the valves, and walk away. Just remember to close the valves again afterwards.
• Comfortable, particularly in the larger sizes.
• Insulative, keeping you much warmer.
• Given its foam interior, any puncture won’t result in ultimately sleeping on a cold, hard floor!

Cons:

• Can occupy a lot of room.
• Larger mattresses will have more foam, therefore occupy more room when packed away too.
• On the other hand, some self-inflating mats available are quite thick when unrolled, but small when packed away. These mattresses will contain more air than foam, and often more expensive than thicker models.
• Over time, the edges of the mattress can deteriorate (depending on the quality).
• Any small punctures can be harder to locate than on inflatable mattresses. Any holes will also mean the mattress inflates in its bag when packed away, and this can cause difficulty when removing from the bag again.

Camp Stretchers

A camp stretcher is a fold out frame with a canvas (or similar material) stretched out and pulled nice and tight, supporting the body.

Pros:

• Raised off the ground, making it much easier to get in and out of bed.
• Quick and easy to assemble, and provide extra storage space beneath (for baggage etc.).
• Compact for storage and transport.
• Can be a cooler option for warm weather, given they’re raised from the ground.

Cons:

• Stretchers can be quite heavy, some weighing up to 10 – 12kg.
• When new, and depending on the type of stretcher, they can be a little tight. And whilst their design is easy to assemble, they tight canvas can be difficult to stretch into place.
• Stretchers do not insulate you from the ground and can be very cold overnight, especially during the winter months.
• Some stretchers will come padded however these will be larger and bulkier to pack away.
• You may find stretchers quite firm to sleep on and are often partnered with a foam mattress or self-inflating mattress to offer a little more comfort.
• Some stretcher frames can be quite rocky and creak loudly when moving around on them.

Swags

A swag is a canvas bedroll, protective from wind, rain, dirt, sand, and bugs. It can be used outside on its own, or inside a tent, caravan, or even the living room as a roll-out bed. Swags usually boast a canvas construction and come in all shapes, sizes, and designs. Commonly, they come equipped with a foam mattress inside.

Pros:

• An efficient source of bedding, with very little setup required. Depending on the design, most need only be rolled out before they’re ready for use.
• Sleeping bag or other bedding (such as sheets and blankets) can remain inside, even when rolled up.
• Most swag mattresses are made from dense foam of varying thicknesses, usually very comfortable.
• Owing to their canvas construction, swags are insulative and protective from both the ground and cold outside air.

Cons:

• Large and sometimes awkward to pack away and transport.
• Often require transporting in a trailer or on roof racks.
• Can be heavy, depending on size and canvas weight.
• Can be uncomfortable in warm and humid conditions. In areas prone to bugs and insects, it’s necessary to zip yourself inside the swag completely – though this can create very hot and sticky interior conditions, and therefore an uncomfortable sleep.

When heading on a holiday, getting a good night’s sleep is one of the most important things. Image: OZtrail

Whichever sleeping arrangement – I recommend that you first consider how you will be transporting your chosen bedding to your destination. Upon arrival too, think that how much space will you have to set it up.

The post Sleep Options for the Restless Camper appeared first on Snowys Blog.

In general, there are two types of sleeping bag fill available on the market: the traditional down and the more modern synthetics. Each type has advantages and disadvantages, and it is important to weigh up these factors before making your choice.

Down-Filled Sleeping Bags

Down is the breast feathers of birds, and the traditional filling for sleeping bags. Most quality down is from ducks and geese, collected from their nests after it falls off the bird. Or, in some cases, it’s a by-product of the food processing industry.

The quality of down is measured by fill power. This is basically a measure of how much the down will ‘fluff up’ when in use, measured in cubic inches per ounce. Generally, a low end down sleeping bag or quilt will be approximately 400, while the top of the range can reach as high as 900. The more a bag ‘fluffs up’ the better the insulating properties, and hence less weight of filling is required to keep you just as warm.

There are many advantages and disadvantages of down sleeping bags. Let’s take a look at them.

Advantages

The main advantages of down are the warmth per weight, and longevity. Generally, down bags can be half the weight of a comparatively warm synthetic bag, and compress much further. This means less weight on your back if you are hiking, and less to cart around camp from the car. They also have a longer lifespan.

A down bag will keep filling and stay warm for years, even with regular use. A synthetic bag will eventually lose its warmth. Some sources suggest a down bag will last two to three times as long as an equivalent synthetic bag.

Disadvantages

The overwhelming disadvantage of down is its performance when wet. A soggy down bag will only retain about 10% of its warmth, and takes a lot of drying.

Down is also generally more expensive as an initial purchase. However, the long-life of a down bag means it will generally be cheaper in the long term. Down bags are a long-term purchase that may be unwarranted for some applications such as school camps, or if they are only being used occasionally for local summer holidays. However, if you expect to use them regularly over a long period of time, they are definitely a worthwhile investment.

Synthetic-Filled Sleeping Bags

Synthetic sleeping bags are a more modern alternative to down, and always improving. The fill is a polyester microfibre that can be compressed, then ‘fluffs up’ to provide insulation when released.

Generally the greater the mass of synthetic measured in grams per square metre (gsm), the warmer it will be. However, it will be heavier as well. As the quality of the synthetic fill is improving all the time, synthetic sleeping bags are becoming both lighter and warmer.

Synthetic fillers vary widely, with most manufacturers having their own specific type of fill. This means there is no standard for the quality of the filler. However, these manufacturers make their name on quality – so if the filling is poor, the company is probably on the way out.

There are many advantages and disadvantages to synthetic sleeping bags, which we’ll examine below.

Advantages

The main advantages of synthetic bags are both their performance when wet, and the initial cost. Synthetic bags will retain about 50% of their dry performance when wet, which is far better than down bags. Synthetic bags also dry out quicker. That said, always endeavour to keep your sleeping bag dry.

Synthetic bags are considerably cheaper that down bags too, at most levels of performance. They’re a good starting point if you don’t want to make a large long-term investment.

Disadvantages

Unfortunately, synthetic bags don’t last as long as down bags, and may lose a lot of their warmth within five years if they are used regularly.

Synthetic bags are also heavier and bulkier than down bags, especially for extreme conditions. They’re generally best for car camping or local holidays, where weight and bulk are of minimal concern, and where low cost is important.

Synthetic-filled bags are great for kids who either grow out of bags quickly or need something for school camps – but generally not as good as down bags for hiking, unless you expect to get very wet!

Features to Look For in a Sleeping Bag

When buying a sleeping bag, there are several qualities to look for: the quality of fabric, quality of filling, carry sack, and design.

• A wet or torn sleeping bag performs badly, so look for fabrics that are waterproof or at least water-resistant.
• You don’t necessarily need to go looking for waterproof breathable membranes or fabrics waterproof to 10000mm, unless you expect to sleep in a river (it happens, believe me). That said, a bit of water resistance will go a long way towards improving the performance of the bag.
• Most fabrics used in sleeping bags are very light and strong – but look for any obvious signs of wear and tear each time you use the bag, and fix them as soon as you can.
• The quality of filling is a big factor. The higher the quality, the better the warmth per weight in both synthetic and down filling. Generally, go as high as you can afford – but ensure you know what you are looking at. Some of the numbers quoted can be deceiving.

Design

Finally, design is an important feature. Unless you are going for weight savings over comfort, a full-length zipped bag is a good idea.

• A zip can make a sleeping bag much more versatile. Unzipping the bag will prevent sweltering on a warm night, while zipping it up will keep you warmer when it’s cold.
• A hood will keep your head warm and improve heat retention, and ‘Mummy; contoured or tapered designs can help prevent the heat escaping from around your body.
• Some bags have zips across the feet, to allow for versatility. Others have this as a solid section, which is warmer.
• Make sure to choose the design that suits your requirements best.

By considering these points, your sleeping bag will keep you warm and give you a good night’s sleep, year after year.

Sleeping Bag Maintenance

Sleeping bags are generally a simple piece of gear, however they require some basic care to keep them in top shape.

When you don’t need your bag compressed, leave it loose. Most bags come with a large bag for storage and a small bag for compression. If you don’t have one of these larger bags, hang your sleeping bag in a closet, store it in a pillow case, or at least leave the compression straps as loose as you can.

Keep it Dry!

Down loses 90% of its warmth when wet, and synthetics lose 50%. So make sure you leave your bag out to dry before storing it. As well as degrading the performance, a wet sleeping bag is a warm, moist environment – perfect for bacteria!

The place a sleeping bag is most likely to get wet when not in use is in your pack, or just out in the open. If you can find a waterproof sack, this can help to keep the sleeping bag dry out – if not, I highly recommend keeping your sleeping bag inside a dry sack if you are expecting any rain.

Keep it Clean Wherever Possible

Using a liner or wearing clothes in a sleeping bag will avoid the need to wash the bag. Using a liner can also add warmth; a simple cotton or a silk liner can add a few degrees to most sleeping bags, while some technical liners can add up to (an albeit ambitious) 15 degrees.

Cleaning a sleeping bag can be a daunting task (especially for down bags), and should be avoided where possible. It is possible to have down sleeping bags professionally washed; contact either a local manufacturer or an outdoor store for advice on who to contact in your area.

Synthetic sleeping bags can be machine washed at low temperatures, on a delicate setting using a mild soap and a lot of rinsing. Generally, its recommended to follow the washing instructions on the bag, as they can vary – however, don’t use bleaches. Never iron or dry-clean the bag either, and always allow plenty of time to dry.

Washing a Down Bag

They must be hand-washed, so you will probably need to use a bath. Fill it with warm water and add a mild soap. Submerge the bag, jostle it around, and squeeze it to move the soap through. Leave to soak for 30-40 minutes, then move it around in the water again to further move the soap through.

Let the water out of the bath and, without lifting out of the bath, squeeze the water from the bag (if you lift the bag, the weight of the soaked down can cause the internal baffles to tear). Refill the bath with warm water, and move the bag about to rinse out any excess soap. You will likely need to repeat this step several times to ensure you’ve ridded the bag of all soap.

Once rinsed, squeeze the bag out into the bath and allow to dry. This may take several days, however it is vital that the bag is totally dry before used or stored.

Caring for Your Bag

Caring for a sleeping bag is a simple and quick process. With correct care, your sleeping bag will keep you warm for a long time.

Sleeping bags can be a major purchase, however they are vital for a good night’s sleep. Choosing between down and synthetic bags can be difficult if you are on a budget – so just make sure you look into where and how you intend to use it. As mentioned, they can often be worth a large initial investment for both long-term performance and the joy of a good night’s sleep!

For more ideas, check out the range of sleeping bags at Snowys – and let us know if you have any extra thoughts on what makes a great sleeping bag!

The post How to Choose the Best Sleeping Bag appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Our customers have made the decisions. We’re just here to spread the word! Credit: ‘Things Amy Does’

Don’t just take our word for it. A high-performing tent will often receive good reviews. The more favourable the reviews, the more people are inclined to purchase and subsequently review it themselves – thus continuing the cycle. Basically, our customers have made the decisions. We’re just here to spread the word!

This isn’t a ranking of the ten most ‘technical’ tents. There are no hidden agendas or incentives, nor any imitations on price or brand. No strings or guy ropes attached. Instead, we’ve given bias the boot and determined the ten most popular tents by the number of sales, both online and instore at Snowys, over the past 12 months. Each tent falls within the boundaries of standard hiking tent criteria, including weight and dimensions – and while this year’s top contenders almost mirror the last, some have shuffled in the rank.

So – let’s get kicking to the pinnacle!

From trailblazing the ranges by day, to stargazing the milky way by night. Credit: MSR

10. BlackWolf Grasshopper Ultralight 2P and 3P Hiking Tents

Ranking since 2020, the BlackWolf Grasshopper Ultralight tent is Available in two and three-person variants. While these models have been featured in the BlackWolf range for many years, the brand decided to incorporate the use of lighter-weight fabrics within recent years.

The unique pole structure forms a dome shape with upright sidewalls, allowing for more internal space. With two teardrop-shaped doors and vestibules, the Grasshopper’s inner is constructed entirely from mesh for superior ventilation. Thanks to the colour-coded poles, you can be set up by sundown and packed down by daybreak.

The Grasshopper Ultralight tents by Black Wolf are a lightweight, mid-range option, ideal for use in the warmer and shoulder seasons.

The tent’s unique pole structure forms a dome shape with upright sidewalls, allowing for more internal space. Credit: BlackWolf

9. Zempire Mono Hiking Tent

For unparalleled simplicity blended with robust performance, the single-pole design of the Zempire Mono ensures a minimum weight while maintaining strength and performance in the field. Coupled with a convenient pack size, the Mono is perfect for solo adventures – providing enough sleeping space for one, plus a single vestibule for your gear, gadgets, and boots. With a full mesh inner, high-end alloy poles, and unbendable Tri-pegs – it also boasts an an impressive waterhead rating.

The Zempire Mono is a superior mid-range tent for lightweight adventurers.

The Zempire Mono represents unparalleled simplicity blended with robust performance. Credit: Zempire

8. BlackWolf Mantis Ultralight 1 and 2 Hiking Tents

Blissful sanctuaries for the solitary soul-searchers on the slopes – the Mantis UL 1 and UL 2 from BlackWolf are ergonomically designed for hiking and backpacking amid weather ranging from mild, to wild!

Both the UL 1 and UL 2 are lightweight models with compact, pack-friendly designs. Their low-profile structures are made for the more rugged outdoor missions, boding well for steadiness in adverse conditions. A waterhead rating of 2000mm on the fly and taped seams battles the brutality of heavy rain. Meanwhile, the vestibule provides the means for additional storage, and the No-See-Um mesh vents double as insect protection and a means of airflow.

The BlackWolf Mantis Ultralight 1 and 2 Hiking Tents are the compact yet roomy choice for the hikers fresh to the tracks and the mountaineers savvy with their money!

Blissful sanctuaries for the solitary soul-searchers on the slopes. Credit: BlackWolf

7. Zempire Zeus Hiking Tent

Classically lightweight with space for two, the Zempire Zeus Hiking Tent offers both an entrance and vestibule for each adventurer.

A twin hub pole structure creates near vertical sides and ample internal space as well as a stable free-standing frame. With a full mesh inner, draft panels, highly waterproof floor and rip-stop fly – this tent is built for roughing at the summit with its tough, durable design.

One of the most functional in the Zempire tent range, the Zeus takes every hiker, backpacker, and track lover from mountain crest to much-needed rest!

The Zeus is one of the most functional in the Zempire tent range. Credit: Zempire

6. Zempire Atom Hiking Tent

Zempire’s Atom rubs shoulders with the Mono; a similar tent that came relatively close in sales numbers this year too.

Both feature the same materials and packed size, with the exception of the Atom’s brow pole allowing for a more comfortable upright position when there’s a need to bunker down in unideal conditions.

The Atom’s brow pole allows for a more comfortable upright position when there’s a need to bunker down in unideal conditions. Credit: Zempire

5. Outdoor Connection Howqua Hiking Tents 2 and 3

From tearing up the tracks to hitting the sack, the Howqua 2P and 3P tents by Outdoor Connection are the most ideal lightweight tent for the kayakers, backpackers, or motorcycle tourers.

The two-pole design allows more space within the tent, with an inner of polyester and No-See-Um mesh for breathability. Be it pitter-pattering, or pelting – stay protected from rain with a 3000 millimetre waterhead rating, heat-taped seams, and a 75-Denier 210 polyester fly. With space for boots and bags in the the vestibules, enter and exit your personal hikers’ hub from either of the dual doorways.

With a minimalist set-up and a price to match, the Howqua 2P and 3P tents are a tourer’s most trusted travel companion.

The Outdoor Connection Howqua tents are the most ideal lightweight tent for kayakers, backpackers, or motorcycle tourers. Credit: Outdoor Connection

4. Roman Cradle 1P, 2P, and 3P Hiking Tents

If you like it, hike it – with the Cradle 1P, 2P, and 3P Hiking Tents by Roman, new to the best-sellers list!

A lightweight and compact construction boasts alloy poles with ‘v’ stakes, for security in outdoor serenity! A quick setup design features internal hanging room and colour-coded poles – so you can match, attach, and tip that frothy down the hatch in no time. With ventilation throughout and at the rear, and a generous front vestibule, you’re equipped for lazy lounge-about afternoons post hike. Plus, owing to to compression straps on the carry bag, you can roll over, roll up, and roll on out of camp with tightly bundled hiking clobber!

Keep it kicking on the hike track with the Roman Cradle Hiking Tents, offering a cozy, cot-like nap beating the need for nightcaps!

The Roman Cradle hiking tents offer a cosy, off-track cranny. Image: Roman

3. MSR Hubba Hubba 1, 2, and 3 Hiking Tents

Compatible camping companions, the Hubba Hubba 1, 2, and 3 hiking tents challenge any co-campers in your set-up at the summit. 

With an inner of high-tenacity nylon fabrics, the fly boasts an Xtreme Shield Waterproofing Coating that both resists fabric gumminess and lasts up to three times longer than standard coatings. Their all-in-one hub and pole system not only guarantees a speedy setup, it also bodes well for sturdiness amid the gusts and gales. In the Hubba Hubba 3, three ain’t a crowd thanks to its symmetrical design and non-tapered floor guaranteeing room to groove for the whole gang and their gear. 

Trumping the streetlights of big city backstreets, achieve that million-star view from the mountaintops with the option to completely roll back the fly on clear nights. Equipped with reflective guy ropes, MSR Needle stakes, and adjustable stake-out loops – the MSR Hubba Hubba 1, 2, and 3 hiking tents offer the perfect pitch for three musketeer-mountaineers, a pair of trailblazers, or a solitary swashbuckler.  

A true companion, the Hubba Hubba 2 hiking tent challenges any co-campers in your set-up at the summit! Credit: MSR

2. Companion Pro Hiker 2 Tent

Crowned number 1 in 2022, the Companion Pro Hiker 2 Tent has remained at number 2 fpr two years running it yet another alarming 2024 rank review!

Despite discontinuing the one- and three-person models, Companion has maintained this two-person design – along with its near-perfect 5-star ratings. A traditional dome style tent, the Pro Hiker 2 features dual doors and vestibules. By no means is it the lightest tent, nor does it offer as much internal space as some of its corrivals – but it remains both a reliable and affordable performer. With a robust floor, an inner constructed of three-season mesh and polyester, and alloy poles – the Pro Hiker 2 is conveniently furnished with roof vents, organiser pockets, and a gear loft for storage.

The Companion Pro Hiker 2 is where lightweight functionality reaches a crossroad with door-busting durability – at an affordable price. 

The Companion Pro Hiker 2 is where lightweight functionality reaches a crossroad with door-busting durability – at an affordable price. Credit: Companion

1. Explore Planet Earth Spartan 2 and 3 Hiking Tents

The EPE Spartan 2P and 3P tents boast the most butt-kicking blend of quality and affordability – bringing them to number 1!

Together, durable fabrics and alloy poles create a roomy and functional shelter, also featuring superior weatherproof properties. With a solid inner and mesh doors, the Spartan 2P and 3P tents reflect a true three-season tent, embellished with internal storage pockets, lantern hanging points, and a compression storage sack.

The EPE Spartan hiking tents take the eager adventurers from the metropolitan maze to the trails primed to blaze!

The EPE Spartan 2P and 3P tents boast the most butt-kicking blend of quality and affordability. Credit: Explore Planet Earth

We’ve got to mention these guys…

Sea to Summit Alto and Telos Ultralight Tents

They’re the gear guru’s choice for gold on those off-grid getaways – and given they’re only a recently introduced model, they just missed out on the top ten best-sellers list for the past 12 months!

A lightbar offers a point to attach a headlamp for late-night ‘tent-ertainment’ too. Credit: Sea to Summit

Despite their weightless designs, the Alto and Telos series tents by Sea to Summit boast longevity. Standing up to the rough and tumble of outdoor adventuring, their superior performing materials include DAC poles, robust YKK zippers, and 7-series aluminium hardware.

The seam-taped, PU-coated rainfly can be assembled before the tent itself to ensure a dry setup and pack-down – and for the Telos, ‘hangout mode’ incorporates pair of separately available trekking poles to convert the rainfly into a half-open shelter. A lightbar offers a point to attach a headlamp for late-night ‘tent-ertainment’ too, with the option to secure the tent pole storage pouch to the apex for a softer light. Plus, enjoy three gear storage pockets for the valuables that transform into three stuff sacks through Sea to Summit’s FairShare, split-load storage system.

A tension ridge creates more head-and-shoulder space, greater vestibule area, and higher doorways for easy entry and exit, while colour-coded poles and pole feet bring home that quick-clicking and a butt-kicking blend of lightweight and durable. Plus, Ground Control Light tent pegs, guy lines, and custom attachment toggles ensure a steadfast setup.

Ben and Lauren discuss the range with Ross Smith from Sea to Summit on the Snowys Camping Show:

Both the Alto and the Telos tents are compatible with separately available accessories such as footprints and gear lofts, and also available in a bikepacking design for those two-wheeled adventures. Below, our very own Ben takes us through the features of Sea to Summit’s Alto Ultralight Tent and the Telos TR Ultralight Tent:

Were you surprised at this year’s top 10? Let us know in the comments!

The post The Best Hiking Tents for 2024 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

In this blog, we touch on two types of hiking stoves, offer tips on how to make the most of their respective features, and list our top ten best-selling hiking stoves for 2024 based on the past 12 months of sales data.

Let’s crank the heat!

A hiking stove becomes a comrade on a solo escape and just another mate on a group getaway. Credit: JetBoil

The Liquid Fuel Stove

Fuel

Stoves such as those by Trangia generally burn an alcohol-based fluid like methylated spirits. Others such as the WhisperLite International Multi-Fuel Stove by MSR operate with both Shellite and unleaded fuel.

Pack this fuel separately in a dedicated fuel bottle, labelled accordingly and tightly capped to prevent spillage.

Quantity of Fuel

This depends on the frequency of use – but 600mL methylated spirits for a 2-3 night hike should suffice. For the WhisperLite, for example: roughly 28mL of white gas boils just over 1L of water, while the same volume of kerosene boils just over 1.5L.

Operation

This is simple: first, decant a small volume of fuel into the stove’s fuel well (which looks a bit like an old ink well). This then sits in the stove’s body. Light the fuel with your lighter, and place your pots, pans, or kettle on top. The flame’s heat is adjusted using a small attachment, which limits its size.

The flame’s heat is adjusted using a small attachment. Credit: Peter Inverarity

Pros & Cons

The advantages of these stoves includes the ability to see and measure your remaining fuel, the quiet flame, and the ability to ‘water down’ your fuel to extend it’s life. Anywhere up to 30% of water still works. The flame is ‘natural’ looking, compared to gas – and this makes for better company if you can’t have a fire!

Disadvantages include the occasionally clumsy attachment, which limits the size of the flame and needs practice in use. The energy provided by the flame also isn’t as much as that provided by gas; you’ll likely wait a lot longer for your billy to boil!

As for stoves that operate with Shellite, these work well in any climate or altitude. That said, they tend to be complex to use, as reverberent as a jet engine, and fail to produce a pleasant, soft flame.

Summary

The ol’ primus stove is great for learning the basics of lightweight cooking using a relatively safe and reliable system.

For a 3-night trip, a 230g canister for meals and 100g canister for hot drinks should still leave some fuel remaining. Credit: JetBoil

The Gas Stove

Fuel

The gas consists of around 75% Butane and 25% Propane. This combination allows a mostly-liquid state of flammable fuel under pressure in the canister, which vaporises as it exits. In theory, the Propane is supposed to provide better performance in sub-zero temperatures. In reality, it’s better to keep your canister warmer than that. More on that later.

Quantity of Gas

Commonly, canisters are 230g (small) and 450g (large). Smaller 100g canisters are also convenient for keeping inside a Trangia kettle – easy to locate for a quick cup of tea on the track.

Lifespan

For a 4-day, 3-night trip – 1 x 230g canister for cooking a meal and hot drinks, and 1 x 100g canister for other hot drinks should still leave some fuel remaining in the 100g canister.

That said, it’s recommended to shake your cannister before using to gain the most from them, and keep them warm (body temperature).

Once you go gas, you won’t look back! Credit: Peter Inverarity

Operation

Simply screw your burner onto your gas canister. Most burners look like a tiny showerhead with three prongs radiating out to support your cookware. Turn the gas on using the adjustable knob, and ignite with your lighter.

You can then adjust the heat of your flame by rotating the knob, much like on your cooktop at home.

Pros & Cons

Once you go gas, you won’t look back!

The biggest advantage is the quick, hot flame, which makes cooking a breeze. It’s also super easy to adjust the heat for boiling or simmering, while setup is convenient without the need to decant (as with primus stoves).

That said, there is an element of risk in not knowing exactly how much gas you have left in your canisters. When in doubt, over-cater for your gas until you’re confident in how much you use each time.

Summary

While gas flames can be said to spoil the serenity, they can also create a sense of comfort. Somewhere out there, you’ve made it!

Regardless of which stove you choose, keep it clean, maintained, and in good working condition. Check it over before packing into your rucksack. From the solo treks to the summit, to the humble blaze boiling the cuppa for banter between mates – a hiking stove makes for good company on those great escapes.

It’s a bit like the Ford vs Holden debate; at the end of the day, the choice in stove really comes down to personal preference. With that in mind, let’s take a look at the top ten hiking stoves for this year, based on our sales data:

Save weight on the heavy endeavours! Credit: JetBoil

Best-Selling Hiking Stoves for 2023

10. JetBoil Stash Cooking System

The lightest in the JetBoil range, the Stash Cooking System is a peak-performing gadget for the gram-counters of the gradient.

Comprised of a FluxRing cookpot and a stand-alone stove, all components nest together with a separately available 100g JetPower fuel canister for compact storage. Complete with a handle for easy pouring and a lid for tidy use in the field, this system feature’s JetBoil’s FluxRing technology for boiling water in just 2.5 minutes – ideal for rehydrating dinners at the summit, or kicking back with a cuppa on the side of the hike track. A fuel stabiliser also secures the system as a whole on the ground.

Save weight on the heavy endeavours with the JetBoil Stash Cooking System.

The Whisperlite International is ideal for use in extreme environments, from the heat to the sleet. Credit: MSR

9. MSR Whisperlite International Multi-Fuel Stove

Guaranteeing hot grub for the go-getters of the gradient and the all-round globetrotters of the trail – the MSR Whisperlite International Multi-Fuel Stove has rightfully earned its high regard in the backpacking stove category.

Multi-fuel, this stove enables hungry hikers more cooking power through its flexible fueling from shellite, kerosene, or unleaded fuel – ideal for use in extreme environments, from the heat to the sleet. Control the pressure in the separately available fuel canister, for a fierce flame irrespective of climate or altitude.

Manufactured with stamped stainless-steel legs to save weight, this stove also features a self-cleaning Shaker Jet which, with some simple regular maintenance, can offer decades of outdoor reliability.

Delivering simple, minimalist meals for roadside camping or compact, portable, one-pack hiking. Credit: Coleman

8. Coleman Peak 1 Trekking Stove

Stripped of the unnecessary and embellished with essentials – Coleman’s Peak 1 Trekking Stove is efficient without the excess fuel.

Owing to serrated pan supports, your pot of porridge stays put! This stove ignites with a simple strike of the humble match, delivering simple, minimalist meals for roadside camping or compact, portable, one-pack hiking.

A no-frills, on-the-go cooking system that doesn’t beat around the bush! Credit: JetBoil

7. JetBoil Zip Hiking Stove

Compact but action-packed, the JetBoil Zip is considered the stark version of the Stash – incorporating essential features in a stripped-down design for the pared-back, fast-tracked solo adventurers.

Its insulated 800ml cooking cup features JetBoil’s FluxRing technology for fast boil times. The simplified, adjustable burner requires only a match or flint for ignition, fit with a lid featuring both a strainer and a pour spout for cooking convenience. Set to slay with a fuel can stabiliser and a protective base cover that doubles as a measuring cup – the JetBoil Zip is compatible with all accessories, boasting a no-frills, on-the-go cooking system that doesn’t beat around the bush.

Fast, light, and versatile. Credit: JetBoil

6. JetBoil MiniMo Stove & Pot Support

Lift your degustation game with lightweight performance that’s heavy on convenience: the JetBoil MiniMo!

Well-designed and constructed from hard-anodised aluminium, with sufficient regulator technology – operate the stove with superior simmer control for those ready-made meals at the summit. Ergonomically shaped to allow easy scooping from a low angle, the stove pot houses the burner – plus, like the Zip and Sumo siblings, features a drink-through lid and dual-purpose measuring cup that protects the pot base.

Fit with robust metal handles so you can get a grip on your grub – the JetBoil MiniMo Cooking System may have dropped a few ranks from number 2 last year, but is still as fast, light, and versatile.

As compact as it is feature-packed, this stove fast-tracks you straight to those sunset dinners at the summit. Credit: JetBoil

5. JetBoil Flash Hiking Stove

The JetBoil Flash Personal Cooking System slays the slopes with you on every outdoor adventure; a compact, packable, and lightweight package that warms wholesome eats and heats hearty drinks with true reliability.

Once again, JetBoil’s FluxRing technology boasts fast boil times, while a cup clips securely to the stainless steel burner and a fuel can stabiliser ensures security on tricky cooktops. Push-button ignition and adjustable flame control guarantee ease of use, while a colour-changing heat indicator in the insulated cup cosy reveals when your contents are hot. As all-in-one as they come, eat straight from the cup for crockery convenience, while an integrated spout in the lid allows a simple storage solution in transit.

For a cooker as compact as it is feature-packed, the JetBoil Flash Personal Cooking System fast-tracks you straight to those sunset dinners at the summit.

The MSR PocketRocket Deluxe is big on the burn and small on size. Credit: MSR

4. MSR Pocket Rocket Deluxe and Pocket Rocket 2 Hiking Stoves

Boasting all the premium features common to each other, PocketRocket Deluxe Stove and PocketRocket 2 could be considered brothers.

At just 83g, the Deluxe is slightly heavier than the PocketRocket 2, with a larger burner head that improves both heat distribution and simmering. As the most durable MSR lighters, the burner protects the push-start piezo ignition – and owing to its internal pressure regulator, this stove withstands a wide range of temperatures and maintains a fast boil even in cold climates. Plus, a lip around the burner shields from windier weather.

For the trailblazers, flavour cravers, and space savers – the MSR PocketRocket Deluxe is big on the burn and small on size.

Fit for the adventure seekers and the outdoor retreaters! Credit: MSR

The PocketRocket 2 Hiking Stove delivers warm meals and hot drinks to hikers, bikers, and bushwalkers across the world.

Fashioned with features like precision flame control, the WindClip windshield, a fast boil time, and efficient fuel consumption – this cooking comrade is smaller, lighter, and more compact than the original PocketRocket stove. Pot supports enable the small packed size too, meanwhile accommodating a wide range of pots and pans.

From the adventure seekers to the outdoor retreaters – the PocketRocket 2 Hiking Stove is the dependable companion on the ups, dips, and drops!

Bolster the wholesome post-hike grub beyond the dining table. Image: JetBoil

3. JetBoil Genesis Basecamp Backpacking and Camping Stove System

We love fresh meat – and new to the rank is the Jetboil Genesis Basecamp Stove System!

This all-in-one, all-star camp champ comes with a non-stick ceramic 10-inch Fry Pan, Flux Ring 5L Camp Pot, and carry bag. From melting snow to brewing joe, its impressive 10,000 BTU heating system caters for any kind of tea break. Construct a gourmet, trackside creation, and stow away snug into the included carry bag.

Bolster the wholesome post-hike grub beyond the dining table with the Genesis Basecamp Stove System by JetBoil – also available in the HalfGen model.

From the hiking pack to the side of the track. Image: Trangia

2. Trangia Mini Trangia and Aluminium Stoves (Small UL, Small UL HA, and Large UL)

Taking out the silver medal is an aluminium number – the range of aluminium stoves by Trangia.

From little things, big things grow – so lets start small. For the fast-paced space saver, the Mini Trangia Stove streamlines cooking efficiency to a new level. With a minimal design and a lightweight aluminium construction, this stove set comes with one saucepan, a non-stick lid or frypan, spirit burner, and windshield. Be it a one-pot wonder or a dehydrated dinner, this stove set is also complete with a handle for convenient, hands-on cooking without the burn!

Its simplistic design bodes especially well for multi-sport activities, rapid expeditions, and lightweight missions; the ultimate cooking system a solo hiker can count on. 

Simple, reliable, and designed with an eye for quality. Credit: Trangia

As for the standard sized stoves, these hot-shots boast their high ranking based on the number of sales across all models; the standard ultralight aluminium models are the most popular.

From the hiking pack to the side of the track – hard-anodised (HA) componentry have the Small 27-7 Ultralight HA Trangia Stove the ultimate balance between affordable and durable. Despite a more sizeable model, the Large 25-1 HA Trangia Stove boasts a classic yet uncomplicated design that’s just as suited to the minimalist hikers.

With hard-anodised cooking and eating surfaces, they’re not only easier to clean and resistant to wear and tear, but boast more corrosion-resistance than their untreated counterparts. Complete with two saucepans, a frypan, and a pot grip for more effective handling – the Trangia aluminum stoves are easy to both set up and operate, sending even the most simple of pathfinders beyond standard, dull, rehydrated dinners. A two-part windshield protects your flame from wind and frosty conditions, while an easy-to-light spirit burner and simmer ring allow both control and extinguishing of the flame.

Simple, reliable, and designed with an eye for quality – the Trangia Aluminium Stove systems are hot-to-go for the solo hikers or minimalist couples at the summit.

Just like a hiker, the Furno stove can be found both solo or with company. Credit: 360 Degrees

1. 360 Degrees Furno Stove Sets

Just like a beer, this stove could be a little lighter – but the 360 Degrees Furno would nonetheless boast the best value, perched proudly on the podium in first place for this year’s top 10!

Three folding arms provide support and stability for pots up to 20cm wide, meanwhile enabling compact stashing back into the hike pack. A stainless steel and alloy body features a folding heat adjustment knob for durable yet lightweight performance from the path to the mountain peak.

Just like a hiker too, this stove can be found both solo or with company. While the addition of piezo ignition dodges the need for tedious matches, the Furno Stove and Pot Set is the complete cooking solution for the minimalists of the mountainside, offering an all-in-one, on-the-run kit that comes complete without compromise. Included with the stove is an 850ml pot, scourer, a mug or bowl that doubles as a lid, and a stabiliser for both 100g and 230g canisters.

The 360 Degrees Furno Stove sets are for the versatile adventures from the slope to the summit!

Ben and Lauren also discuss hiking stoves on the Snowys Camping Show:

Image: JetBoil

What is your setup for cooking on the trail? Let us know in the comments section below.

The post The Basics and Best of Hiking Stoves for 2024 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Here, we list our top ten best-selling daypacks for 2024, based on sales data from the past 12 months. From compression straps and lashing loops to bladder compatibility and adequate capacity, this blog bears the load of identifying the best packs so you don’t have to!

Stripped of the pointless and peppered with the necessities – read on for your top ten pared-back yet jam-packed daypacks!

This blog bears the load of identifying the best packs so you don’t have to. Image: Salomon

10. BlackWolf Dual Shuttle 60L and 80L Travel Packs

BlackWolf’s Dual Shuttle travel pack doesn’t backtrack on durability!

Boasting a premium 450D REPREVE recycled fabrication, this travel bag incorporates the Origins 3D EVA comfort foam harness for easy, convenient carrying. The main compartment features an extendable handle, while super tough, all-terrain wheels allow for tugging it along tarmac and train station platforms with rugged durability. The zips are lockable too, so you can keep the knick-knacks and essentials secure in transit, while soft foam handles make for easy grabbing, and an extra zip closure front pocket holds smaller items. A detachable daypack bodes well as a compact, simplified solution for sightseeing, including an internal laptop sleeve, external zip pockets, and a water bottle sleeve.

Available in a 60L and 80L overall capacity, the Dual Shuttle overdelivers on capacity, convenience, and comfort.

A detachable daypack bodes well as a compact, simplified solution for sightseeing.

9. Caribee Trek 32L Backpack

A well-equipped pack for the track, the Trek 32 features a multi-compartment construction and over 30L of capacity – so you can pack, stack, and carry on with clever storage! The Action Back Extreme padded harness system and sternum strap offer improved pack stability, while the hip belt is both padded and removable for security as you pick up the pace! Multiple storage crannies, a front pocket organiser, and a base zip pocket with internal divider separate the bits and bobs from the bag’s main body. Plus, a concealable rain cover at the base of the bag keeps your gear dry from light gusts to loaded gushes.

The Caribee Trek 32 kicks some bush-bashing butt!

Pack, stack, and carry on with clever storage!

8. BlackWolf Bladerunner Gen II Wheeled Duffle Bags

The Bladerunner Gen II from BlackWolf is built tough to beat the rough and tumble of travel – available in 110+20, 90+20, and 70+20 capacities.

The 100 + 20 model is constructed from polyester PU and 840D nylon, while both the 90+20 and 70+20 boast a REPREVE PU and 420D carbonate PU, both providing a kick-butt, durable exterior. The 2-stage handle and robust all-terrain wheels allow you to wheel into the weekend from flat roads to rubble. Keep the kit together thanks to a large D opening, twin compartment for convenient organisation, mesh zip-close lid pocket for the knick-knacks and smaller accessories, and a shoe pocket with removal divider stores your wet belongings and dirty boots away from your clean clothes. Plus, for those inevitable travel souvenirs, an expandable gusset accommodates any additional purchases.

Handle the heavy endeavours with a well-equipped wheeled bags – the BlackWolf Bladerunner Gen II.

Built tough to beat the rough and tumble of travel .

7. BlackWolf Axiom 40L Daypack

New to the ~pack~ is the all-too-impressive Axiom 40 by BlackWolf, sitting confidently at #7!

With robust combined construction of a 420D High-Density and 210D Honeycomb Robic fabric – stay hooked when things fall flat, thanks to the attachment loops to keep your hiking poles when not in use. Get a hold of the heavy endeavours with padded handles, and kick it in ultimate comfort owing to the padded waist belt. Its 40L capacity features enough storage space for the necessities across two separate zip-close compartments, plus stretch mesh pockets on the front to hold the snacks, knick-knacks, and water bottles. If squeezing in that last pair of socks is a bit of a stretch, strap in those last-minute travel items thanks to the outer bungee detailing too.

Kick it in ultimate comfort owing to the padded waist belt.

6. Caribee Ranger 25L Backpack

Military-inspired, this backpack design is ideal for those seeking compact yet heavy duty baggage on those shorter outdoor missions.

A tough 900D material construction holds up to your rugged outdoor expeditions. Featuring an action back extreme padded harness system, its sternum strap and detachable hip belt work together to securely carry your gear and provide support. Hydration compatible too, simply incorporate a separate reservoir slaking your thirst on the move. Lash extra gear on the Molle webbing attachment points, store gear in the main compartment, and stash the knick-knacks in the front sleeve or internal storage zippered pockets.

Compact yet heavy duty baggage for those shorter outdoor missions.

5. Caribee Pulse 65L and 80L Rucksacks

Available in two capacities, surf the slopes with the Pulse Rucksack by Caribee.

It’s all happening up in the hood with the rear zip hood storage cranny, while down low is the lower zip compartments for more clobber and twin side bottle pockets enabling an easy reach for your refill. Footwear and main gear are kept separate thanks to internal dividers, while Molle webbing attachment points form a cross-hatched patch for poles and trekking accessories. With a butt-kicking blend of heavy-duty nylon, polyester, and a Vantage adjustable harness system – you’re fit to defeat every path. With air mesh back padding and lumbar aid too, internal contoured aluminum bodes well for back support and uniform weight distribution. From light gusts to loaded gushes, the concealable rain cover at the base of the bag is the accompanying no-drench henchman for keeping gear dry!

The Caribee Pulse 65L and 80L Rucksacks boast durability off the beaten track.

Boasting durability off the beaten track.

4. Caribee M35 Incursion and M60 Phantom

Like you, these packs boast kick-butt capabilities.

Another military-inspired number designed for the heavy endeavors is the M35 Incursion by Caribee. The multi-compartment design features side accessory pockets and internal storage crannies, common in the M60 Phantom too. You scratch Caribee’s back and they’ll scratch yours, where both packs boast an Action Back Extreme padded harness system, sternum strap, and hip belt that work together for a comfortable and secure fit. Laser cut lashing points on the front panels of both packs double with their Molle webbing attachment points to provide a cross-hatched patch for connecting accessories like hiking poles – plus, a hydration station holds either a two- or three-litre reservoir inside, and the Phantom 60’s floating hood couples as a zippered storage cranny, capping the heavy-duty drawcord throat.

Don’t just take a hike – strap on topmost potential with the Caribee M60 Phantom and M35 Incursion and keep the kit together.

You scratch Caribee’s back and they’ll scratch yours, with an Action Back Extreme padded harness system.

3. Deuter AirContact Core and Core SL Backpacks

Offering comfort, ventilation, and adequate weight, the AirContact Core and Core SL models from Deuter will have you backpacking like a boss.

A sophisticated design for the trekker looking for the whole (back)package, the AirContact Core 60+10 and 70+10, as well as Core SL 55+10 and 65+10, each feature Deuter’s AirContact system, with a Y-shaped frame for even distribution of load and transfer of weight to your hips. Adjustable hip fins offer stability, and an Air Spacer Mesh back provides cushioned comfort, breathability, and ventilation. The SL’s slimline design also has it ideal for those with a shorter back and more slender frame. With attachment loops for holding your hiking poles, and a sternum strap for security – these packs also offer hydration compatibility fro 2L or 3L bladders. From gear loops and glasses holders to removeable lids and valuables compartments – the AirContact Core and Core SL offer handy stash spaces for water bottles, energy bars, snacks, maps, and more.

Balancing weight and breathability with comfort and convenience – these packs are for the trailblazers and trek junkies.

Balancing weight and breathability with comfort and convenience

2. Deuter Speed Lite and Speed Lite SL Backpacks

The Speed Lite and Speed Lite SL by Deuter are built light for the heavier adventures.

Packing a punch in the 17L and 25L capacities, and the SL in a 23L – these packs boast padded shoulder straps, snug hip fins, and an adjustable sternum belt, comfortable and ergonomic so you can make light of the heavy endeavours. Kick it to the crest with little need to readjust, thanks to compression straps offering stability and enable extensive movement. Stash the smaller essentials in the two side pockets, while the shoulder strap crannies keep the smartphone handy too. Plus, get a grip on your walking poles with a pole holder, and hold onto your hat – uh, we mean helmet – owing to external attachment loops too!

Built light for the heavier adventures.

1. Caribee Nile 30L Backpack

Taking the (forest) floor for 2024 is the Nile 30L by Caribee – skyrocketing a whopping 6 rankings from 7th place in 2023!

The versatile choice for work, study, or weekends away, transport your tech gear in the padded laptop and tablet sleeve. Slip folders and A4 documents in the main compartment, access keys and cards efficiently from the top zippered stash pocket, and keep other essentials in the front organiser panel.

From studying on weekdays to sightseeing on weekends, the Caribee Nile 30L gives inadequate book baggage the boot!

The versatile choice for work, study, or weekends away.

We’ve got to mention these guys!

Salomon XA 25 Hiking Pack

Not to be presumptuous… but we know what you’re thinking.

Does this pack take me to Narnia or something? Where’s the rest of it?

Well, picture this: you’re with your camp crew, huddled by the fire. They sit in camp chairs – the ones with arm rests, back support, hot spot pouches maybe (it’s your imagination, you decide). You sit on a tree stump. Just an old piece of trunk pretending to be a chair. As a minimalist, you’re still comfortable and content. After all, you have everything you need: warm fire, good company, and a place for your keister.

Now, open your eyes (did we even tell you to close them?): this daypack is for lightweight climbs like tree stumps are for those classic campfire times. Small, stripped of the bells and whistles, and secured by a single zip – the XA 25 Hiking Pack is for the round-the-world wanderers working with compact confines!

Constructed from Sensifit weather-resistant, stretchy, and breathable fabrics, this pack conforms to your physique to prevent bouncing while a Motion Fit design has it sculpted to fit the spine and shoulders for all-day comfort. A Quick Link system allows easy adjustment on the go, while a motion back system features vented EVA foam for breathability. The shoulder straps boast a 3D Airmesh, working with the padded back panel to bring you ultimate carrying comfort. For storage, there are two front flask pockets, an interior pocket, external zipped pocket, two front stretch pockets, and a key holder – so you’re well-equipped, trip after trip. Be it upheaval on the ups, or drama on the descents – blow on the whistle to draw attention to yourself in emergencies too.

Constructed from Sensifit weather-resistant, stretchy, and breathable fabric.

Lowe Alpine Airzone Trail Duo ND30

Only a year into lining the Snowys’ shelves, the Lowe Alpine daypacks didn’t quite make our best-sellers this year… but they’re highly likely to hopscotch their way up the ranks in time for next year! Since 1967, they’ve delivered backpacks built to push every self-sufficient, off-road adventurer past every rough patch – like the Airzone Trail Duo ND30 for women.

With upper and lower side compression straps, keep your baggage tight and together, while its dual compartments are designed with a lower entry and a zippered divider for broader access to your gear. Plus, access the mid-track snacks from the front stash pocket, or walking poles from the TipGripper attachment points. You don’t sweat, you (g)Lowe, thanks to Lowe Alpine’s AirZone breathable back too, maximising airflow when the hikes get heated! Embellished with a rain cover for the drizzly days, the Lowe Alpine Women’s AirZone Trail Duo ND30L Hiking Pack is built for the kick-butt hikers, hit-the-road bikers, and all-round outdoor explorers!

You don’t sweat, you (g)Lowe, thanks to Lowe Alpine’s AirZone breathable back!

What does your ideal daypack feature?

The post The Best Daypacks for 2024 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Despite the changes, there are a few ongoing trends:

• Integrated interior LED lighting
• Fly coatings to filter sunlight and heat
• Easy-up, quick-pitch, fast-frame, instant-up – there is demand for them all

This year’s ranking also introduces inflatable technology – often copping scepticism for being more prone to punctures, but proving to offer impressive stability and durability.

A tent needs to offer liveability, comfort, and ease of use; essential factors for a fun and relaxing family holiday. We want you to love camping just as much as we do, so each year we crunch the numbers to work out which family tents have come out on top.
We also want our customers to do the talking, not us. These results are based purely on the sales over the last 12 months, both online and in-store at Snowys.

Starting at Number 10…

The Turbos’ popularity is partly due to their durability, easy setup, and liveable designs. Image: BlackWolf

10. Explore Planet Earth Bellbird Glamping Tent

Still perched proudly in our top 10 is the modern, tepee-style tent for the getaways that lack the glam – the Bellbird Glamping Tent by EPE.

Access through the single gable-shaped entrance to reveal a multi-purpose room. A 300D material roof with 150D side walls and a heavy-duty PE floor have this the epitome of rugged royalty, coated to monitor heat absorption from the sun while keeping warmth in during the evening. An SPF50+ UV coating and 2000mm waterhead rating for water protection both ensure longevity – and, on a warm evening, interior ventilation ports aid airflow while the screen door deters bugs. For luxury outdoor living, the Bellbird Glamping Tent from Explore Planet Earth offers a lavish camping experience!

Offering a lavish camping experience.

For luxury outdoor living. Image: Explore Planet Earth

9. Dometic Santorini FTK TC: 2×4 and 4×8

Despite levels of skepticism of inflatable frames (thought to be prone to punctures) versus standard materials like alloy, steel, or aluminium – Dometic’s air frame technology boasts many benefits. Once our ‘what to watch’ family tent, the Santorini FTK TC is now confidently rated number 9 in our 2024 family tent review. We totally saw this coming.

Dometic has engineered their air tubes to be strong, durable, and resilient. The Santorini frame’s construction is comprised of a TPU bladder pressure-tested to well within excess of what they’re typically inflated to at the campsite. This is contained within a protective outer layer that’s zipped all the way up and around the frame for easy replacing (should they ever need). Plus, the nature of the inflatable structure has them popping back into place under pressure or strong winds – unlike steel or aluminium poles, which would otherwise twist, bend, and snap.

With multi-point inflation and a Quickpitch guying system, the Santorini FTK TC (available in both a 2×4 and 4×8 model) is set up in seconds. Stay protected with mesh panels to keep unwanted insects away, while the polycotton material of this tent reduces condensation and reglates the interior temperature. Bear the bugs and protect from the elements owing to mesh panels, while polycotton reduces both condensation and regulates the interior temperature, and the large, rear ventilation panel provides superior interior comfort too. Plus, the Santorini’s inflatable canopy caters for any outdoor affair from feeding the family to a fun night in with friends.

Dometic has engineered their air tubes to be strong, durable, and resilient.

Our very own Ben demonstrates how to set up and pack away the Dometic Santorini FTK 4X8 TC. 

8. Zempire Pro V2 Air Tents

The Zempire Pro V2 series air tents are the perfect adventure pods!

Every camper knows that good things come in fours: four seasons, four corners of a tent, and – in the TXL Pro – up to four private crannies thanks to a multi-bedroom interior for flexibility! The Pro III features three private bedrooms separated by a fourth living area that connects hustle and bustle with rest and rejuvenation, while the Pro II has two split by a third. These tents also feature a central cross structure for stability, inflating entirely via a single point for both convenience and efficiency.

With an exceptional 8,000mm waterhead rating too, tinted PVC skylights offer a greater sense of space, privacy, and protection in the great outdoors. Be it reducing congestion at the front, or providing additional cooking space – the side awning creates the ultimate tent city for your campsite setup, and rear access to the master bedroom also increases airflow during humidity.

The side awning creates the ultimate tent city for your campsite setup.

Featuring a central cross structure for stability, inflating entirely via a single point for both convenience and efficiency. Image: Zempire

7. Zempire Evo TM, TL, TS, and TXL V2 Air Tents

The traveller’s sanctuary, perfect for smaller families or couples after all the bells and whistles without the added costs – the Evo V2 tents by Zempire offer premium ventilation, UV protection, and wild weather performance.

These tents boast SeroLink frame systems that attach the air tubes directly to the fly to reduce weight and bulk without compromising durability and portability. While the TM, TL, and TXL feature fifteen ventilation points and five external windows for superb ventilation, the TS boasts a 360-degree foldaway door for a more open entry and exit space.

Rain, hail, or shine, benefit from torrential rain-tested and UV-treated fabric, plus TPU taping, seam-sealing, and fire retardant coating for the ultimate armour against the outdoor elements. From the bothersome bugs to the bothersome brothers, bug-proof mesh keeps the insects at bay and multi-room inners with zip-out dividers allow indoor privacy in the great outdoors.

The Zempire Evo series are anything from a fabric fortress for the alfresco families to a mobile cocoon for the nomads on the move!

Featuring fifteen ventilation points and five external windows for superb ventilation.

Rain, hail, or shine, benefit from torrential rain-tested and UV-treated fabric. Image: Zempire

6. Zempire Pronto 4, 5, and 10 V2 Inflatable Air Tents

It seems that Zempire’s Prontos have superseded their Evo models yet again!

This model of air tent was released in late 2020; an improved version of the Jetset 5. Available in the Pronto 4 V2, Pronto 5 V2, and Pronto 10 V2, these 3-season tents present the inflatable airframe technology at a more affordable price. The poles in Zempire’s SeroLink frame system make for a smaller pack size, while maintaining a straightforward setup and pack down. These tents also feature large windows and a mesh inner roof, allowing for exceptional airflow and reducing condensation in cold weather.

From wildlife to the water-side, and with a model to suit families small and large, the Pronto Series is perfect for warmer climates and the most no-fuss inflatables for every family holiday!

The poles in Zempire’s SeroLink frame system make for a smaller pack size.

5. BlackWolf Turbo Tents

The extensive models and accessories of the BlackWolf Turbo Tent range are why they consistently feature in our top 10 best-sellers list.

Their popularity is also due to their durability, easy setup, and liveable designs. Available in both canvas and synthetic versions, they boast multiple configurations to suit any family or camping style, with a range of optional accessories including multiple wall options and a fully enclosed screen room. There’s even the option of completely closing in the awning of your Turbo for maximum weather protection.

Like the RV’s, the Turbos are a stellar choice for families on the go. Thanks to the Lite options too, those needing to cut back on weight can do so too, without sacrificing versatility.

Available in both canvas and synthetic versions.

4. Oztent RVs and SV

These tents are just as popular with family campers as they are with those wanting a tough and durable shelter for 4WD touring. They are made to last, and you achieve the same quality of components and easy setup system – irrespective of which one you choose. The RV-3 Plus and RV-5 Plus both have a skylight, while the SV-5 Max and RVs 3P, 4P, and 5P have a range of optional accessories that enable you to add, join, enclose, protect, and enhance your setup to suit your camping style.

Possibly the only thing stopping every family from wanting one of these tents is that they are priced at the higher end. That said, they are a ‘buy once, buy right’ investment. They’re also pretty hefty to pack and load and, being around 2 metres in length and 25kg in weight, you’ll need a roof rack or trailer for transport. Nonetheless, if your fam-bam intend to be life-long campers, and you’ve got the budget – these tents are a winner.

Made to last, with the same quality of components and easy setup system.

3. OZtrail Tasman 2, 2V, 3P, 4V, 4V Plus, and 6V Dome Tent

New to us in 2020, there are six tents in this series. While the 2P and 3P Dome Tents are cheap, easy, and do the job (the kind of basic tent you pick up for a fun kid’s sleepover in the backyard, or an overnighter at a festival) the V’s are worth considering if you want something a little more.

With the 3V and 4V, the Tasman 6V and 4V Plus have a mesh inner, having them a fantastic choice for hot weather camping – coupled with a silver-coated fly that helps to reflect the heat. The 4V Plus takes it further, with an extended vestibule area and side access at the front. The Tasmans are on the smaller side, so if you’re after something similar but bigger, check out the Bungalow 9 – which just missed out on this year’s ranking, but placed 10th in 2023.

The Tasman tents tick all the boxes for a smaller family: simple and easy to use, fit into the back of the car, and super affordable. The perfect choice for the first-timer.

The Tasman tents tick all the boxes for a smaller family.

2. OZtrail Fast Frame Series

OZtrail’s Fast Frame Tents represent great value for money; a range that offers something for every kind of camper. Distinguished by their respective technologies: there’s the standard Fast Frame, and the Lumos.

All of them feature the ‘fast frame’, to make setup and pack down quick and easy… but heads turned when the Lumos series hit the shop floors, in a 10P and a whopping 12P. Featuring BlockOut technology (which, true to its name, features a BlockOut Technology coating that shields from daylight and reduces the temperature inside the tent), they also boast OZtrail’s own Lumos Integrated Lighting system for ultimate after-dark convenience at the touch of a button.

Featuring a ‘fast frame’ for easy set up and pack-down.

The Lumos series boast OZtrail’s own Lumos Integrated Lighting system for ultimate after-dark convenience. Image: OZtrail

1. Coleman Instant Ups

A seventh consecutive year, and they’re still going strong! We have ten models (not including the Swaggers) to cater for camping families of all sizes and to every budget. The quick pitch frame is perfect for newbies and seasoned campers alike.
Honestly, it’s no surprise to see them taking the gong yet again.

The Silver Series offers affordable functionality, but those looking for a little more will benefit from the Gold 10P and Gold Evo 4P or 6P. By comparison to the Silver, the Gold features superior fabric, increased ventilation, and an optional Shade Awning for the Evo models.

However, the cream of the crop is the Lighted Northstar Darkroom, available in 4P, 6P, 8P, and 10P. These tents feature the patented ‘darkroom’ treatment, and the ever-popular interior LED strip lighting. In 2021, Coleman released a custom Ground Mesh Footprint for each size of Instant Up, making the perfect setup just that much easier.

Taking the number 1 spot for seven years running speaks for itself. Coleman covers all the basic needs for almost every camping family. Quite frankly, the Instant Ups are a good tent, an easy tent, an affordable tent, and of course – be it for big or small – a family tent!

The Gold features superior fabric and increased ventilation.

What to Watch…

Dometic Tailgater AIR SUV Tent

For a no-fuss inflatable framework that sleeps up to 4 people, the Tailgater AIR Inflatable SUV Tent by Dometic is the ultimate alfresco setup for the smaller families. 

Built for every backroad escape, this roadie-style, tent-awning hybrid boasts outback durability and water-resistance owing to a 68D Weathershield fabric construction. Its AirPole design is both easy to attach and detach to any SUV or vehicle featuring a rear tailgate, while multi-point inflation ensures a simple setup and pack-down. Drive away thanks to its standout, freestanding strength, plus zip closure for security while you explore beyond your site setup.

An awning that extends beyond any other, its substantial dimensions allow a removable footprint too – so you can maximise your space, and draw out those outback hangouts.

Built for every backroad escape.

Did you see the family camping tents you expected to in this year’s top 10 best sellers?

The post Best Family Camping Tents for 2024 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Which one really is the best portable fridge?

Rather than listening to stories about someone’s mate’s uncle’s neighbour that had a fridge that didn’t work very well… let us take you through some key differences, so you can make your own assessment.

Which Fridge is More Reliable?

• When it comes to reliability, Engel tends to come out on top. With a company history spanning over 50 years, it is not uncommon to hear of an Engel still functioning after 40 years.
• The Engel is built with a steel exterior, and there are plenty of stories about Engel fridges surviving endless outback tracks, falls from the back of Ute trays, and vehicle rollovers.
• Don’t believe us? Check out this magic machine, owned by Snowys blogger Bob West. When this photo was taken, it had  almost been 30 years of living in the back of a mate’s farm ute – often not tied down, always uncovered, and out in the weather. Its bruised and battered facade is deceptive, continuing to spit out delicious sandwiches and cold drinks in the tough Flinders Ranges environment. This photo is a testament to how tough these fridges are:

30 years old, battered, but still working – a legend in reliability. Image: Bob West

• With regards to product development though, Dometic has been leading the pack. Unfortunately, this has made them the guinea pigs when it comes to new technology.
• In the early days, Dometic were not known for their reliability – but on our experience, the Dometic CFX range looks to be changing this.
• After chatting with one of Adelaide’s leading fridge repairers, it seems the Dometic CFX is tremendously reliable, especially in comparison with its older CF counterpart.

Features?

• Both fridges have battery protection and the ability to set the temperature.
• Both fridges will run from 12 or 240V.
• The Dometic has a built-in bung for washing out the interior, making it easier to clean.
• The Dometic CFX range has elements that are flush with the sides, while the Engel cooling elements are attached to the side. The latter creates a gap that is hard to clean.
• Dometic features a USB output, so you can charge mobile devices or lighting etc.
• Dometic also features wireless technology and an app, so you can control your fridge from your smartphone.

The Engel MT-V45F 40L Fridge Freezer. A fine size for an outback 4WDing trip or long weekend away.

Power Draw?

Power draw is extremely variable as there are many factors to consider, such as:

• The ambient temperature
• Which setting you have your fridge on
• The contents of the fridge, and how cold was it before you filled it
• How often you open the lid

Find out how to increase your fridge efficiency here.

Let’s assume both fridges are operating in identical conditions, and power consumption is calculated as an average over 24 hours. Both are current 40L models.

• At low ambient temperatures (20-30 degrees), both fridges will use similar amounts of power and both are considered very economical.
• When the temperature heats up (40+ degrees), the Engel will start to use more power than the Dometic
• For the reasons outlined below, the Engel will still use a little more power – but not as much as previously thought.
• The Dometic is still one of the most efficient fridges on the market.

Why Does Engel Use More Power?

• The Engel compressor uses less moving parts, making it very efficient in cooler conditions.
• Their compressor is limited to a maximum 2.5amps per hour.
• This design means it can run out of puff very quickly. Before long it will be flat-out trying to stay cool, and will remain running almost constantly, using more power over a 24-hour period.
• Engels are made from metal, so they are very strong. The downside is that metal conducts more heat than plastic, and it’s much harder keeping a hot, metal box cold than it is to keep a plastic one.

Why is the Dometic so Efficient?

• Dometic use a variable speed compressor that has the ability to work harder in the hot conditions.
• This allows the fridge to cool down quickly so it can turn itself off and ‘cycle’, which reduces the average power consumption.

The popular Dometic CFX3 35 Fridge Freezer 36L. Ideal size for a couple travelling on an extended camping trip, or even a weekend.

Where are Engel and Dometic made?

• Engels use a Sawafuji Swing Motor, which is made in Japan. The fridge/freezers themselves are made in Thailand.
• Dometic fridges are made in China and used to have the German “Danfoss” now known as SECOP compressor. The CFX range runs a new compressor developed by the brand, also made in China, called the VMSO3 (Dometic proprietary Variable Motor Speed Optimization).

The Verdict

Not many adventurers would be disappointed with either of these fridges. There is a lot to be said about Engel’s reliable history, but you pay extra for this and meanwhile sacrifice a little on efficiency.

You may not have the same reliable history with a Dometic CFX yet, but the efficiency, functionality, and lower price tag mean they’re great value for money.

Some believe that the Dometic out-spec the Engel on paper, and appears to be much better value for money. Snowys blogger David Leslie says he has owned a Dometic since 2010 and it has never missed a beat – and uses less power than his mate’s Engel every time (which he loves to hear about).

For more information, read more from David Leslie on how to power your camping fridge for longer, and a guide to help you purchase the right portable fridge for you.

The post Dometic vs Engel – A Campfire Debate appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Follow our rose petal trail, and take your pick from 14 different ways to their heart! Image: Salomon

From the pressies for their feet to the gear that beats the heat – this blog goes out to anyone with a skipping heartbeat! This year, swap the dozen red roses with a double self inflating mattress, and the candlelit dinner with campfire damper and a tent tangled in string lights. With our carefully selected Valentine’s Day gift ideas below, we’ve got the key to their carava– 

Uh, we mean 4WD–

UHH, we mean HEART.

So follow our rose petal trail and take your pick from 14 different paths to their heart…

Swap the candlelit dinner with campfire damper and a tent tangled in string lights. Image: MPOWERD

1. MPOWERD Luci Solar String Lights

No, you haven’t lost your ‘spark’. You just need the Luci Solar String Lights.

Embellish your setup with their radiant tendrils, charged via the power of the sun or a traditional outlet for convenience – plus, the USB port can boost the charge of your mobile phone. Thanks to the unique clips, attaching and suspending the lights is simple, while the dual directional LEDs offer a warm, enchanting glow.

Be it a star-speckled constellation at your campsite, or pizzazz to the patio – these string lights offer no-fuss, romance-abundant lighting with a touch of elegance.

Keep the rubbish, recyclables, and wet gear separate from your vehicle’s clean interior.

2. Bushranger Wheelie Bin

The Wheelie Bin by Bushranger will either be well-received as a kick-butt addition to their 4WD kit, or read as a subtle way of saying ‘you’re grotty, sort it out or we’re done xx’.

Keep the rubbish, recyclables, and wet gear separate from your vehicle’s clean interior, owing to a self-supported main compartment that holds 57 litres, a moveable ridged divider for convenience, and two sides reach a 5-litre capacity. The hard-wearing, reinforced PVC with a double padded base and partial walls offer extra strength and reliabiity, UV-tested to hold up to colour-fading with a reflective strip to ensure visibility at night too. Four side-release buckles secure the lid, and vented eyelets in the base make for easy draining.

This is no trash talk (well, except for in a literal sense).

Good luck chasing her once she gets going up the gradient in these butt-kickers!

3. Salomon Quest Rove Mid GTX Women’s Boot

For one to ~step it up~ this Valentine’s Day, one must first box it up – and we recommend the Quest Rove Mid GTX Women’s Boots by Salomon.

A durable Mud Contragrip® outsole with deep, sharp lugs guarantees grip on loose, uneven, or slippery terrain, while an EnergyCell midsole absorbs impact. These boots also boast an Advanced Chassis insert that offers stability, lateral support, and protection, while a Gore-Tex membrane delivers breathable water protection for damp environments. A split-suede leather and Gore-Tex upper construction guarantees durability, dryness, and longevity, a toe cap offers protection, and 3D mesh mediates debris – so she can traverse the ups and drops from road to rubble.

Good luck chasing her once she gets going up the gradient in these butt-kickers, offering guaranteed grip for the go-getter gals!

Constructed from high-quality leather with a firm snap-closure to keep your pocket knife secure.

4. Leatherman Leather Box Sheath 4” Small

‘Oh sorry babe, I can’t fix that. Forgot my knife.’

Either that’s a lie and they secretly don’t know how to, or they genuinely need the Leatherman Leather Box Sheath to keep their fix-it kits at their hip.

Constructed from high-quality leather, it features a firm, snap-closure to keep your pocket knife secure – plus, an integrated belt loop so they’re literally joined at the hip. The Box Sheath 4” Small is also compatible with the separately available Wingman, Sidekick, Rev, Rebar, and Heritage Rebar multi-tool models from Leatherman.

If longevity is the goal, gift them the gear that looks after what they’ve already got.

True comfort that carries them from around the house to across the town.

5. Birkenstock Arizona Cross Town Sandal

Fall in love with versatile, rustic footwear designed for outdoor affairs.

With a cork-latex footbed that moulds to the anatomic shape of your foot, and a suede footbed lining – these sandals are the straightforward slip-on of their around-the-place streetwear. Keep it classy with classic, adjustable buckle closures over a sophisticated two-strap design of oiled leather, complete from the ground up with a two-component polyurethane sole – a supportive, sporty shoe for outdoor activities calling on contoured comfort!

True comfort that carries them from around the house to across the town.

Consisting of two loops – one for each mattress – and a vertical band in the middle.

6. Exped Universal Mat Coupler Kit

This one goes out to the new couples who have been single for so long and have grown to enjoy their own company so much that they still own a single mattress.

Stay as you are fam, Exped has got you covered and coupled with their Universal Mat Coupler Kit.

Consisting of two loops – one for each mattress – and a vertical band in the middle, this kit works to keep the mats level in the middle. Adjust the coupler to the thickness of the mat by moving the middle band, and accommodate the width of the mat by adjusting the outer tabs. Position the straps at the shoulder and hip height to space them out well.

Thin but durable, they’re unnoticeable as you sleep and versatile across almost any single mattress you may own.

Go on. You know you’re there now. Couple up.

Like your Valentine, the Victorinox Camper Pocket Knife is a cut above the rest.

7. Victorinox Camper Pocket Knife

For a gift that makes the cut, the Camper Pocket Knife is designed with the organised adventurers in mind.

You’ve got a Valentine in Victorinox, who never half-finish a job and have crafted beautiful, functional, precision-quality, and innovative knives for over 100 years. With a wood saw for chopping kindling and a can opener with a slot-head screwdriver – this knick knack is kitted out for the moments when fixing a piece of equipment and tucking into a can of baked beans are just as pressing as each other. Just like uttering those three little words, cut to the chase with a large blade for the tougher tasks, while a toothpick and tweezers bode better for tackling the more tedious.

Like your Valentine, the Victorinox Camper Pocket Knife is a cut above the rest.

As a certified carbon neutral product, they’re the gloves that give a little love.

8. XTM Performance Real Deal Unisex Glove

You know they’re the real deal – and so are these. The Valentine’s Day gift that fits like a glove.

As a certified carbon neutral product, they’re the gloves that give a little love. With GORE TEX® INFINIUM technology for lightweight water resistance and windproofing, their hands are as warm as their heart, bolstered amid the outback winter chill. Silicon lining in the fingers bodes well for grippy digits while a reinforced goat skin leather palm defies the rough and tumble of the outdoors. Plus, they can count on the touch screen compatibility for tablet-ing and gadget-ing on those picture-perfect coffee breaks.

We gotta ~hand~ it to XTM Performance, delivering armoured tactility for your ~amor~ of outdoor activities: the Real Deal unisex glove!

From salty air to moments shared, feel the heat without the burn this Valentine’s Day.

9. Caribee Long Reef Beach Shade

Could you (Cari)BEE any more in love?!

Like your loved one, the Long Reef Beach Shade by Caribee is stylish and second-to-none.

This shelter delivers quality shade in the summer months. Yeah, you’re a team of two – but this shade offers an easy, one-person setup with the included poles, pegs, ropes, and mallet, while the carry bag keeps everything you need under wraps in one neat package. Its setup design allows various options, depending on the angle of the sun throughout the day – simply adjust to suit your needs. 

From salty air to moments shared, feel the heat without the burn this Valentine’s Day, with the Caribee Long Reef shade.

Owed to a recycled polyester shell and liner construction, enjoy lightweight loafing.

10. Exped Camp Slippers

Kick back after tackling the tracks together, in the Exped Camp Slippers.

Owed to a recycled polyester shell and liner construction, enjoy lightweight loafing after lumbering the trails and resistance wear and tear (you know, from all that lounging around in each other’s company). With anti-slip, PVC-free soles, shuffle from the camp kitchen to the campfire with adequate grip.

Be it a hotel, hut, or tent – they can settle into synthetic fibre filling for a warm, comfortable fit on the next couples’ trip.

The MegaMat hold a reputation for being reliable and extremely comfortable.

11. MegaMat Duo 10 LW+ Self Inflating Sleeping Mat

Here’s a solid relationship to strive for: Snowys and Exped, where the MegaMat is one of our longest and best-selling products in our range.

Individually tested to be 100% airtight before approved for sale, with a reputation for being reliable and extremely comfortable – the MegaMat 10 Duo LW+ boasts a velvety surface fabric laminated on hollow cored foam, ensuring superior insulation and a minimal packed size despite a massive 10cm in height when expanded.

Plus – if all mats are designed to withstand 5 times the pressure attained during normal inflation, you can withstand the 5 days of pressure to decide on a Valentine’s Day gift.

Fully padded for surrounding comfort.

12. Oztent Koala Hotspot Lounge Chair

If all you’ve got to give them this year is a hug, at least the Koala Hotspot Lounge from Oztent like a giant cuddle on legs.

Fully padded for surrounding comfort, a 600D ripstop polyester fabric covers a durable steel frame boasting a 200kg weight rating. With adjustable lumbar support too, a HotSpot pouch provides passive heat on the frosty mornings and chilly evenings for added consolation at camp. An insulated drink and phone holder on one side keeps the necessities in arm’s reach, while two mesh pockets hold other essentials for those drawn-out lounge-abouts.

Spatial awareness was so last Valentine’s Day. This year, curl up in cushioned comfort with the Koala Hotspot Lounge.

Constructed from a breathable and comfortable blend of cotton and silk.

13. Sea to Summit Silk + Cotton Liner – Double Extra Wide

So much of us wants to start this by saying ‘now you can get down and dirty in the outdoors’, but we won’t.

…Oh.

Anyway… this extra wide liner is constructed from a breathable and comfortable blend of cotton and silk, double-folded with reinforced seams for effective performance. Plus, it’ll both improve the thermal qualities of your sleeping bag and keep it cleaner for longer. 

From the hotels to tents, store it snug owing to its compactness, and throw across a bed for a clean, fresh sleeping quarters.

Offering your sleeping beauty a touch of luxury.

14. Sea to Summit Aeros Premium Pillow

At number 14, it’s only fitting that we call it a night. If a hoodie is a hoodie, with no business being a pillow after hours – the Sea to Summit Aeros Premium Pillow offers your sleeping beauty a touch of luxury on any trekking or travel adventure.

Featuring a soft 50D polyester cover wrapped around a TPU bladder, its subtle synthetic insulation in between blends with the contoured shape to provide a comfortable sleep beyond suburbia. Plus, a multi-functional valve facilitates easy inflation and rapid deflation, packing compactly into a stuff sack that fits snug in the palm of your hand.

Hearts in your eyes yet? Image: MPOWERD

There are more where those heartthrobs came from, on our Lovey Dovey Deals page.

What are your plans for a Valentine’s Day adventure this year?

The post 14 Ways to Say ‘I Love You’ appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Freeze-dried instant coffee at the bottom of an enamel camp cup, hot water boiled from a Billy, and a dash of communal campsite milk from the cooler.

…Bean there, done that.

It’s about time you got the best out of your brew beyond your home kitchen coffee setup. While there are some classics we could never cull, we boil it down to what matters most – from portability, durability, and functionality, to compact pack size, limited wait times, and the ultimate caffeination at sunrise!

The following coffee makers are our 2024 best-sellers in facilitating those magical mug moments on the edge of the camp mat. Be it an almost-latte on the lightweight treks or a full-bodied black with one sugar at sunrise – carry the comfort of a home brew with you on every outdoor escape, starting here…

For Brew-ability with Durability

AeroPress Portable Coffee Maker and Go Travel Coffee Press

A bold base camp brew in only two minutes! Credit: AeroPress

The original AeroPress Coffee Maker and convenient Go Travel Coffee Press are the perfectly portable and easy-to-use coffee makers for home, work, and the outdoors.

For a bold base camp brew in only two minutes, start by placing the filter in the cap and rinsing with hot water. Fill the plunger with hot water, add ground coffee to the AeroPress, stir, and plunge! Micro-filtered too, this coffee maker produces smooth, rich, and grit-free coffee, both BPA and phthalate-free for your peace of mind.

The AeroPress Go Travel Coffee Press boasts a space-saving, easy-to-clean design, taking compact coffee brewing to a new level. Go big on brew without the bitterness, and enjoy 1-3 cups of hot coffee in a minute and cold brew in under two! The entire unit including accessories is designed to fit inside the mug, doubling as a carry case that fits snug in your rucksack, travel pack, or desk drawer.

For the Bolder Brews

Wacaco Nanopresso Espresso Machine and Barista Kit

Sans the milk wand, the innovative Nanopresso delivers a full-bodied brew on those lightweight adventures. Credit: Wacaco

Pat Benatar once said ‘hit me with your best shot’ – so Wacaco introduced this fully equipped espresso machine!

Sans the milk wand, the innovative Nanopresso delivers a full-bodied brew on those lightweight adventures. With optional accessories for adapting to both ground and capsule coffee, this gadget is both ergonomic and lightweight in design – sitting comfortably in the palm of your hand and snug in your camp kit. It’s capable of reaching up to 18 bars of stable pressure during extraction, guaranteeing top-quality, rich espresso on the rocks. An 80ml water tank paired with the efficient filter design also ensures fuss-free maintenance.

The Nanopresso Barista Kit takes portable coffee at the campsite to another platform, bundling even more kit bits into the handheld, ergonomically designed pod. With a 140mL water tank, a larger espresso cup, two double and one single espresso filter baskets each with a cap, a double espresso adapter ring, tamper, and instruction manual – the Barista Kit is the portable coffee cart catering for however you take your cuppa.

Your compact short black contraption, the Nanopresso delivers prime espresso beyond the matt black café table.

For the Campfire Coffees

Campfire Enamel Coffee Pot 2L

Experience the rustic, pared-back way of the outback – like coffee on the campfire. Credit: Campfire

Barista-style brew beyond the cafe bench is really something – but there are reasons why we camp, and one of them is to experience the rustic, pared-back way of the outback.

Like coffee on the campfire!

The 2L Enamel Coffee Pot from Campfire boasts an enamel-coated steel construction with a stylish speckled finish and a side handle for easy transferring. Its spout ensures a neat pour, with a handle on the lid for checking the progress of your hot water.

For the Capsule Cuppas

Wacaco Minipresso NS and GR Espresso Machines

Enjoy liquid gold from a coffee capsule on every outdoor getaway. Credit: Wacaco

The only thing that should feel the pressure of achieving top-quality coffee at camp is your coffee pod… and maybe your ears, if you’re camping high enough in the mountaintops.

The NS Minipresso portable espresso machine takes Nespresso® original capsules and those alike, having it both convenient and mess-free for those alfresco cuppas. Producing up to 45mL of espresso, simply pop a compatible capsule into the head outlet, add hot water to the water tank, unlock the piston, pump a few strokes to pressurise it – and enjoy liquid gold on every outdoor getaway.

The intuitive GR Minipresso unit is equally as easy to use. Add ground coffee into the filter basket, apply light pressure to level out the grind, and pour hot water into the tank. The next steps mirror that of the NS, producing up to 50ml of espresso that fills the built-in cup for that convenient coffee fix off the grid.

For Compact Cooking

GSI Outdoors Mini Espresso Maker (Single and 4-Cup)

This coffee maker fits the bill for the coffee fiends of the field! Credit: GSI Outdoors

For a piping hot cup at your next hiking spot, the Stainless Steel Mini Espresso Maker from GSI Outdoors is designed to be lightweight yet rugged.

Capable of brewing up to four double shots in minutes, it fits the bill for the coffee fiends of the field! Its rugged 18/8 stainless steel construction has it bearing the rough and tumble at the bottom of the pack, fitting snugly in your hiking rucksack or with your camp kitchen kit. This compact coffee cranker is also available in a 4-Cup set and, at 233g, is weightier than others mentioned in this blog – but true coffee addicts will bear the extra load for a quality cup of a joe!

For the Classic Cups

Avanti Classic Pro Espresso Coffee Maker (move to the bottom)

Stylish and traditional, this percolator overdelivers on those coffee dates with the sunrise. Credit: Avanti

For a traditional, full-bodied beverage at daybreak, the Classic Pro Espresso Coffee Maker by Avanti overdelivers on those coffee dates with the sunrise.

With a classic and stylish cast aluminium construction, this maker is the two-part coffee cart delivering hot, bolstering brew from camp stove to cup! A stay-cool handle and an easy-pour, drip-free spout blends functionality with convenience in an ergonomic model producing rich, traditional-style, Italian-vibe espresso!

This is the percolator we recommend you stay in touch with after every coffee catch-up.

For Those Campfire Conversations

Campfire Coffee Percolator 6-Cup

Your steaming stimulant from the comfort of the summit. Credit: Campfire

Offering your steaming stimulant from the comfort of the summit, you’ll want to be the first camper awake at daybreak with this coffee kit!

Thanks to its two-piece percolator system and precision parts, enjoy easy, efficient brewing – and with a 6-cup capacity, fix up fresh brew for the whole crew! A seamless, stainless-steel construction and wooden handle offer durability and exceptional percolator performance for warmer mornings by the campfire coals.

Featuring a stylish glass seeing knob too, this percolator is for the true coffee front men and women of their camping band!

For the Ultralight Drop

GSI Outdoors Ultralight Java Drip

Delivering those magic mountaintop moments in a mug, bar the bulk! Credit: GSI Outdoors

For a taste of the trail, without the tedious setup – the Ultralight Java Drip by GSI delivers those magic mountaintop moments in a mug, bar all the bulk!

Boasting compact, lightweight, and low-profile designs, the Java Drip bodes well for convenient packing and easy storage on every lightweight escape. Made of nylon and polypropylene for a featherlight 11-gram weight, this dripper also features sturdy legs that adapt to almost any mug independent of the unit, designed to hold the drip cone above your coffee.

It’s about time you got the best out of your brew beyond your home kitchen coffee setup! Credit: GSI Outdoors

Which camp coffee maker gets you up in the morning (literally)? Let us know in the comments!

The post Coffee Makers for the Campsite: 2024 Review appeared first on Snowys Blog.

We’re not here to cause any tent-sion – but this blog outlines the gazebos we believe throw some serious shade on others of their kind. Enduring the hard-hitting Aussie conditions, and enhancing outdoor setups from the ground up – the following gazebos have been selected based on both their sales data, and the outdoor-expert opinion of some of Snowys’ greatest gear gurus. 

Read on for our top picks on the shelters that draw out those outback hangouts, and stay grounded during outdoor dynamics. For more on beach shelters in particular, check out our top 10 best sellers here too!

Read on for our top picks on the shelters that draw out those outback hangouts! Image: OZtrail

Best for Camping and All-Round Use:

OZtrail Deluxe 2.4, 3.0, 4.5, and 6.0 with Hydroflow

In the 3m x 3m category, the original OZtrail Deluxe 2.4, 3.0, 4.5, and 6.0 are our top selection owing to their perfect balance of size, weight, durability, and setup system. With a durable steel frame that’s easy to manage and fast-assembling, plus a heavy-duty strut system to prevent buckling as the wind blows, these shelters cover all bases – literally.

Features a UVTex® fabric with vents for airflow, these gazebos provide superior weather protection and bear the brutality of outback elements. Triple-layer reinforced points at the corners and roofline seams also work hand in hand to withstand wear and tear, and improve canopy tension.

The OZtrail Deluxe range are your all-round, you-beaut shelter solutions for camping, market stalls, sporting events – and everything huddled in between.

Simple, reliable, and affordable – the OZtrail Deluxe 3.0 Gazebo with Hydroflow is one of our recommended all-rounders, especially for camping. Image: OZtrail

Best Value for Money:

OZtrail Deluxe 3.0

The Deluxe 3.0 may be the pared-back version of our best all-rounder in cost and componentry – but not in campsite convenience! 

Its heavy-duty steel frame boasts a rigid construction, expanding easily and collapsing promptly after that last patty. A polyester canopy throws nine square metres of serious shade, silver-coated on the inside to block harmful UV rays and treated with fire retardant to ensure safety from extreme heat. Tie-down anchor points for guy ropes ensure sturdiness in wild weather, while the carry bag on wheels bodes well for easy transport and compact packing.

The Deluxe 3.0 is the pared-back version of our best all-rounder. Image: OZtrail

Best for Functions, Events, and Market Stalls:

OZtrail Deluxe Commercial

For special occasions, the OZtrail Deluxe Commercial range provides reliable shelter across three sizes: 2.4, 3.0, 4.5, and 6.0.

A neutral white 500D canopy features a silver lining for reflecting up to 98% of UV radiation, while anti-ponding bars shed water and large roof vents aid with dissipating both wind and heat. To withstand wear and tear, there are reinforced, triple-layer 600D polyester points, a fire retardant that meets the US standard CPAI-84, and Hydroflow anti-ponding bars for better performance in wilder weather.

While the Deluxe 2.4 boasts a compact design, the Deluxe 3.0 maintains its status as the most efficient to both expand and collapse. With the Deluxe 4.5, they’re each recommended for their affordability and reliability. From the outback barbies to the summertime shindigs, the Deluxe 6.0 also provides sufficient shade for special occasions and events – like those backyard birthday parties, or crackling roast Christmas lunches.

The Deluxe Commercial range features heavier frames and fabrics – though when comparing the cost per use with other models, this often means they last longer. The option of a white canopy also provides flexibility for printing unique branding.

The Deluxe Commercial from OZtrail provides simple and reliable shelter for guests. Image: OZtrail

Gazebos with print-ready canopies are perfect for events. Image: OZtrail

Best for the Beach and Windy Conditions

Quest Air Gazebo 3

New to the top-sellers list, it’s the perfect adventure pod for summertime setups!

A 150D UPF50+ polyester construction with 2,000mm waterhead rating both stands up to wet wetter and shields from harsh Aussie rays – plus, a lantern hanging point and hooks for strip lighting mean you can continue the campsite chaos and create true campsite magic at sundown too. 

Enjoy indoor space in any outdoor place fast, with single-point inflation and double valves for rapid deflation. Plus, an oversized carry bag allows for easy packing and neat storage.

Expand your family home away from home with the Air Gazebo 3 by Quest!

The perfect adventure pod for summertime setups. Image: Quest

With a 150D polyester inflatable airframe, this gazebo is both sturdy and quick to pitch. Image: Quest

Best for Portability

OZtrail Compact 2.4

Maintaining modesty in space and weight – the OZtrail Compact 2.4 will have you cracking open a cold one and settled by sunset, owing to their efficient and, as its name suggests, compact design.

Built for fairer conditions, a high-quality powder-coated steel frame with ABS componentry provides strength and structure, certified by Australian Engineers and working hand in hand with all guy ropes for steadfast security at the campsite. Their 150D polyester canopies are UV-treated, where a silver coating reflects 98% of harsh Aussie sun rays. Plus, roof vents allow adequate ventilation, heat mediation, and wind dissipation.

For compact camp clobber that packs a punch, the Compact also collapses into a heavy-duty wheeled carry bag for convenient transport.

For smaller vehicles, or limited outdoor spaces – try the OZtrail Compact. Image: OZtrail

Best for Maximum Shade

In 2022, we took our hats off to the Coleman Event 14 (literally, thanks to its superior shade). As it’s now unavailable, these two OZtrail models leave the rest in their shadow when it comes to topmost coverage:

OZtrail Deluxe 3.0 BlockOut Gazebo

Sporting a traditional gazebo design, this shelter throws some serious shade.

Its seam-sealed canopy is coated with BlockOut technology to shield from direct sunlight and reduce heat by up to 11 degrees. On wetter days, anti-ponding Hydroflow bars prevents pooling and thus canopy damage, while a stainless steel frame has this shelter sturdier than a tree-stump stool at a campsite. A three-stage system also allows for maximum height and efficient pack-down process too.

The Deluxe 3.0 BlockOut Gazebo throws some serious shade. Image: OZtrail

The canopy is coated with BlockOut technology, shielding from direct sunlight and reducing heat by up to 11 degrees. Image: OZtrail

Best for Easy Assembly

Coleman Instant Up Lighted Gazebo 3 x 3

From backyard barbies to campsite parties, make the most of every hour with the Instant Up Lighted gazebos by Coleman. With a sturdy, integrated steel frame – wind-tested to 65kmph for your peace of mind – the spring-loaded hub makes setting up easy and efficient, meanwhile ensuring more compact transport thanks to a smaller pack size. Their 150D polyester canopies also boast a UV50+ rating protection from harsh rays and degradation.

Plus, there’s the added bonus of integrated strip lighting providing 450 lumens, powered by an included battery pack!

From backyard barbies to campsite parties, make the most of every hour. Image: Coleman

Integrated strip lighting provides 450 lumens, powered by an included battery pack. Image: Coleman

Top Gazebo Tips:

• Ahead of adverse weather conditions, consider adding solid walls as a barrier and means of protection from the elements.
• Mesh walls also provide relief within your shelter from bothersome bugs.
• Before packing away the frame, remove the canopy to protect it from pinching within the struts. This will avoid any unnecessary wear and tear.
• For added stability on bitumen or gravel, it’s recommended to use sandbags or a base pod kit to anchor your shelter.

Any other gazebo contenders you reckon could bump our top picks?

The post Guide to Choosing the Right Gazebo – 2024 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

1. Beer

Yes, you read that correctly – beer. While many hikers opt for lightweight, space-saving beverages, I can’t resist packing a couple of my favourite beers. On a good day there will be a bubbling cold creek close to camp to chill my beers a little, but often they are a touch on the warm side. Despite this, there’s nothing quite like enjoying a beer while taking in the breathtaking views at the end of a challenging hike. In fact my passion for beer is probably what got me into ultralight hiking in the first place.

My friends love pointing out that I’ll pay $1,000 for an ultralight tent and weigh my undies but the beers in my pack never get weighed. I have tried venturing out to alternatives like port or whiskey, but I just don’t enjoy them as much. Everyone has their own hiking style and there is no right or wrong way to hike. So long as you are getting out there and enjoying yourself, that’s the main thing!

I’ll pay $1,000 for an ultralight tent and weigh my undies but the beers in my pack never get weighed!

2. 3.5kg of Camera Gear for YouTube Videos

As a hiking and adventure enthusiast, I love capturing my experiences and sharing them with my community. My camera gear, including tripods, gimbals, and audio equipment, may add weight, but the reward of creating films of my adventures is well worth it. While out there filming, it forces me to look more closely at nature so I can try to capture its beauty and share it with the viewer. I believe hiking is a great way to deepen our love and curiosity for the natural world and hope to share that through my videos. The gift of sharing these videos with my YouTube community is definitely worth the 3.5kg weight penalty!

My camera gear may add weight, but the reward of creating films of my adventures is well worth it.

Everyone has their own hiking style, and there is no right or wrong way.

3. Bushcraft Knife with Ferro Rod

Starting a fire with a ferro rod might take longer than using a lighter, but there’s something deeply satisfying about the process. Using basic tools to create fire, I feel more connected to nature. I have to think more deeply about the fire I am going to make that evening; perhaps collecting tinder during the day and processing it into fine fibres that will take a spark easily. Nurturing that spark into a flame requires your full focus. I find it to be a meditative and calming activity. It helps you to appreciate the fundamentals of fire, which has been crucial to human survival for millennia. Watching the fire grow from a small spark into a warm, comforting blaze always lifts the spirits. For these reasons and so many more, I’ll always reach for my ferro rod and bushcraft knife when heading outdoors.

Starting a fire with a ferro rod might take longer than using a lighter, but there’s something deeply satisfying about the process.

4. Lightweight Trail Shoes (Altra Lone Peak)

I’m a massive fan of ditching the rigid heavy boots for minimalist trail shoes. Trail shoes are typically much lighter than boots, which can make a significant difference to your comfort and reduce fatigue, especially on long hikes or trail runs. I swear by the saying that a pound on your foot is equivalent to 5 pounds in your backpack. My trail shoes also have amazing breathability and ventilation, which keep my feet cool, preventing moisture build-up that can cause blisters. They also dry quickly if you get them wet. I don’t even bother to take my shoes off for stream crossings, which is safer and faster.

My trail shoes also tend to be more flexible and provide better freedom of movement for my feet and ankles. I love being able to feel the terrain under my feet; I feel more connected to the land I’m walking on, but it also gives me greater agility. Transitioning to minimalist shoes should be done gradually to allow your feet and lower legs time to adapt, as sudden changes in footwear can lead to discomfort or injury. Now that i’ve found trail shoes I’ll never go back to regular boots.

Trail shoes are typically much lighter than boots, which can make a significant difference to your comfort and reduce fatigue.

5. Toothbrush Tablets

To balance the weight of my beloved beer, I’ve invested in a heap of ultralight gear and one of these great discoveries is toothbrush tablets! These little tablets not only save me space and weight, they are also environmentally friendly. Many toothbrush tablets come in recyclable or biodegradable packaging, reducing the environmental impact of disposing of plastic toothpaste tubes. Additionally, the tablets themselves are often more environmentally friendly compared to traditional toothpaste, therefore leaving less harmful residues in the environment when you are hiking. Toothbrush tablets can also be used without water as you don’t really need to rinse your mouth after use, helping to conserve this valuable resource. I also really enjoy using toothbrush tablets – it took me a couple of different brands to find one I love, but now that I’ve found it I’ll never go back to regular toothpaste when outdoors!

These little tablets not only save me space and weight, they are also environmentally friendly.

Toothbrush tablets can also be used without water as you don’t really need to rinse your mouth after use.

In the world of hiking, connecting with nature in your own unique way is what makes the experience so special. While some may laugh at the contents of my pack, each item has a story and a purpose, adding to the enjoyment of my time outdoors. My favourite saying is: “hike your own hike’. Do what works for you, not what others do. I have a friend Julia who carries a very big and heavy pack. I initially thought she was crazy but now I just keep quiet and enjoy the chocolate pudding and hot cups of tea she provides along the walk.

My favourite saying is: ‘hike your own hike’. Do what works for you, not what others do.

What’s the weirdest item in your hiking pack? Let us know in the comments below!

The post ‘You’re Taking THAT?!’ – The 5 Weirdest Items in my Hike Pack appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Where sand can be removed almost immediately – sunburn stings, lingers, and can spoil a summer. The only thing that should fry when the weather heats up is a snag on the BBQ.

With hats, sunscreen, and sunglasses – adequate shelter should be top priority on those low-tide days of sand, surf, and rays. To stay hot on it like sunshine on a shade, we’ve collated our top 10 sellers in the beach shelter category for the past year, from your pop-up huts to the opened-up setups. With a range of colours, styles, and prints available too, your seaside, summertime setup just got 10 shades brighter!

10. Beachkit Lovin Summer Beach Tents

Surf the sand of every Aussie beach and kick back on every picnic retreat, with the Lovin’ Summer Beach Tents by Beachkit – available in a range of colours. 

Throw serious shade with a total of 6m2 of cover, while multiple setup options offer true versatility on every escape. With lightweight aluminium poles and a 100% cotton canvas canopy with UPF 40 protection – it’s lightweight, blocking 97.5% of harsh UV. Its simple, one-person setup also means assembling your shady comrade is a walk in a park (or a stroll on the shore)!

Put it this way – we’d understand if the Lovin’ Summer Beach Tents are the only beachy bit in your setup kit that you’re actually shore about!

9. OZtrail BlockOut Shade Dome with Sunwall

The 4.2 BlockOut Shade Dome with Sunwall by OZtrail throws serious shade without the attitude!

The BlockOut coated, seam-sealed, heavy-duty canopy blocks direct sunlight and reduces heat, supported by a full steel frame. In humidity, the zippered roof vent controls airflow while a 1000mm water rating resists rain on the damper days. Thanks to steel shock-cord poles for an easy two-person set-up in only minutes, you can be settled with a snag by sundown! Storage pockets keep your knick-knacks nearby, including space for wallets, keys, and phones. Plus, bask in those blissful backyard barbeques with an additional sunwall for added protection.

Set up beachside under a shade with true pride – the OZtrail BlockOut Shade Dome with Sunwall. 

8. Darche Kozi Compact Shelter

Be it for the beach, bush, or backyard – pop the boot and seize the day with the KOZI Series Compact Shelter from Darche!

Designed with an easy, instant frame featuring quick-release buttons, you’ll be set up fast and packed down faster. Large enough to accommodate the whole family, it meanwhile folds into a lightweight, compact size for easy storage in your vehicle.

The Kozi boasts a 150D PU coated polyester with a 600mm waterhead rating, and a 22mm powder-coated steel frame for robust durability. Roof vents allow for added ventilation, while built-in sand pockets are perfect for the beach – complete with steel pegs, guy ropes, and a carry bag.

7. Hollie & Harrie Fringe Beach Umbrellas and Sombrilla Beach Shades

The Fringe 210cm Beach and Shade Umbrella by Hollie & Harrie is the lifeguard of the heatwaves!

A stylish, retro-fringed cotton fabric drapes over a lightweight but robust construction of flexible fibreglass ribs and anodised poles – resisting the rust, so you can embrace the salt-crusted shores of bay life. Its 7-foot-wide canopy is UPF 50+ treated to shield from the rays, while the Quik Twist self-anchoring auger firmly fixes your brollie into loose sand for a secure, seaside setup!

Plus, a three-point tilt feature enables flexible positioning, so you can beat the heat on every Aussie beach.

Standing its ground (literally) in the Top 10, the Sombrilla Beach Shades by Hollie & Harrie cast a shadow on others alike.

With 100% cotton canopy, tested by ARPANSA to block out at least 95% of UV rays, this shade is stands up to harsh Aussie UV as much as it stands out as the most stylish on the beach. Rust-resistant aluminium poles, a crossbar, ropes, and included pegs also make for an easy, convenient setup.

Pitch in different ways depending on the sun’s rays, thanks to three sets of eyelets – and carry the shade to and from the beach thanks to the elegant, zippered shoulder bag for easy, breezy transport. 

Strut into a sandy setup of straight-up style, with the Hollie & Harrie Sombrilla Beach Shades!

Pitch in different ways, depending on the sun’s rays. Credit: Hollie & Harrie

6. Caribee Collaroy Beach Shelter

With the sand as your seat and the saltwater at your feet, beat the heat with the Collaroy Beach Shelter from Caribee.

The only place you should ever feel tide to is the beach – and with a quick and easy setup design, the Collaroy handles strong gusts with minimal flex, sitting multiple people side-by-side thanks to the 2.1m wide opening.

Constructed from UPF50+ UV rated fabric, this shelter comes equipped with sandbags and pegs for a secure seaside setup. Enjoy the breeze through the side and rear mesh ventilation ports, while the drawstring carry bag make for easy transport and convenient storage. 

The Caribee Collaroy Beach Shelter is the perfectly portable beach house for those drawn-out, sandy-towel hangouts. 

The Collaroy boasts a quick and easy setup design. Credit: Caribee

5. Explore Planet Earth Speedy Pop-Up Sunshelter 

So your Dad can assemble an awning, rustle up kick-butt barbecue grub, and probably produce the best campfire damper – but when it comes to pitching a tent in soft sand and erratic wind, he’s useless. Well, the clever Speedy Family Pop-Up Sun Shelter from Explore Planet Earth is the beach tent henchman he’s always wanted but too proud to request!

With an instant, pop-up design, the Speedy Family Pop-Up Sun Shelter shields the fam from the harsh Aussie sun with a UPF 50+ rated fabric. A zippered back panel delivers both additional protection when closed and optimal ventilation when opened, including a detachable floor for sitting on too. 

As easy to set up as it is to pack down, its durable frame boasts a non-corrosive spring steel frame with pegs and a sandbag anchor included for stability too. Plus, built-in sand and storage pockets keep small items at hand.

The Speedy Family Pop-Up Shelter is easy to set up as it is to pack down: Explore Planet Earth

4. Beachkit Daytripper Beach Umbrella 

There’s more shade where that came from, without the attitude – the Daytripper Beach Umbrella, also by Beachkit Australia!

With a mildew-resistant, reverse silver-coated Oxford polyester 210cm canopy – this umbrella also features a UPF50+ rating, tested by ARPANSA to block out 98% of harmful UV rays.

Owing to two-piece anodised, rust-resistant poles, a self-anchoring auger that locks into the sand, and a vented top to assist with stabilising – this umbrella is designed to withstand the windy conditions too. Plus, adjust the canopy using the three-position tilt feature for shade at any time of day.

Kick back with a book and stay well-read, not well-red – thanks to the Beachkit Australia Daytripper Beach Umbrella. 

This shade features a mildew-resistant, reverse silver-coated Oxford polyester canopy. Credit: Beachkit Australia

3. Beachkit Masquerade and Rainbow 240cm Beach Umbrellas

Kick back with your crew under an umbrella that throws shade without the attitude – the Rainbow Umbrella or Masquerade Umbrella from Beachkit!

Their 240cm canopies are constructed from long-lasting, mildew resistant, oxford polyester that boast a rating of UPF50+ rating – tested by ARPANSA to block out at least 98% of harmful UV rays. Change the direction of your shade using the three-position tilt feature, while the self-anchoring auger locks into loose surfaces to prevent your shade from blowing away. Plus, their vented tops help to keep the umbrella secure in the sand. 

Strut the sand with a shade that truly stands out – the Beachkit Masquerade and Rainbow 240cm Beach Umbrellas.

Using rapid hub technology, this shelter sets up in seconds. Credit: Oztent

2. Caribee Long Reef Beach Shade

Well, good gREEF. The Long Reef Beach Shade by Caribee is the sensible, stylish, and second-from-the-top option for summer shade. 

Owing to an easy, one-person setup with the included poles, pegs, ropes, and mallet – the carry bag keeps everything you need under wraps in one neat package. The shade’s setup design allows various options, depending on the angle of the sun throughout the day – simply adjust to suit your needs. 

Seaside escapes are meant for salty air, matted hair, and moments shared – so the Caribee Long Reef Beach Shade offers a more open option over confined, closed-off shelters.

The Caribee Long Reef is the sensible, stylish, and second-from-the-top option for summer shade. Credit: Caribee

1. Oztent Malamoo 2- and 4-Hub Beach Shelters

From lazy afternoons to lagoons and hazy Malibu – the Malamoo 2- and 4-Hub Beach Shelters by Oztent are convenient, compact, and protective. 

Constructed from 190T polyester with UPF50+ protection, this shelter is designed to hold up in harsh Australian conditions. Using rapid hub technology, the frame is easily erected by popping out the two hubs for the ultimate shelter set-up in seconds. A large floor allows plenty of space to lounge, while an extra-large entrance provides both easy access and windows for airflow.

Designed to be compact, lightweight, and easy to carry – keep it in the back boot for spontaneous beach days and seaside getaways.

Constructed from 190T polyester with UPF50+ protection, this shelter is designed to hold up in harsh Australian conditions. Image: Oztent

What does your beachside setup consist of? Let us know in the comments!

The post Best Beach Shelters for 2024 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

So in this blog, we’ve made our list, checked it twice, and tagged every item with a competitive price! From Kris Kringle gifts with a $20 limit, to the bigger gifts you’ve been saving to splurge on – start filling the sack with the gear, gadgets, and rugged gifts for the outdoorsy people you love!

The range of hats from Sunday Afternoons are as cool as the new kids on the (sun)block! Image: Sunday Afternoons

For the Kids Who Kick Back

Under $50

• Sunday Afternoons Hats: Up to $26.94

As cool as the new kids on the (sun)block, the range of hats by Sunday Afternoons feature wide brims and polyester-nylon constructions to wicks away moisture. Stain-resistant for those fun-filled days running amuck, they beat the grub and grime like water off a duck’s back!

Keep the little ones from getting too hotheaded, owing to a certified UPF 50+ sun rating too. Plus, thanks to reversible designs for sun-safe versatility, and breakaway chinstraps that release under pressure – your kid can keep their chin up until sundown.

For the kids who like to kick about at the shack, stuff their stockings with compactly-packed Sunday Afternoons hat!

• OZtrail Junior Moon Chair: $40.40

A crevice for your camp critters, the Moon Junior Chair is designed for children’s safety.

Its easy Grab and Go straps allow the gremlins to go, go, go – while the drink bottle holder allows easy-reach refreshment. With wide arms for supplementary support and a locking pin to prevent unplanned folding up, the OZtrail Moon Junior Chair offers a considered yet comfortable cranny for curling up.

Keep the little ones from getting too hotheaded, owing to a certified UPF 50+ sun rating. Image: Sunday Afternoons

For the Campfire Feasters and Heat-and-Eaters

Under $100

• Offgrid Provisions Meals: Up to $18.99

Forget wrapping paper – rip open a bag of getaway grub from Offgrid!

Founder James Viles had a hunger to discover the undiscovered, but a desire to do so in a slow, simplified way to appreciate time spent outdoors. With refined ingredients, he redefined food the alfresco way – connecting people, food, and nature with the Offgrid Provisions range.

Made for the meat-eaters and vege venturers who want to lift their degustation game, these meals are all-natural, Aussie-made, and designed to heat and eat for simple, alfresco-style sustenance! Be you crouched at the campfire or behind the kitchen bench – simply drop into boiling water for five minutes, or tear at the top and microwave like the most full-bodied, flavoursome Christmas stocking on the fireplace.

Simply drop into boiling water for five minutes, or tear at the top and microwave. Image: Offgrid Provisions

• ‘Fire to Fork’ Cookbook: $35.90

In his popular campfire cookbook, YouTube legend and resident king of campfire cooking, Harry Fisher from Fire To Fork, maintains a focus on simple meals made over a fire with high-quality ingredients.

From holidaying on the beaches in the Kimberley to homestyle cooking in your own backyard, the book features over 60 recipes, including some from his most popular YouTube videos. Plus, benefit from information on the tools needed for your camp kitchen, how to prepare your fire, and advice for stocking your on-the-road pantry!

In his popular campfire cookbook, YouTube legend Harry Fisher maintains a focus on simple meals made over a fire. Image: Harry Fisher

• CampBoss Jaffle Iron: $44.90

It’s time to officially take care of the suppertime snacking, with the CampBoss Jaffle Iron!

From the long arms for safety from campfire flames, to the timber handles for limited heat transfer – this jaffle iron harnesses the heat and beats the burn! Be it Bolognese, baked beans, and savoury combos, or chocka-block sweet concoctions – simply line the crater with two slices of bread or pastry, and fill with desired ingredients for the ultimate hot food pocket or campfire pie.

Take the colour, craft, and convenience of cooking from the backyard to the outback!

• Campfire Combo Camp Oven: $89.90  

Crank the heat, because Campfire’s Combo Camp Oven is tougher than damper crust.

Boasting a top-quality cast-iron construction for impressive durability and longevity, a deep-dish dome design, and a shallow, heavy-duty base for even heat distribution – this oven offers versatility on every cooking adventure. Pre-seasoned too, carry from under the Christmas tree to the campfire coals for immediate use.

From casseroles and bakes to dessert damper and cakes, the Combo Camp Oven cooks your camp tucker with alfresco finesse!

Love cooking with a camp oven? Check out Cam’s Camp Oven Turducken & Gravy!

For the After-Dark Dabblers

Under $100

• XTM Performance Cora Headband: $5.00

Speaking of wrapping presents – wrap your head around the Cora Headband.

Your headwear henchman for keeping the heat in, its supple chenille construction and fleece lining keeps cold weather off your mind. Kick it to the peak in chic cable knit, and rock across the mountain top with stylish metal branding. As a certified carbon neutral product too, it’s the eco-friendly thought that counts.

• MPOWERD Luci Lanterns Range: Up to $69.90

The Luci range from MPOWERD provides practical and ambient lighting for your alfresco space. Solar powered with the option of a traditional outlet for convenience, some host a USB port to boost the charge of your mobile phone when other power sources are scarce. From sufficient charging in direct sunlight, to water-resistance, battery indicators, and long-lasting light – the outdoor lanterns are fit for both indoor and outdoor activities, while string lights blend convenience and atmosphere to any communal setting.

Boasting low, medium, and high mode options for different applications, the Luci lanterns and string lights offer illuminated ambience from the backyard to the outback.

The Solar String Lights by MPOWERD provide practical and ambient lighting for your alfresco space. Image: MPOWERD

• Coleman Hybrid Hooded Sleeping Bags: Up to $55

The Hybrid Hooded sleeping bags by Coleman keep you snug on those sub-10 and sub-0-degree getaways! Featuring a Comfort Cuff design for surrounding softness, this bag boasts homelike qualities. A snag-free ZipPlow zipper allows for safe, easy opening and closing too, while the separate foot zip mediates the temperature surrounding your extremities. Plus, for a streamlined packing process too, Roll Control prevents the bag from skewing and twisting – working with the QuickCord no-tie closure for efficient fastening.

Bag a bargain with the Hybrid Hooded sleeping bags – designed for sublime outdoor dreaming in colder conditions.

Eat with elegance on every alfresco escape. Image: Opinel

For the Compact Campers

Under $150

• Opinel Nomad Cooking Kit: $98.89

From hiking and camping, to boating and picnicking – this slick set includes a quality-made N°12 folding knife with a serrated blade for bread, a N°10 folding corkscrew knife for opening wine, a N°06 pocket peeler for fruit and veg prep, a beechwood cutting board for carving meat, and a microfibre dish towel that doubles as a travel pouch. 

With handles of a durable beech wood and stainless-steel blades for robustness, their safety rings lock them both open in use and closed for transport.

Eat with elegance on every alfresco escape, with the Opinel Nomad Cooking Kit.

Perfect for the go-getters jetting off on their next getaway. Image: Eagle Creek

• Eagle Creek Pack-It Sets: Up to $99.99

From sending it every weekend to catering for the over-packers on the overnighters – the Pack-It sets by Eagle Creek include the Weekender, Overnight, Starter, and Reveal Cubes for curbing the packing chaos!

Boasting 300D Polyester fabric constructions and 100% post-consumer recycled fabric for their washable and water-resistant features, each component is as efficient to clean as they are to use! Keep the socks, jocks, and pyjamas maintained, the dirty boots and dusty shoes away from your cleaner clobber, your toiletries together, and minimise wrinkles in one neat, intact, compactly packed package!

These Pack-It sets are perfect for the go-getters jetting off on their next getaway.

• BlackWolf Quick Fold Lightweight Chair: $149.90

From picnics to camping trips, and sports events to festivals, this chair takes a front-row seat!

Blending stability with portability, its lightweight but tough aluminium tube frame is both scratch- and rust-resistant. Sink into true serenity with a 900D polyester and HD mesh fabric that tensions as the legs are extended, with a slightly back-leaned seat posture too. Quick to assemble and fast to fold away, its average setup time is 4-8 seconds!

This holiday season, the BlackWolf Quick Fold Lightweight Chair is the perfect chair for your festive derriere!

The range of tie-down packs by Tiegear guarantee flexible strength and robust reliability. Image: Tiegear

For the Gear Gurus Who’ve Got it Together

Under $250

• Tiegear Packs: Up to $249.95

We all know the five senses are sight, hearing, taste, smell, and touch – but for campers, the sixth sense is security! The range of tie-down packs by Tiegear guarantee flexible strength and robust reliability at the site, without the need for pegs.

With packs equipped to secure caravan setups, awnings, and gazebos, Tiegear bundle their guy ropes and HD springs into an acrylic canvas and mesh gear bag for kick-butt durability, breathability, and compact storage in the back of your vehicle.

Simple, functional, and Aussie-made. Image: Blacksmith Camping Supplies

• BS Aussie Made Peg and Tool Bag (with Handles): $34.90

Store the essential tools and steel pegs in the Australian-Made Peg & Tool Bag from Blacksmith Camping Supplies.

Constructed from military-grade 505gsm Australian-made canvas – Dynaproofed for rotproofing and breathability – its interior capacity has space for camping tools and up to 35 x of separately available Hex Pegs. The Velcro opening secures it shut, while webbing handles offer ease of carrying or grabbing from the boot.

Simple, functional, and Aussie-made – cart about your camping accessories with ease and efficiency.

There’s a cold one for the whole crew. Image: Camelbak

For the Cool, Calm, Can Collectors

Under $500

• Coleman 16-Can Soft Cooler: $24.90

Catering for the campsite parties and backyard barbies, this cooler boasts an odour- and stain-resistant make – as easy to keep clean as it is to keep your cold ones crisp! With a front pocket for the bottle openers and other campsite knick-knacks, a zip-top closure also offers easy access to your refreshment while the lid’s bungee cord straps in a picnic blanket for those drawn-out hangouts on the lawn.

Keep your cool and kick on this summer!

• Camelbak Chillbak Cooler Packs: Up to $449

The Camelbak Chillbak 30 and Chillbak Cube 18 are the coolest can-keepers at the campsite! There’s a cold one for the whole crew, owing to their 24- and 16-can respective capacities, with a padded back panel and shoulder straps for breathability and protection. A hose with spigot is accessible from the exterior for easy, efficient refills, while a waistbelt ensures a secure fit. Kit out your pack with tools, fix-it kits, and essentials thanks to additional storage above the cooler in the roll-top area too!

Keep cool and carry on this Christmas, with Chillbak cooler packs!

Image: Campfire

For more gift ideas, follow us somewhere Snowy-er than the North Pole…

The post A Snowy(s) Christmas: Gift Guide 2023 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

We see you. We hear you.

As heard in Episodes 65 and 66 of the Snowys Camping Show, your trusted Snowys gear experts Ben and Lauren answer more of your campsite questions in the second and final part of our Campsite Q&A’s blog series.

Your trusted Snowys gear experts Ben and Lauren answer more of your campsite questions. Image: Coleman

Gear and Maintenance

Essentials for Beach Camping, and Tips for Keeping the Sand out of the Swag / Tent?

To first address sand, Ben and Lauren recommend a mesh ground sheet which, while expensive, is worth the investment. Double-layered, the mesh allows for any sand on top to fall through without resurfacing, ensuring a sand-free environment. These ground sheets were initially invented as portable helipads, designed to be positioned on loose desert surfaces to prevent sand from blowing and flicking upwards as the helicopter lands. OZtrail manufacture a less expensive model, which still adequately serves the same purpose.

Lauren also recommends EVA foam floor mats at the doorway, and a dustpan and brush to sweep away sand from legs and feet. A Muk Mat – a large, well-finished slab of Astro Turf – works wonders in sandy, beachy environments too. Lauren also suggests washing away the grit and debris in a tub of water, large enough for someone to stand in. Ultimately, allocating a ‘zone’ nearby your setup to clean away sand before entering the living area is the suggested approach. Sand in a tent and living space is often only a problem if we allow for it to build up – so control it from the beginning! 

Broadly speaking, beach camping also requires some sort of wind management. That said, setting up a wind break in sandy environments can encourage sand to whip upwards in a whirlwind. To control this, Ben and Lauren recommend choosing tents with fine mesh, and sealing windows and openings during the day to prevent sand from making its way into bedding.

Lastly, adequate sand pegs and guy ropes are paramount when beach camping, as well as trace springs for added stability in windier conditions.

Securing Food from Pests?

…Try literally anything.

In a previous podcast episode, Ben and Lauren detail how to manage critters and pests at the campsite.

Ultimately, they recommend Tupperware that seals tight. Ben is content with leaving unopened food packets in a tub with the lid sitting on top. On the other hand, opened packets should be kept in an airtight container to prevent ants from making their way in.  

In Ep53 – Kangaroo Island, Lauren describes the relentless possum raids as a result of leaving her doors open at night. Generally though, she manages well by keeping her food in storage draws under the bed and recommends solid plastic tubs. Even for a grain of rice, mice will chew through soft silicon and thin plastics, so be aware of the quality of your storage options too. Again, Ben can advocate for this in Ep44 – Ben’s Half Lap, where he resorts to creating a trash contraption mouse trap to catch a critter than chewed its way into his 4WD!

For the unique nomads who hoped for more than just ‘use good storage containers’ – ever tried suspending your food from a tree using squat straps? Learn more about this in Ep57 and Ep96 on Weird and Wonderful Camping Gear!

Can you repair a sleeping mat if it leaks at the seams or valves – and if so, how?

Ben and Lauren have recorded a video that lives on the Snowys YouTube channel, elaborating on material relevant to this question – though not in detail.

Usually, only a leak via a seam or valve is guaranteed under warranty. This is because inconsistencies or fissures at these points are more than likely attributed to manufacturing faults. Ben and Lauren recommend getting in touch with the retailer of your defective sleeping mat to receive a warranty assessment.

While not the prettiest fix, Ben suggests Stormsure adhesive or seam grip glue to mend your mat DIY-style. Specifically, heavily smother the hole before spreading the glue at length along each side to create a seal. For an even stronger hold, apply the glue to a nylon ripstop-type material (from a place like Spotlight), as a foundation. This works particularly well with longer tears; Ben recommends incorporating fabric or gauze in and amongst the glue by placing a large strip over the top of the gash. When stretched, the fabric separates – but the seam grip covers it.

Personal camping essentials, upgrades, original gear, current gear, and reasons behind any alterations?

Before we unpack this question – yes, Ben. We get it. You love your coffee kit bag.

As much as this is true, Ben points out that he considers ‘personal camping essentials’ the items that mostly sit beneath the ‘hygiene’ and ‘medication’ umbrella. Lauren rarely washes her hair on a camping trip, instead relying on Sea to Summit’s Wilderness Wash as both soap and body wash. Other essentials include her quality base layers and socks, sheep skins to drape over her camp chairs for warmth, Crocs (which she insists are the most bomb-proof, ideal footwear to slip on and off around the campsite), a head torch, and a bird book with binoculars to watch and learn of the pretty birdlife that often surrounds her on her travels.

On the other hand, Ben reveals the gear he’s replaced over the years. He now avoids rounder table lanterns and instead opts for 12V LED strips or hanging lights, having decided that they light his table setup more effectively. As well as lighting, Ben has reconsidered how he operates his stove, now opting for multi-fuel over gas. Unlike large, heavy gas bottles, multi-fuel systems are easy to transport and assemble, eliminating the need for hoses and other accessories. While it may take longer, Ben confirms that this is the trade-off he’s willing to sacrifice. His cast iron camp oven – whilst a favourite – is also soon to be replaced by one of spun steel for both weight and portability reasons. Lastly, he’s removed his awning from his 4WD. This was after deciding it was too tedious to set up and take down on trips where he was driving more frequently than he was pulling over. It now sits in his shed at home… and he doesn’t miss it!

Ben now avoids table lanterns and instead opts for 12V lighting. Image: Hard Korr

Lauren hears of new and improved gear through the grapevine from as often as monthly to even weekly. For this reason, her setup reflects constant evolution as opposed to a ‘before and after’ project. An example of this is her transition from a Waeco 45-litre fridge to a myCOOLMAN dual zone 85-litre fridge, after discovering more room in her van to store it. Now in the process of fitting out their camper van, she reflects on why she didn’t consider two drawer fridges to stack on top of one another – an arrangement she’s keen to progress to when the vehicle renovations are done. The drawer fridges she’s interested in are 10 centimetres wider than the current fridge, but are stackable and each capable of running as either a fridge or freezer.
Overall, settling on a sprinter van instead of a 4WD or caravan – as much as Lauren and her partner love it – has its limitations. Lacking features such as 4WD access or adequate clearance can sometimes be more significant issues than not, especially when she plans to go far beyond her backyard and get wild! As a result, Lauren finds herself wondering what she may opt for further down the line, and what differences it will pose regarding setup. Better or worse – at the end of the day, the grass will always seem greener.

Advice on Tent Security (and Storing Spare Keys)?

The simple answer is: don’t keep your keys in your tent.

With his minimalist setup, Ben has spent many camping trips probably appearing as one of the less wealthy campers at the campsite – which likely explains why he’s yet to be robbed! In some ways, locking everything away can suggest that you have something to steal.

An effortless solution is to not store valuables inside the tent, where Ben tends to only leave his bedding. While there’s always a chance, the likelihood that his sleeping bag will be stolen is relatively low, with fewer repercussions if it was over his wallet or phone.

As for Lauren, theft has never been on her radar. In her experience, there’s an unspoken rule in the camping community to not steal from other setups. Ben admits that National Park spaces are relatively theft-free, though some caravan parks in particular are more prone to it. This is often not as malicious as it is purely opportunistic; young, ratbag kids are usually just out for a thrill, looking to snatch up some loose change or something valuable. This is often the case in most areas alike.

Ultimately, the chance of theft at a campground depends on its location. To address any concerns you may have, simply lock your vehicle and avoid leaving loose change or valuables in exposed places. For instance: at night, Ben tends to store his car keys in the small internal tent pocket just above his head.

Gazebos – Necessary Additional Family Shelter, or Storage Space Waster?

The short answer? It depends on who you are, the storage space you have, and the nature of your desired setup.

For a more detailed response, Ben and Lauren cover relevant information extensively in Ep7 – Gear You Don’t Need for Camping and Ep59 – Shelters for Rainy Days.

What is Safer: to Keep Your Lithium Battery (Plugged Into Solar Panels and a Fridge) in a 6 x 4  Trailer, a Tent, or on a Blanket on the Ground?

If the battery is lithium, it’s generally safe either way.

On the other hand, other lead acid batteries (including sealed) emit hydrogen and generally don’t operate well in extreme temperatures, so best kept in a ventilated space. Keeping it by your fridge shouldn’t be a concern in this regard, as the fridge itself also requires adequate aeration due to its compressor.

Albeit, Ben and Lauren aren’t experts on batteries. Initially, they suggest using common sense; keeping a hot battery close beside you within a tent isn’t ideal! Those who are still unsure should note the warnings in the instruction manual of their respective power station (for instance, the Companion Lithium Rover), or talk to the experts (e.g. Battery World).

Items you Thought Would be Useless but Were Useful, and Vice-Versa?

For Ben, he never expected to need a paintbrush on a road trip – but has found it useful in sweeping away dust and debris from his car or tent interior, especially in outback travelling!

On the other hand, the few opportunities he’s found to use his awning don’t warrant transporting it about as often as he once did. For this reason, it now lives packed away in his shed indefinitely. As well as this, he’s allocated his ‘Grandpa Fork’ to the box of untouched tackle. The tool is simply a fork-like piece that attaches to the end of a stick, designed for toasting marshmallows. While Lauren thinks they’re a nifty invention, Ben would rather just use a stick…

For Lauren, her set of four collapsible tubs are the most unexpectedly delightful addition to her camp clobber. She uses them regularly, and plans to soon purchase another set.

As for the presumably great gadgets that have turned out to be sub-par, she keeps a large collection of items alike in her shed which simply haven’t suited her setup as much as she initially thought. At this stage, nothing in particular springs to mind – but keep an eye out on the Snowys Camping Show Facebook group while she sets this question aside to marinate…

Ben finds he doesn’t use his awning enough to warrant transporting it around as often as he does. Image: Darche

Camping, Caravanning, and 4WDing

Funniest Camp Fail?

… On par with Ben’s ‘green ant’ story, as told in Episode 44? Lauren may just match it.

There’s a place she and her family love to go, the track to which is recommended for 4WDs only – especially when wet. That said, Lauren claims her Sprinter van can tackle more than one may think… but in this instance, these were her famous last words.

Lauren and her family were due to meet with another two groups. Given the substantial room in her vehicle compared to others, she was transporting enough gear for six people – plus more to lessen the load for other families. This added significantly more weight to the van… which didn’t bode well on the track after recent rainfall. When they approached the track, it was a slurry of cold, grey mud. By the time they realised it wasn’t a good idea to proceed, it was too late to turn back!

Initially, they were hopeful… before the van began to slip and slide perilously in the sludge. Eventually, they were left steadfast in sticky mud, stranded in the middle of the Riverland. The sun had set; it was 9:30pm. Lauren directed the kids to toddle off into the inky blackness with a torch to find help, while she and her partner began the exhaustive process of attempting to nudge the van, stubbornly wedged in the thick mud.

After some time, their friend arrived, and together they discovered the root of the problem; the vehicle’s diff was lodged firmly into a large lump of clay. To first alleviate some of the weight, Lauren had the kids carrying camp clobber from the van to the campsite, piece by piece like a row of ants. Next, her partner stripped down to only his shorts and primely positioned himself well underneath the van. The track soon became a mucky mess of footprints as Lauren’s family gathered sticks, logs, and debris to dig away at the diff buried deep in the sludge.

Time moved fast – but the van remained resolute. By midnight, Lauren and her crew attempted one last tactic. After removing the wheel, they packed in the space underneath with sticks and bark, inserted the jack, and pushed as hard as they could while one of them took the driver’s seat. Eventually, Lauren and her family were a wholesome blend of filthy, relieved – and with a vehicle in motion!

For a camp fail equally as chaotic involving a snake, a floating tent, and a mass of green ants – check out Ep44 – Ben’s Half Lap.

Practicality of Extended Overland Trips in an SUV/Wagon/Car, Versus the More Built-Out 4WDs/RVs/Camper Vans/Caravans?

The key consideration that distinguishes one from the other is preparation. Travelling in a 4WD, RV, or camping vehicle requires less given that, in many ways, they already account for half of your setup. With an SUV or smaller vehicle, space is more limited.

As much as it bodes well to first do your research before purchasing a more built-out camper van, don’t let your current wagon or car be a roadblock to hitting the road and seeing the sights. While it may not be wise to travel through the Bungle Bungles in a Sedan, there is still so much to see and do in the great outdoors without a 4WD setup.

Do Either of you Own a Camper Trailer or a Caravan? What are Your Hacks?

Ben and Lauren do not – but Snowys’ resident caravanning expert, Kevin, certainly does!

Kevin has frequently featured in episodes of the Snowys Camping Show, such as Caravan Water Tanks 101, Caravan Refrigeration, and Caravanning the Oodnadatta Track. Given how many caravanning hacks there are, Ben and Lauren suggest advising us of any specifics for Kevin to address from his fountain of knowledge.

Travelling in a 4WD requires less preparation given that, in many ways, they already account for half of your setup! Image: Darche

What are the essential spare items that Kev would take for extended caravan travelling, off-road?

We’ve addressed this in detail in Episode 68 with our caravanning expert, Kev.

While the list extends further, and excludes the various considerations and details depending on the off-road situation – Kev recommends the following as a guide:

• A standard toolkit
• Wheel bearings
• A hub seal
• Irrigation joiners, straights, and elbows etc. for the hoses and connectors beneath the van
• Two spare wheels, as well as plugs for any minor punctures
• Turn buckles and chains to secure broken springs and axels (this becomes complicated, and depends on the situation!)
• A roll of duct tape, insulation tape, and wire
• Replacement fuses to suit those existing in your car or caravan
• So much more!

Food

Favourite Meal to Cook When Camping / Meal Ideas?

Ben and Lauren elaborate on relevant information throughout both Ep2 – Tips for Keeping Camping Food Fresh, Ep13 – Camping on a Budget, and Ep27 – Camp Kitchen Essentials.

In addition to this specific content, Lauren confirms that her favourite camping food – especially in Winter –  is a cooked brekky. For her, nothing beats smoky bacon, eggs, and charred toast by the campfire coals first thing in the morning!

On the other hand, Ben tends to cook modified versions of the meals he eats at home. For example, when cooking a pasta at the campsite that would usually include fresh tomatoes, he’d add tinned instead.

Another winner for Ben is damper. A doughy, buttery, body-bolstering blend of simple and versatile – damper requires only staple ingredients, elevated even more with bits and pieces of sweet or savoury. By the same token, a jaffle iron is one of Ben’s favourite appliances at the campsite. As well as cooking mini dampers, Ben uses his iron by pressing dough into the moulds, filling it with either baked beans, chocolate, or other fillings of choice, and toasting to create little dough pouches for his kids to carry around camp.

In the meantime, she suggests preparing as much food in advance as possible. This includes pre-chopping vegetables, and pre-cooking meals to then vacuum-seal and re-heat in boiling water at the campsite. Storing pre-cooked rice and chopped vegetables such as onion, pumpkin, or carrots in vac-sealed bags also keeps food fresh and maintained.

In Lauren’s experience, meal-prepping for only herself and her partner versus her entire family are two very different processes. So again – watch this space for more content specific to this aspect of adventuring!

What are the recommended meal and preparation ideas for camping, specifically for stove cooking?

For a little while, Lauren has been keen to produce an episode purely centred around campsite meals. In it, she’d aim to cover meal planning, preparation, and cooking for camping.

In a previous episode with Dr. Kate Grarock, ‘Food for Adventure’, Ben and Lauren kept the content hiking-focused. Episodes alike include ‘Food for Hiking‘, as well as content that explores camp kitchen essentials and how to keep food fresh. Considering this, Lauren has identified the absence of an episode solely dedicated to recipes and meal ideas.

Fridges

Use-case tips on Dometic icebox sizes – including packing standard-sized items to assess how they fit, and how to subsequently determine a suitable size?

This has been an angle on iceboxes from which both Ben and Lauren have wanted to approach for a little while. In a previous podcast episode, ‘Fridges Vs Iceboxes’, they discuss the pros and cons of each and consequently which option is more suited to various setups.

For now, our gear gurus confirm that it depends on the purpose for which your icebox is being used; be that solely cooling, or in conjunction with a fridge. Granted, a YouTube video on our channel may be the perfect way to further elaborate on this question and demonstrate visually… so for the last time, watch this space!

In a previous podcast episode, Ben and Lauren discuss the pros and cons of both iceboxes and fridges. Image: Dometic

OK, now let’s be real for a second…

Will Snowys ever open a store in Victoria or Sydney?

Unfortunately, this isn’t on the radar. Ben says that Snowys aim to continue to focus on what they do well, as opposed to expanding and subsequently increasing the prices of products. That said – never say never!

Nonetheless, this isn’t a conversation Lauren and Ben are ultimately involved in, instead determined by a higher level of authority.

Do you two each have an Instagram account, so we can see your setups as well?

The short answer is: not really.

Why? Lauren’s answer for Ben is simple: he’s ‘lame’!

Ben’s explanation for his lack of internet sharing is a little more sentimental; when he’s on holiday, he unplugs almost entirely. Instead of watching the number of views rise on his Instagram stories, he watches the view of the sunrise instead. While some reach the end of a demanding day outdoors and choose to take the time to share photos with their family via WhatsApp, Ben watches the sun set instead. On his half-lap across the Northern Territory and Western Australia, Ben became so emersed in his surroundings that his wife would update his family for him!

Nonetheless, Ben and Lauren admit that they reference their own setups a lot throughout their Snowys podcasts and content. Those who listen to the Snowys Camping Show podcast have insight into Ben and Lauren’s identities in a work-based capacity, with little reference to their personal life.

Lauren has a personal Instagram account that she rarely uses, but has considered creating one that is more relevant to her camping life for public observation. Where she’ll continue to ponder the idea, Ben is certain that a personal account will be disappointing for his followers due to the simplicity of his setup!

More questions? Hit us up! Image: Sea to Summit

Got a question for Ben and Lauren? Check out Episodes 23, 30, 48, 65, 66, and 92 of the Snowys Camping Show to hear whether it’s already been answered!

The post Campsite Q&A’s (Part 2) appeared first on Snowys Blog.

The first thing you should consider is a groundsheet – sometimes also referred to as a footprint, ground tarp, or floor saver. Call them what you will, but regardless they’re a crucial piece of camping kit. For the sake of this blog, we’ll call them groundsheets.

Groundsheets exist to protect the floor of your tent against everything that nature throws at it, from the ground up! An insurance policy, if you will. You’re much better off financially to replace a groundsheet every so often than your entire Black Wolf Turbo or MSR Hubba Hubba!

They’re often not as cheap as you’d hope, but it certainly does soothe the frustration when faced with damage, in that you only need to replace the groundsheet as opposed to the entire tent or swag.

Groundsheets can do a whole lot more than just protecting the underside of your tent or swag. Image: Oztent

Benefits of a Groundsheet

Groundsheets also assist with waterproofing your tent or swag floor, act as a barrier in wet conditions, preserve the vegetation underneath your swag or tent, act as a wind or weather break, help to prevent condensation, and offer an emergency shelter when needed.

There are many benefits to owning a groundsheet. Image: Coleman

Regulations of Groundsheets

Believe it or not, there are some rules around the use of groundsheets – especially in privately operated caravan parks.

The most common is that groundsheets in some camping and caravan parks can only be made of open-weave shade cloth fabric. This is to allow the grass to breathe and minimise damage. No one enjoys a dusty campsite, and grass does require some upkeep to be maintained.

Some caravan and camping parks are now also asking that you lift or even move your groundsheets (as well as the tent or swag) at frequent intervals, to help maintain the health of the grass.

Mesh groundsheets will be necessary for some places to protect the grass. Image: Black Wolf

Options:

Made-to-Fit

These are groundsheets designed by manufacturers to specifically fit under their compatible tents. In most instances, the groundsheet also fits underneath the awning. Usually made with mesh fabric, some are still only available in solid fabric.

The major benefit here is that you can purchase with confidence, assured of a perfect fit without hassle.

Some of the tents in the current range at Snowys have made-to-fit groundsheets available separately include:

• Black Wolf Turbo Tents
• Oztent RV Tents
• Zempire Aerodome Tents
• Most Hiking Tents

The Oztent RV1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 are models that have made to fit groundsheets available. Image: Oztent

Mesh Style

These groundsheets aren’t made to fit, but rather available in a variety of sizes. This can be a challenge in establishing what groundsheet fits, but also provides some freedom to set it up as you wish.

Made from a heavier-duty shade cloth material, the major benefit to this design is that it allows the grass underneath to breathe, while also allowing moisture, dirt, and debris to fall through. This ensures that the groundsheet won’t start pooling if it rains. They’re also comfortable to walk on.

The only real challenges with these styles are that they aren’t as durable as solid fabrics, a little more expensive, and can be hard to clean.

Currently, there are 3 mesh options available in a range of sizes:

• A durable and almost indestructible C-Gear Multimat
• The popular and affordable Oztrail Ultramesh option
• The versatile and tougher-than-turf L-Shaped Multimat by C-Gear

These are not made for specific tents, but come in a wide range of sizes to suit many popular tents. They’re also commonly used for awning floors, under kids’ pools, as windbreaks and sails, and more. C-Gear’s L-Shaped Multimat is both reversible and rotatable, particularly ideal for use under a 270 or 180 4WD awning.

The Oztrail Ultramesh provides many of the same benefits as the purpose-made footprints, but at a lower price. As for the C-Gear Multimat – heck, they can be used as helipads!

A mesh tarp is probably the most versatile option for a groundsheet. Image: Coleman Australia

Made from a heavier-duty shade cloth material, mesh groundsheets allow moisture, dirt, and debris to fall through. Image: Paul Goodsell

Solid Style

Solid styles aren’t made to fit, but also come in a range of sizes to suit. These aren’t as popular as mesh due to restrictions now placed upon them in caravan and camping parks.

The pros of the solid style groundsheets include that they offer more protection, compared to mesh. They’re also lower in cost, and may provide insulation against the cold ground.

While being a little easier to clean and providing a solid defense, solid groundsheets don’t allow for grass to breathe, can increase the chance of condensation and, worse still, will collect water underneath your tent floor when it rains (as opposed allowing it to fall through). The latter is especially true if you select one that is too large.

At Snowys, the most common style of solid groundsheet available is the humble and multi-purposeful tarp. Nothing is more versatile than a quality tarp (or ‘tarpaulin’). You can use one to waterproof the gear in your trailer or roof rack, then throw it under the tent while you camp. Tarps are available in all sorts of shapes, sizes, and thicknesses.

Solid heavy duty tarps are more hardwearing and offer more protection. Image: Ben Trewren

DIY Groundsheets

The last option for a groundsheet is to get a little creative with items you may already have!

You might have some extra shade cloth, building materials such as Tyvek or plastic, Sisalation (used for insulation), disposed-of curtains, or old pool covers. There are a few possibilities here for you to recycle what you already own. Hikers could consider using items such as an emergency blanket from their first aid kit too.

There are a few possibilities in recycling what you already own. Image: Coleman

A great option is to re-purpose what you already have as a groundsheet. Image: Ben Trewren

Measuring Up for a Groundsheet

A question we get asked a lot here at Snowys is, ‘will this groundsheet fit my tent?’

So, here’s how we figure out whether a groundsheet will work:

1. What Area do You Want to Cover?

You need to first think about what space you want to cover with a groundsheet. The base of the swag or tent is a given, but would you like some protection throughout the awning area(s), or beyond the perimeter of the tent itself?

2. Check Your Tent’s Dimensions

Once you’ve decided on the area you want to cover, look at the external dimensions of your tent. We list these in the ‘specifications’ column on each of our products pages, as well as in the tent floorplan (usually the last image). This will give you an idea of measurements for the area size you want to cover.

Once you’ve seen the sizes available, determine whether you’ll be able to acquire the coverage you’re after with one groundsheet or if you’ll need two or more together.

3. Making It Fit

It’s unlikely you’ll get the perfect fit. You can opt for a slightly smaller size that doesn’t give complete coverage – this makes it easy initially, but in the long run it leaves your tent exposed to damage.

Alternatively, you could choose a slightly larger size to provide complete coverage. However, you’ll likely need to make some alterations.

You may need to use more than one tarp side by side to achieve a good fit for your shelter. Image: Ben Trewren

Can I Alter my Groundsheet?

We recommend against altering the size of the groundsheet. You’ll risk cutting it crooked, lose valuable coverage for other uses, and remove the reinforced edging (which will cause fraying).

Rather, we’d encourage you to fold the excess underneath the tent, or allow the excess tarp to exceed your tent and peg through the groundsheet.

Pegging through the groundsheet is a common alteration – but to ensure you get it right, here are our tips:

Consider the position of your tent, make the hole, and then reinforce it to prevent fraying. Image: Ben Trewren

How to Properly Peg Through a Groundsheet:

• We recommend laying your groundsheet out, then placing your tent on top of the groundsheet as desired.

• From there, look to peg out the tent as you normally would – but on this occasion, penetrating through the groundsheet.
• Take your time to ensure you only need one attempt at each peg, and only peg what is required.
• Important: you may need to reinforce each hole with tape or brass eyelets to stop it from fraying or continuing to rip. You can do this by using a heavy-duty tape, an adhesive glue, or stitching strong thread around each hole.
• It’s also worth noting on your groundsheet where the front/rear is, so that your tent and holes align next time.

Ben and Lauren discuss groundsheets in Episode 69 of the Snowys Camping Show:

If you have any further questions about protecting your tent, fire away in the comments!

The post Guide to Choosing the Right Size Groundsheet appeared first on Snowys Blog.

From wet weather tips and coffee at the campsite, to the best bags, mending swags, what they can’t camp without, and how to get around – this blog covers the first of a two-part series on the questions asked of our resident gear gurus – Ben and Lauren.

From wet weather tips to coffee at the campsite – read on for answers to some of our most-asked questions! Image: Sea to Summit

Camping

‘What are your favourite items of camping equipment?’

Ben’s favourite is his Aeropress coffee maker and X-Pot kettle from Sea to Summit, plus his solar panels so he can travel further off the grid. Lauren is very fond of her Cecil & Co Campfire Water Boiler which she uses with her 12V shower for steaming hot bush showers, her trusty Scrubba wash bag for cleaning clothes, and her Hillbilly cookstand for campfire cooking.

‘What do you look for when choosing a campsite? Do you have any local favs?’

Lauren admits that she doesn’t like to share her favourite spots, as there have been some great campsites in the past that have become trashed after gaining popularity. In terms of finding a good spot, she says WikiCamps has been helpful as you can filter both your region and requirements. Lauren now looks for bush camps / campsites with minimal amenities, are nearby a water source, offer space for kids to roam, and allow both dogs and campfires (within fire season). Ben largely feels the same, as he prefers more remote camping where there is plenty of space and solitude.

‘It would be cool to see your setups – Ben’s sounds quite interesting.’

You can hear more about Ben and Lauren’s setups in the Episode 71 and Episode 72 of the Snowys Camping Show:

‘There are many women camping solo these days. I am 59, and I would love to know what products make camping easier and safer for me.’

Instant Up Tents are a good example of easy, user-friendly camping gear. Lauren hasn’t solo-camped much in her time, but some contributors in our Facebook group have shared tips like taking an extra chair and leaving an empty can or beer bottle to give the impression of another camper’s presence. Also, having a way to communicate in terms of safety, be that some sort of messenger device to connect with your loved ones or a UHF radio for calling for assistance. This will provide some peace of mind.

‘Tips for taking toddlers camping?’

Having touched on both camping with kids and camping with teenagers, Lauren and Ben maintain their suggestion to allow children the freedom to explore in safe areas (i.e. away from spaces prone to snakes). Navigate the nooks and crannies with them, and foster a respect and wonder for natural environments. 

Along with old, worn clothing, Lauren recommends packing your child/ren a waterproof over-suit for winter camping, thrown on with a pair of gumboots for perfectly protected play among the mud puddles. She also comments that camping in caravan parks often presents more problems than setting up out in the open, where cars and other children tearing up the tracks on bikes can create a cramped and crowded space for toddlers. In the bush, parents can instead establish the clear perimeters their children can roam to, and eliminate any worries about washing. On that, Lauren suggests doubling a trug as both a washing basin and a bath.

For sleeping, Ben recommends creating a barrier either side of your child to prevent them from rolling off their mat. Especially in the winter, waking up in the middle of the night on the cold, hard floor can make defying the outdoors the following day difficult – and in some cases, cause sickness. Additionally, Lauren strongly suggests avoiding kids’ sleeping bags. In her experience, they’ve never offered the same level of warmth, longevity, or adequate length as the adult designs. Instead, simply purchase a standard sized bag, and either fold in half or block off at the end to prevent your pocket-sized humans from slipping too far into the sack.

Oh, and of course – be sure to not to skimp on the snacks!

‘What’s the right way to stake a tent?

Some say 45° away from tent, others 45° toward the tent, and some say vertically. Confusion reigns. For me, it’s critical the tent remains secure in wind!’

The top of the peg should be pointing away from the tent – so when you’re hammering it into the ground, it’s angled away from the tent.

‘On my lap around Australia, what is recommended: ute canopy, camper trailer, or caravan?’

For those travelling as a couple without children, Lauren and Ben suggest using a Ute canopy as opposed to attempting to tow a camper trailer or caravan. Nonetheless, in cases where campers feel comfortable leaving them stationary somewhere for long periods of time, caravans and trailers can provide a roomy, humble alternative.

That said, Ben agrees that an easier-to-set-up sanctuary is more economical and beneficial for a dynamic duo. The money saved on a camper trailer can instead be invested in upgrading your vehicle’s Gross Vehicle Mass (GVM) to accommodate a substantial rooftop tent. Ben suggests a thorough investigation into the style of rooftop tent you purchase, given some are easy to set up while others require the use of pegs and guy ropes.  

‘Do you consider using a caravan “camping”?’

In short, no – but it doesn’t matter what it’s called, doing what you enjoy is what matters. At the end of the day, it’s still a valuable pursuit. According to the Oxford Dictionary, camping is defined as: ‘The activity of spending a holiday living in a tent’. So, there you have it!

‘What are your thoughts about the future of Australian manufacturing within the camping/hiking and touring sector?’

Both Ben and Lauren believe that it’s important to support Australian-made and Australian-owned companies whenever possible. The COVID-19 pandemic highlighted many supply chain issues in every industry, but the market has been that way for quite some time in regards to overseas manufacturing. Keep in mind that just because a product is made offshore doesn’t mean it’s poor quality. Many Aussie family-owned brands choose to manufacture overseas due to the limited options in Australia with technology and machinery, so it’s a complex topic that should be considered from all angles.

Ben and Lauren chat with Laine and Erin Wescombe of Blacksmith Camping Supplies about everything Aussie Manufacturing:

‘Regarding First Aid, what knowledge is essential for campers and what items do you never leave without in your first aid kit?’

It’s good to have as much knowledge as you can if you’re heading somewhere remote, with a basic first aid course as the minimum. Keep some extra items in your first aid kit to cater for your specific needs as well. Lauren also mentions that it’s important to have an alternative method of communication if you frequently travel to areas where there isn’t a reliable phone signal. This could be in the form of a satellite communicator, satellite phone, or PLB. Even with some First Aid training, if there’s a life-threatening emergency, urgent medical attention will be required.

‘Ben – you always seem very focused on weight and functionality (rightfully so), but what do you take camping that isn’t necessary and something you consider a luxury?’

If it’s a luxury item, Ben usually doesn’t take it. That said, when he travelled up north (where it’s hot and humid), he carried a 12V Breezeway Fan from Outdoor Connection to keep his family cool.

Navigate the nooks and crannies with your kids, and foster a respect and wonder for natural environments. Image: Coleman

Sleeping Gear

‘I currently have 50mm thick, self-inflatable sleeping mats for my family car-camping trips.

I am finding lately that the mats don’t self-inflate as much as they used to, and aren’t as comfortable. I was thinking of going for hiking air mattresses with insulation, so they can be also used for canoe camping and the odd hike. Are these a good option, or should I consider something else?’

You could certainly use an air mat – but one of the main benefits of a self-inflating foam mat is that if there’s a puncture, you will still have some insulation to sleep on. Consider that you might have different comfort standards when you’re hiking compared to when you go family camping. You might want to go for a self-inflating mat designed for hiking, as they’re more durable and comfortable but still fairly lightweight.

‘Where can I find mattress toppers for swags?’

For those who are unfamiliar with a mattress topper – this is a corresponding product that provides added padding and comfort to an existing mattress. Where some have walls like a fitted sheet, others are simply a mat of synthetic fibre, down, merino or wool. Lauren recommends merino for adequate temperature regulation, while Ben simply utilises a fitted bed sheet that he tucks beneath the mattress sides.

While residential mattress sizes don’t align with those of swags, Lauren suggests visiting Target, K-Mart, Spotlight, or other hardware and homeware stores for adequate options.

‘Stretcher bed Vs air bed Vs self-inflating mat?

Particular consideration for those with back issues, knee issues, hand issues (i.e. comfort, getting up off the ground, assembling equipment, or closing valves)?’

Ben and Lauren reckon the best option for someone who might have limited mobility would be a stretcher that provides elevation, plus a self-inflating mat with a two-way valve so it’s easier to set up and pack away.

Consider that your comfort standards when you’re hiking will be different compared to when you go family camping. Image: Exped

‘What’s the best sleeping bag for men, and what’s the best for women?’

This is a complicated question as there are many factors, and most bags in the higher price bracket will perform similarly. Once you decide on either a synthetic or down bag, narrow it down to the fit, look for an EN rating, and consider size and packability.

Ben and Lauren also recommend listening to their interview with Sea to Summit discussing sleep systems, which might help with the decision-making process.

‘I bought a brand new down sleeping bag but it has a strong smell, like a wet dog.

I’m wondering if the down inside is bad, or something’s wrong with the bag? Is it normal that new down bags stink?’

This is totally normal and very common. Keep in mind, feathers are a natural fibre, so they will have a natural scent that will fade over time. Some people are more sensitive to it than others, but there are some things you can do to minimise it like taking it out of its storage sack and hanging it up in your wardrobe to ventilate. You also have the option of washing your down bag, but wetting the feathers can sometimes intensify the smell. We recommend keeping it dry, airing it, and just being patient.

‘Best sleeping bags for bigger people?’

For the taller campers, Sea to Summit offer longer-style sleeping bags. At 185cm, Ben fits a regular sized bag, while at 191cm tall Lauren’s partner is better suited to a longer design.

For those who are simply broader – or as Lauren calls it, ‘cuddlier’ – women-specific designs by Sea to Summit are narrower in the shoulders but allow more room in the hip area. Additionally, their Amplitude and Basecamp series mirror a large sack, feature two warmth ratings, and are significantly more spacious. Lauren describes their appearance as a fluffy balloon, boasting a huge internal circumference for star-fishing and spreading wide. These particular styles are popular among motorcycle tourists too.
Unlike the Mummy shaped design – wide at the shoulders, tapering at the feet – the rectangular fit maintains the same measure of room from head to toe. The Sea to Summit website indicates the internal circumference of their sleeping bags, as well as hip and shoulder measurements.

Like Sea to Summit, Darche also offer a 1100 sleeping bag that aligns with a King-King-Single size. While this doesn’t quite meet the same volume of space as a double, it is larger than a single and thus still offers a roomy alternative.

Weather Protection

‘What is the best rain jacket and best down jacket for men, what’s the best for women?’

This is a tricky one, as we don’t sell clothing at Snowys; it’s not our area of speciality. Essentially, when it comes to the top-of-the-range, high-quality clothing (where you’re spending $500+), the differences will likely be minor.

Generally, we would say that the hallmark of a high-quality rain jacket would be breathable waterproof fabric with ventilation and a good hood.

In terms of down jackets – if you’re just looking for one to wear around town, you could definitely go for something more affordable. However, if you’re using it for technical applications, look for models that use responsibly sourced down, have a good warmth-to-weight ratio, and feature water-resistant fabric.

‘Has anyone made up their own windbreak?

I was thinking of using shade cloth and star droppers. I think star droppers might be on the heavy and awkward-to-store side of things though – are there aluminium poles that would be suitable?’

Definitely – but we would suggest not taking star droppers as they are heavy, so could be dangerous in an accident. Even if strapped on tightly, it will become a spear if it begins to move with too much weight around it. Whatever you put on the roof rack must be secure. Aluminium poles will help save weight, so they are a good choice – plus, you’ll need good pegs and guy ropes. Ben recommends taking a mesh tarp folded in half, as this will mediate and slow the wind without putting too much stress on the poles.

‘Do you always pack clothing for any weather, or do you only ever pack for expected weather?’

Ben is a light packer, so he plans based on the expected weather forecast – although he might take a pair of pants and a light jumper sometimes, just in case. Lauren follows the same principle, though she might occasionally throw in a pair of comfy longer pants for wearing around camp. Regardless of the weather, she always packs a thick pair of socks to help her stay warm.

‘Tips or tricks for camping in the rain?’

In previous episodes, Lauren and Ben have touched on some logistics surrounding camping in wetter weather. Nonetheless, Ben encourages campers to enjoy the pitter-patter of raindrops on the still, damper days.

To prepare for the no-so-pleasant occasions, assess the weather predictions via the Bureau of Meteorology (BOM) or your local agency. At the campsite, ensure guys ropes are taught, the fly is fully tensioned to ensure efficient funneling of rain, and establish a sheltered space for cooking and socialising, such as a spare tarp or gazebo.

Stick to lighting brands that are known for quality, such as Ledlenser. Image: Ledlenser

Electronics, Lighting, and Power

‘I’m thinking of buying a good head torch, but I don’t know if it’s worth spending good dollars on one or just replacing cheap ones as they stuff up…’

Ben’s approach to gear is that the fewer items thrown away, the better. Generally, with head torches, you get what you pay for. Ben has had a Princeton Tec head torch for 15 years which cost around $100. It has been on many adventures with him, and is still going strong! Stick to brands that are known for quality such as Black Diamond, Petzl, Silva, Ledlenser, or Nitecore.

For Lauren, the most important factors are that the unit is rechargeable and the battery can be replaced. She has used BioLite torchs in the past, but the internal battery can’t be replaced – this means that eventually it will end up in landfill. Instead, she now uses a Petzl Tikkina headlamp with a replaceable battery.

‘How do I determine the best small option for recharging my phone when camping, away from power points and a stationary vehicle, for 4-5 days?’

We would say start by working out what devices you’re going to use (e.g. just your phone, or other gear) and how much you want to use each device. Generally though, a small 20mAh powerbank should be suitable as something you can charge at home or while you drive.

Tents

‘Thoughts on camper trailers Vs tents for young family camping?’

Camper trailers are great for those who have the space at home to store them, are happy to tow, and also spend the initial investment by purchasing one. However, some limitations are that they can be time-consuming to put up, involve more maintenance, and require space for storage at home. That said, camper trailers are convenient and easier to get going with on your adventures –especially with kids.

‘Here’s one for Ben: would you take a hiking tent on your regular car-camping trips, or a larger tent?

Also, do you have an AGM battery in the car, or Lithium? If not Lithium, will you make the switch eventually?’

In his younger days, Ben was a hiker who took his lightweight tent on camping trips – but as his family grew, he upgraded to an older-style Black Wolf Tuff tent. He then upgraded to an Oztent RV5 tent for outback adventures, which is what he and his family still use now.

Currently, he has a lead-acid auxiliary and main battery, so he can charge them both with the same profile. That said, he would like to switch to lithium in the future to save weight.

Which tents on the market are the easiest and most efficient to set up and pack down for a newbie?

Lauren believes that the easiest to set up would be an air tent or an Instant Up design. Ben recommends checking out a basic dome tent, as you can’t really go wrong with good quality construction and thoughtful design.

‘What do you think of cheaper tents found at department stores?’

If you’re looking for a tent to survive a couple of uses, they will be fine – but if you want something that will stand up to many years of use, generally you do get what you pay for. If you were to have an issue with it, it’s unlikely that spare parts would be available, so even though the tent can be replaced through warranty the broken one will end up in landfill. We’d say the better approach is to buy once, buy right – so you can enjoy your shelter over many adventures.

A Muk Mat will help to prevent beach, bush, and campground grit from making its way indoors. Image: Muk Mat

Gear, Campsite, and General Maintenance

‘How can we limit the amount of sand and dirt little feet bring into our swags?

We have a 3-week trip planned with a mixture of beach, bush, and campground swagging with a 2- and 5-year-old!

You probably won’t be able to prevent this entirely, but you can manage it by keeping your shoes outside the swag. Putting a Muk Mat or some sort of foam matting outside as a doormat will help, as well as keeping a dustpan and brush on the inside to help get rid of any dirt on your bedding.

‘How can we keep pesky pests at bay? Wildlife sure are experts at penetrating defences!’

Lauren hasn’t really experienced issues with wildlife, as she camps with dogs and kids (so the noise probably keeps them at arm’s length). Neither has Ben. However, some general tips would be to keep food scraps secure, cover up and use insect repellents, set up orange lighting to deter bugs, and keep your tent zipped closed.

‘What is the best option for managing mozzies in particular when camping?’

As Ben’s wife is a mozzie-magnet, he suggests using EVERYTHING!

Some repellants include Thermocells, DEET, mosquito nets, sprays, and coils in still climates. For chemical-free prevention strategies, cover bare skin with long-sleeved clothing, keep screens and panels securely zipped, and simply factor a barrier of any kind into your camp set-up. For more tactics, check out Ep31 – Creepy Crawlies at the Campsite – or this blog on the many ways to repel bugs while camping.

‘How can I fix a snapped swag pole?’

For snapped fibreglass or alloy poles, the swag pole repair kit by Darche is a helpful henchman. For aluminium repairs, Darche offer two different kits – one for angular, segmental swags, and the other for arched hoops found in dome designs.

Replacement fibreglass poles of the same diameter can be sourced and simply cut to length, while repairing a breakage or snap is often done using the small tube-like sleeve (ferrule) included with most swags. Simply slide this over the top of the rupture and secure with duct tape for a temporary, stable fix lasting the remainder of a trip. Lauren demonstrates how to approach this in a Snowys YouTube video.

As for alloy poles, these are more difficult to repair or replace. Lauren and Ben suggest returning to the respective manufacturer for assistance.

‘Any unpacking, at-home rituals? Tips on gear checks and maintenance? Wet or windy weather activities?’

Ben and his family try to unpack straight away following a camping trip, before they do anything else. He generally makes notes while camping of anything that needs to be addressed or refilled, so it’s easy to sort everything upon arriving home. Lauren tends to leave it to the next day as she usually arrives home from her trips quite late. As her van is not their daily car, it doesn’t need to be unpacked straight away – however, she does take out the laundry, rubbish, and any leftover food.

In terms of activities on a rainy or windy day, Ben and Lauren suggest playing cards, games, reading a book, or listening to music to pass the time.

Ben loves making pizza and damper on the campfire. Image: Campfire

Camp Cooking and Food

‘Best coffee makers for camping?’

A good question for Ben, who maintains that the AeroPress or Wacaco are the most ideal coffee brewers out bush. While an AeroPress can simply be filled with water before a dash of cold milk, the Wacaco produces a traditional espresso shot that requires heated milk to produce an equally hot, hearty cup.

For the super hardcore hot coffee fanatics, some large silver stove-top setups produce espresso and steam milk simultaneously. Boiling the water builds up pressure, creating the shot and concurrently steaming the milk.

‘What’s your favourite recipe for camp stoves and open fires?’

In terms of campfire recipes, Ben loves making pizza and damper, while Lauren is a fan of a bacon and eggs brekkie or stewed lamb shanks in a camp oven. If you’re looking for inspiration, the Fire to Fork cookbook is a good place to start.

Camp stove cooking can be restrictive, but you could get fancy with pasta sauces or use a hotplate to cook a BBQ. Lauren mainly just pre-cooks meals at home and vacuum seals them to reheat in boiling water. This saves gas, time, and cleaning up.

Ben and Lauren chat with Fire to Fork’s Harry Fisher about all things campfire cooking:

‘What food is best to leave in the pantry for short overnight stops (product review on Back Country or Outdoor Gourmet food brands)?’

While Lauren and Ben have previously tapped into freeze-dried and dehydrated meals, they plan to present a more hands-on, detailed demonstration that offers a better sense of how these packet foods look, taste, and cook. Until then, Lauren offers her opinion, essentially describing them as hit-or-miss. Ben and Lauren often have opposing views depending on the brand or choice of meal, which is ultimately suggestive of how subjective freeze-dried and rehydrated food reviews really are.

The appeal of freeze-dried meals comes from their convenience on lightweight adventures, and so aren’t a pleasing enough substitute for a meal on occasions when standard food would otherwise be consumed. For example, Ben’s go-to pasta recipe on his most recent camping holiday used canned vegetables which, in comparison to packet meals, allowed a ‘fresher’-tasting dinner. That said, the Radix brand of freeze-dried food is commonly preferred over others, with a greater resemblance to standard meals.

Overall, Ben suggests canned or long-life food to keep overnight in the pantry, given no refrigeration is required. On that, products displaying a ‘best before’ date often has greater flexibility around the consumption timeline than that of a ‘use by’. That said, the further it surpasses its date stamp, the more it drops in quality and flavour.

Other alternatives include the Offgrid and Go Native brand of heat-and-eat packet food. Go Native is preserved via ‘retort packaging’. This method involves sealing the cooked food while still hot, as opposed to dehydrating. From here, the packet simply requires reheating with boiling water. Ben recommends this as a hearty alternative to other packet meals.

‘Best ultralight cutlery and crockery for hiking, at the lowest price?’

Our podcast hosts both agree that the Sea to Summit polypropylene set is the most cost-efficient and effective hiking cutlery, at just under five dollars per set. Bundled as a fork, spoon, and knife, simply link with a carabiner for a no-fuss food-friendly system. The Delta range of cutlery is shorter, constructed with durable polypropylene and the same reinforced nylon plastic, finished with a flexible plastic carabiner for keeping neat and collected amongst your clutter.  

For crockery, the Sea to Summit Delta bowl and/or plate is a lightweight option. When hiking, a bowl is generally all that’s required, while the additional plate often bodes better for a camping-style holiday.

Ultimately though, Lauren insists that if your camp cutlery isn’t comfortable to hold, the eating experience is thrown completely off course! For that reason – and all lightweight, cost-effective suggestions aside – she carries a set of standard steel cutlery in her camping kit.

Offgrid is an example of fresh, heat-and-eat packaged food, great for overnight stops. Image: Offgrid

OK, now let’s be real for a second…

‘The Snowys products Ben and Lauren couldn’t go without?’

A coffee connoisseur at the campsite, Ben’s response – an AeroPress – is hardly a surprise. His commonly coined nickname ‘Safety Ben’ has him sheepishly admitting that his choice should probably be something more along the lines of a first aid kit or a swag. Nonetheless, he can’t go without coffee – and wasn’t that the question?!

On the other hand, Lauren claims that her Scrubba Wash Bag and Collapsible Space Saving tubs are the most-used, well-loved, not-to-be-forgotten tackle in her pack. After not taking her washbag on her last getaway, she missed it more than she expected – while her collapsible tubs now allow far more room in her kitchen, holding large pats of butter, avocado halves, and wads of bacon.

‘Favoured Snowys products by Snowys staff?’

Jess from Customer Service: a sleeping bag liner. Versatile throughout both warm and wintery weather, this product also keeps her sleeping bag clean.

Sam from Customer Service: trekking poles. Be it for relieving pressure from the knees, hoisting herself up hills, checking the levels of mud holes before heaving across hip-deep, or flipped upside-down for use as tent poles – Sam believes that trekking poles offer true camping comradery.

Laine from the Web Team: a soft-sided cooler and luggage scales. Too often has he left beers behind at a BBQ in someone else’s fridge, so his cooler is now his personal, portable cranny for the cold ones. Thanks to his luggage scales too, he now beats getting burnt at the JetStar luggage check-in, previously packing too much tackle that wavered over the ideal weight.

Cory from IT: his fridge (for keeping his beer), Sea to Summit collapsible X-Cup (for drinking his beer), and Pacsafe waist wallet (…for buying his beer).

Leece from Customer Support: like Ben, an AeroPress – plus a Delta insulated cup.

Michael from the Web Team: a round jaffle iron! Leading up to his travels, Michael would purchase McDonald’s cheeseburgers to keep in the fridge. At the campsite, he simply cooked them in the jaffle iron over the campfire for an even faster fast-food fix!

Brett from the Web Team: the JetBoil Zip. Simply fill, clip, and boil – the perfect stripped-down, lightweight option for fast adventures, covering your coffee fix or for reheating a Radix meal. Lauren owns the JetBoil MiniMo – a short, stocky alternative – which perches perfectly and patiently for her prior to brewing a coffee or tea. An all-round, well-loved product in the Snowys family!

‘When will Snowys open a store in Sydney?’

Unfortunately, to Ben and Lauren’s knowledge, this won’t be a move Snowys will make in the foreseeable future. That said, the ever-evolving, ridgy-didge website successfully accommodates every Snowys supporter around the country!

From swags to Scrubba wash bags, there are some key items that Ben and Lauren can’t go camping without. Image: Darche

For an audio experience, tune into the following episodes as Ben and Lauren address the above questions:

Got a question for Ben and Lauren? Check out Episodes 65, 66, and 92 to hear whether it’s already been answered!

The post Campsite Q&A’s (Part 1) appeared first on Snowys Blog.

1. Exceptional Wind Performance  

Don’t worry, they’re not like bouncy castles that will fly away when the wind picks up! Social media content coming out of New Zealand last summer showed first-hand how Zempire air tents handled the cyclones that hit the country’s east coast. If you haven’t already, view a video example here.

Much of wind performance is down to the tent’s shape and aerodynamics. However, when you compare an air tube that is 10-15cm in diameter with a fibreglass pole that is 8mm in diameter, it’s obvious which will create the more robust structure to handle wind! In extremely high winds, Zempire air tubes are known to bend when under severe stress and bounce back into shape. There’s absolutely no risk of snapping a steel or fibreglass pole, or even bending it out of shape permanently (both of which could also damage the fabric of your tent).  

Don’t worry, air tents aren’t like bouncy castles that will fly away when the wind picks up!

Setting up in windy conditions is also easier with a Zempire air tent, especially with those that feature single-point inflation. There’s less disruption from the wind when you don’t have to thread poles through sleeves, and Zempire air tents also have their flies attached. This makes them a lot easier in comparison to tents that have them detached. Pack-down is also much more straightforward in high winds; the tent simply collapses in a matter of seconds to then be folded, rather than requiring poles to be pulled through the sleeves with the tent flapping around!

Easy Tip: You can increase your wind performance purely by directing the front of your tent away from the prevailing wind.

You’ll be amazed at the time you save not having to refer to an instruction manual every few minutes!

2. Quick Set-Up & Pack Away 

You’ll be amazed at the time you save not having to refer to an instruction manual every few minutes to check what pole goes where! The fastest inflation time we’ve recorded with a Zempire air tent (our Pronto 4 V2) is 17.33 seconds! Pumping up an airframe instead of solving a pole puzzle saves a huge amount of time and brain power, as the air tubes are already attached to the tent. Even some of our largest polyester tents, like our Evo TXL V2 (sleeping up to 8 campers), can be inflated in under two minutes.  
 
Packing away is even faster. Simply undo the Boston valves or air-release taps and watch the air tent collapse in a matter of seconds. Ever been in a situation where you spent a bit too long at the beach and feel the rain coming in? An air tent’s simple deflation process takes the stress out of pack-down and sends you on the road much faster. More than anything, it’ll have your camping holiday off to a good start, and packing everything back into the car a lot easier!

Camping excursions are supposed to be relaxing, and Zempire air tents make that possible.

3. Simple and Convenient – You’ll Go Camping More Often! 

The majority of Zempire air tents are a one-person task to set up, and you don’t need to be a camping expert. That said, there are plenty in our Zempire family! It’s literally as simple as rolling the tent out, pegging it down, and pumping it up. In fact, the hardest part may be choosing whether you want to manually pump it up, or use an electric pump like our Supercell to do the work for you.  
 
If you’re camping with your family, an adult can look after the kids while another can solely take care of setting up the tent. If it’s raining, only one person needs to step outside to pitch an air tent while the rest stay dry in the car. Convenient, right? Camping excursions are supposed to be relaxing, and Zempire air tents make that possible. You’ll naturally go camping more often, feel more confident with setup, and enjoy your time in the outdoors even more.  

Taking care of your tent to increase its longevity is easy, so you can camp in comfort for years to come.

4. Durable and Easy to Maintain 

Don’t you hate it when you open a tent bag and loads of different pieces fall out? Not only do you then have to figure out what each one is, you also must solve what goes where. Then there’s the option of a Zempire air tent, which only has two other bags inside the tent bag simply featuring the pump and the pegs! This massively decreases the risk of losing any equipment crucial for your campsite, and makes it easy to maintain. Sure, you may need to remove some dirt from your pegs, but you will avoid the endless supply of poles to clean too!

If you need to dry your tent after a camping holiday, it’s a lot simpler to do this with a Zempire air tent since they’re so fast to inflate. Taking care of your tent to increase its longevity is easy, so you can camp in comfort for years to come. Not only are Zempire air tents easy to maintain, they also feature highly durable materials – so you can camp with confidence knowing they’ll hold up in less-than-ideal conditions. The lowest waterhead rating on a Zempire polyester air tent is 3,000mm. It only goes up from there!

Most kids jump at the chance to have a turn at pumping up air tents, and are quick to put their hand up to deflate them too!

5. They’re Fun (and Known to Save Relationships!)  

We hear time and time again from our Zempire Family that our air tents have saved relationships and marriages! While we take it with a grain of salt, it’s true that there is less time and reason for campsite disputes when you have an air tent, in comparison to more traditional models.   

They’re also fun… so technically that’s six reasons! There is a unique novelty to watching an air tent pop up after inflation and collapse on deflation. It never gets old undoing the Boston valves to see the tent deflate quickly with a flick of the wrist!  We’ve also found that most kids jump at the chance to have a turn at pumping up air tents, and are quick to put their hand up to deflate them too!

With the ease and convenience of an air tent, you’ll naturally go camping more often and enjoy your time in the outdoors even more.  

There you have it. If you were looking for a reason to become an air tent owner – now you have five!

Convinced? Already own one? Let us know in the comments!

The post 5 Reasons to Own an Air Tent appeared first on Snowys Blog.

In this blog, we bivvy down on how to effectively wash a down sleeping bag for sweeter dreams and squeaky-clean camping trips.

Let’s get down to it…

Your bag is built for adventure, but it’s important to keep it clean. Image: Sea to Summit

What’s Required?

1. Down wash – specialised down wash is formulated to clean and restore the water repellency, without damaging the fill. This is why it’s important to use it instead of conventional detergents.
2. Large front-loading washing machine – Yep, you’re going to have to get yourself down to the local laundromat! Home washing machines are too small, lacking enough circulation of water to clean the bag efficiently. Top-loading washing machines generally also have an agitator, which can damage the baffles on your bag. For these reasons, it’s best to avoid them.
3. Front-loading dryer – It’s ideal to use the biggest dryer you have available to you. If you’re finding you need to stuff it into your dryer, it’s too small and the bag won’t dry efficiently. This can cause damage to your bag.
4. Tennis balls or wool dryer balls – this is to ensure that the down doesn’t clump together as it dries.

You’ll need some down wash, tennis or dryer balls, a large front loader, and a front-loading dryer.

What to Avoid

• Bleach, conventional detergents, or washing powder
• Top-loading washing machines
• Dry-cleaning

Washing Your Down Sleeping Bag in a Large Front Loader Machine

Check the wash instructions on your sleeping bag, as this will provide specific information about what temperature to set the machine and the settings to apply.

1. Turn the bag inside out and put it in the machine
2. Ensure there isn’t residual washing powder in there first, before adding the volume of down wash according to the label
3. Set the machine to the correct temperature, and set to the ‘delicate’ or ‘gentle’ cycle
4. Remove when the cycle has finished, and check it over

Add to the tumble dryer on the ‘low heat’ (‘gentle’) setting, with dryer or tennis balls to prevent clumping

After washing, pop your sleeping bag in a dryer with some tennis balls to prevent clumping.

Handwashing Your Down Sleeping Bag in the Bathtub

1. Turn the bag inside out with all the zips and tabs closed
2. Fill your bathtub with lukewarm water (or whatever temperature the bag’s instructions suggest)
3. Add the recommended volume of down wash
4. Lie the bag out flat in the tub, and gently massage in the wash
5. Leave it to soak for about an hour
6. Drain the tub and fill it will water to rinse the bag
7. Leave to soak in the water for around 15 minutes
8. Gently press on the bag remove the soap, and repeat this a couple of times until no suds remain
9. Drain the tub, then press on the bag gently to remove excess water
10. If your dryer is not big enough, you can take it to your local laundromat. Or, lay it out flat on a drying rack or clothesline in a warm, ventilated area – indoors or outdoors. You will need to give it a gentle shake every now and again to ensure the down doesn’t clump.

A down sleeping bag needs to remain in good condition to perform ideally in severe weather conditions. Image: Sea to Summit

Keeping Your Down Bag in Good Condition

Sleeping Bag Liners

Use a sleeping bag liner every single time you use the bag. This will minimise the sweat and oils from your skin that tarnish the bag and affect its insulation.

Go to Bed Clean!

On a longer trek, this may be tricky to avoid – but try not to sleep in your bag wearing dirty clothing. Wipe down your face and neck with a baby wipe too, as this is where most of the oils can rub off and onto the hood. Essentially, the cleaner you are in your bag, the less dirty your bag will become.

Using a clean liner will prevent oil and dirt from building up inside your newly clean bag. 

Spot Clean

If you do spill or smear something on your bag, spot clean it as soon as you can with a damp cloth.

Air it Out After Use

When you arrive home from a trip, spread your sleeping out to air-dry for a couple of hours. This will dry any residual moisture from sweat or condensation.

If you do spill or smear something on your bag, spot clean it as soon as you can. Image: Sea to Summit

Store it Properly

Avoid storing your bag in its compression stuff sack, as this can damage the down and reduce its performance. Instead, stash it in the larger storage bag that it comes equipped with. This will help to keep the fill in good condition for as long as possible.

That’s all, Folks!

Don’t put off washing your down sleeping bag any longer – just like the feeling of fresh sheets, a freshly laundered bag is going to feel amazing after a vigorous day of adventure!

Just like the feeling of fresh sheets, a freshly laundered bag is going to feel amazing after a vigorous day of adventure! Image: Sea to Summit

When was the last time you washed your down bag (if ever)? Go on, be honest!

The post How to Wash a Down Sleeping Bag appeared first on Snowys Blog.

In fact, we consider it in almost every aspect of life, sometimes subconsciously.

Where will we sit in the cinema?

Where’s the best position on the sidelines of a sports game to catch all the action?

What’s the most ideal spot around the campfire for maximum warmth and minimum smoke?

Of course, the most important factor is the seat itself. The comfort and convenience of the chair beneath your derrière can make or break a social experience (well, aside from the jokes you tell). At the campsite, usually on offer is the modest wooden log, the humble tree stump, the ground, possibly your mate’s lap… or any of the camp chairs in this year’s best sellers list!

Stripped of all bias, this selection is based on our sales data over the previous 12 months. From padded backs and Hotspot pockets to quad-fold designs and knick-knack holders, take a seat and read up on what makes these the most popular camp chairs for 2023.

From padded backs and Hotspot pockets to quad-fold designs and knick-knack holders, take a seat and read up! Image: Oztent

Best All-Rounder

Oztent King Goanna

One of the most comfortable chairs on the market, the King Goanna Chair provides hours of seating comfort in every Aussie campsite.

Boasting a tough 600D fabric over a heavy-duty steel frame, the chair features front support struts and machined steel feet to support up to 200kg. A fully padded seat combined with adjustable lumbar support also delivers ultimate tailored comfort, while two insulated drink holders and accessory pockets keep necessities at hand too. For added warmth in the wintery weather, check out the Hotspot version too.

With added padding on the carry bag for safe and secure storage, the King Goanna delivers years of reliability at the campsite.

Oztent King Goanna Chair

Best for the Beach and Beats on the Green

Coleman Deluxe Mesh Event, Mesh Quad, and Low Sling Quad

Great things come in three’s, like this triplet of retreat seats by Coleman!

Firstly, a great value chair for any outdoor event is the Deluxe Mesh Event, offering cool but compact comfort. With a low-seated design and super strong mesh for breathability, kick back and enjoy the outdoors with an easy, breezy, seating solution in warmer weather. At a lightweight 2.9kg too, it remains neat and compact when packed into its included carry bag.

Next, the Mesh Quad Beach chair has been designed for seaside serenity in the sand, featuring a clever, four-point attached sand guard to prevent sinking while seated. A sturdy powder-coated steel frame and durable 600D seat with mesh keeps you cool while allowing sand to sift through too. Keep the bevvies at your beckoned call thanks to the cup holder, while an included carry bag offers simple storage and transport from the backseat to the seaside. Bask in the coastal breeze on a beach chair that cares – the Mesh Quad by Coleman.

Lastly – from absorbing that sunrise at dawn to dozing off at the water’s edge, the comfy but compact Low Sling Quad offers true beachside tranquility. A durable powder-coated steel frame sits close to the ground to allow the stretching of the legs, while a mesh cup holder keeps hydration handy and padded armrests provide added comfort. Plus, a quad-fold design enables compact packing into the included carry bag for convenient storage.

Left to Right: Coleman Deluxe Mesh Event Chair, Mesh Quad Chair, and Low Sling Quad Chair

Best for the Loafers and Loungers

OZtrail Galaxy 2- and 3-Seater Lounges

It’s never easy to choose between your best mates – until the Galaxy 2- and 3-Seaters waddle their way into camp!

With room for two and three respectively, these extra-long seats boast a hard-wearing 600D denier fabric with double-layer padding, while their powder-coated steel tube frames offer durability against wear, tear, and your derrières! From picnics and campsites to kicking back at a concert, keep the bevvies close by in the integrated wine glass holders at either end and stash your phone, book, or tablet in the mesh pocket too.

Friends are the family we choose for ourselves – until we don’t have to, thanks to the Galaxy 2- and 3-Seaters!

Left to Right: OZtrail Galaxy 3-Seater Lounge and Galaxy 2-Seater Lounge

Best for Cold Weather Camping

Oztent Koala Hotspot Lounge

Like a giant hug on legs, the Koala Hotspot Lounge from Oztent is the cuddliest cradle in our camp chair range!

Fully padded for surrounding comfort, a 600D ripstop polyester fabric covers a durable steel frame boasting a 200kg weight rating. With adjustable lumbar support too, a HotSpot pouch provides passive heat on the frosty mornings and chilly evenings for added consolation at camp. An insulated drink and phone holder on one side keeps the necessities in arm’s reach, while two mesh pockets hold other knick-knacks and essentials for those drawn-out lounge-abouts!

Curl up in cushioned comfort with the Koala Hotspot Lounge.

Oztent Koala Hotspot Lounge Chair

Best for Watching Campsite Drama

BlackWolf Compact Directors

Grab the popcorn.

Featuring a folding steel frame that supports a sturdy seating platform, its durable padded seat and backrest also contribute to its impressive 140kg weight rating. A unique and compact folding action with built-in carry handle makes for easy transport, while a built-in side table, cup holder, and accessory pocket are handy touches.

Lights – camera – BlackWolf! Take action with the Compact Directors Chair.

BlackWolf Compact Directors Chair

Best Stool

Outdoor Connection Multipurpose Compact

Yep, just as it sounds: lightweight, portable, and found beneath your backside.

…Uh, not that kind of stool.

Constructed from durable material, the Multipurpose Compact stools feature a wave cylinder design with multiple locking points for strength and stability. Thanks to a simple pull-and-twist mechanism, they lock into place at your chosen height. Just like that solid piece of stump pretending to be a chair at site, these stools are tough and robust, boasting a 150kg weight rating – plus, a carry handle and adjustable shoulder strap for carrying convenience.

Use as a stool, side table, or footrest!

Outdoor Connection Multipurpose Compact Stools

Best for the All-In-One Campers

OZtrail Resort 5 Position Recliner

From the ongoing outback antics to the serene sunsets, this arm chair transforms the humble camp chair into an outdoor indulgence. 

With padded seating, 600-denier polyester, and a five-stage reclining backrest – kick back after tackling the bumpy 4WD tracks and sink into serenity using the supportive, moulded armrest. Its detachable drink holder takes you from hammering the hills to hands-free hydration in those magic, mountain-top moments.

Thanks to the strong, powder-coated steel tube frame, the OZtrail Resort 5 Position Arm Chair is a tough, trustworthy traveller – ready for when you need to go from slogging, to sitting, to snoozing!

OZtrail Resort 5 Position Armchair

The comfort of the chair beneath your derrière can make or break a social experience! Image: OZtrail

Best for Compact Packing

Helinox Savanna

Make room, because the compact yet impactful Savanna Chair by Helinox has officially taken a seat at the campsite!

The stretch limo of the lightweight and compact Helinox range, this chair provides ultimate comfort when camping, caravanning, or 4WDing! An advanced aluminium alloy frame boasts a dynamic duo of lightweight durability and heavy-duty strength, with strong fibre-reinforced nylon connecting hubs, quality fabrics, and strengthened stitching and panels. With a built-in cup holder, it boasts a compact packed size of just 54cm – plus, cushion your head thanks to a carry bag that doubles as a neck pillow. 

Kick back in a chair that perches by the campfire with power and pride!

Helinox Savanna Chair

Best Solid-Arm Quad-Fold

Darche Vipor XVI

If ‘solid-arm quad-fold’ sounds like a gym exercise to you, it might be time to sit down.

This absolute unit is the perfect chair to use in the height of summer, thanks to a breathable foam padding and mesh layer on both the seat and back. With a waterproof Neoprene panel sewn at the front too, the top of the chair also curves to form a headrest for added comfort and the ultimate kick-back experience.

A detachable storage pocket features two Velcro pockets, an insulated pocket, and a zippered pouch – so you can settle in for respite with everything in arms’ reach. With a retractable drink holder that tucks in for easy storage too – invest in the Vipor for versatility on every outdoor adventure!  

Darche Vipor XVI Camp Chair

Best Children’s Chair

Coleman Firefly Illumi-Bug

For the kids who like to kick back, the Firefly Illumi-Bug by Coleman provides the ultimate lounge-about hangout!

With glow-in-the-dark designs that kids will love, these cheeky chairs feature an insulated cooler pouch and mesh drink holder – plus a safety lock mechanism to keep the frame secure while in use. Embellished with a padded backrest and additional storage pockets, and bundling compact into their included carry bag – they’re the restful nests that put the ‘fun’ in functionality for the little campers with massive imaginations! Check out the sleeping bags in this range too.

Coleman Firefly Illumi-Bug Kids Chair

Best for the Self-Proclaimed Kings of the Campsite

Oztent King Kokoda

Delivering true rustic royalty, the King Kokoda is the top-selling solid-arm chair – the alfresco throne blending sturdy and solid with tailored support and padded comfort.

Promising years of reliability, a heavy-duty steel frame works with a robust 600D fabric construction, while a fully padded seat combines with adjustable lumbar support to overdeliver on camp comfort. Two insulated drink holders and accessory pockets keep necessities at hand too – plus, a carry bag provides additional padding when stored within the headrest.

Oztent King Kokoda Chair

Ben and Lauren also discuss camp chairs in Episode 64 of the Snowys’ Camping Show:

Any chairs you reckon should have made the list? Let us know in the comments below!

The post Best Camp Chairs for 2023 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

You’ve just spent the day four-wheel driving the dunes, hiking the track, or swimming with the kids. You’re ready to crash early and get a good night’s sleep, but… it doesn’t quite work out that way.

Sometime in the night, you wake to feel the ground firmly beneath you, and –

Pssssssss…

There’s that tell-tale sound. Your air mattress has sprung a leak. Don’t feel deflated – this blog details how to repair and care for a camp mattress when things fall flat on those full-blown outdoor adventures!

Don’t feel deflated – this blog details how to repair and care for a camp mattress. Image: Exped

Watch our YouTube video for Lauren’s step-by-step guide:

Repairing a Mattress

Repairing a leaky airbed or self-inflating mattress is not as daunting as some may think, and it’s the same straightforward process for both. Most airbeds or self-inflating mattresses come complete with a repair kit. If this is ever misplaced, spares are also available.

The Gear Required:

• Existing repair kit (included with your mattress), or a replacement most suited to your needs, or any kit listed in Step 8.
• Spray bottle
• Standard dishwashing liquid
• Water
• Paper towel
• Texta or permanent marker
• Scissors

Step 1

Inflate the Mattress and Spray it Down

First, inflate the mattress fully so that the air behind the leak is under more pressure to escape. Create a solution in your spray bottle of a squeeze of dishwashing liquid and some water.

Start by spraying down the mat, beginning at the base. This part of the mat was touching the ground, so that’s where the puncture is most likely to be.

Step 2

Locate the Puncture

Work systematically, spraying down the entire mattress and watching for any bubbles – these are created by the escaping air. If you have access to a bath, you could also submerge your mattress into soapy bathwater.

If you know exactly where the leak is, you can bypass these first two steps.

Step 3

Mark the Area

‘X’ marks the spot. Use some paper towel to dry off the area, then the marker to clearly mark the spot to not lose sight of where the leak is.

Step 4

Prepare Your Patch and Deflate

Ideally, cut your patch to the size of a 50-cent coin to achieve a decent amount of coverage around the damaged area. You could also get away with something the size of a 20-cent coin.

Round off your patch and trim away any corner pieces that may get caught and rip off your patch.

Deflate your airbed or mattress as much as possible. If you attempt to repair an inflated mattress, there will be air attempting to force its way out of the puncture. This will compromise the repair job.

Thoroughly dry off the area with paper towel too.

Step 5

Apply the Adhesive

Apply the adhesive to the hole, and spread generously around the area to comfortably accommodate the patch.

Step 6

Allow Adhesive to Become Tacky

Leave for a minute or so to allow the glue to become tacky. If you have ever repaired a bike tube before, you’ll know exactly what this means.

Step 7

Apply the Patch

Stick on the patch and hold it in place for a minute or so, ensuring it is flat and bedded firmly in the glue. Apply a little pressure so the edges are sealed.

Note: We recommend cutting a larger patch than what is displayed in the images, with rounded corners (the patch used in the image above is for demonstration purposes only).

As mentioned, a circular patch about the size of a 50-cent piece is ideal. The patches you’ll find in your repair kit are likely to be much more neutral to blend in with the rest of the mattress.

Step 8

Test!

It’s best to allow 8-10 hours of drying time before you reinflate your mattress, so that the glue and patch have properly sealed around the leak. This ensures a long-lasting repair.

You may be cranky in the morning after that sleepless night – but if you get onto the repair job early enough, the patch can do its thing throughout the day so your mattress is good to go again that night.

If the puncture is more of a tear, run a bead of Seam Grip along its length and allow it to dry thoroughly.

Here are some helpful replacement repair kits, if what’s included with your mattress has gone MIA!

• Elemental Air Mattress Repair Kit – a generic repair kit specifically designed for air mattresses. Includes both a vinyl and velour fabric patch.
• Thermarest Permanent Home Repair Kit – perfect for Thermarest mats but can also be used on other self-inflating mattresses.
• Sea to Summit Sleeping Mat Repair Kit – Designed for Sea to Summit mats with Air Sprung Cells technology.
• Gear Aid Field Repair Kit – a multi-purpose repair kit that can be used on all kinds of fabric so long as it’s not silicone treated.
• Gear Aid Seam Grip + WP Sealer & Adhesive – an essential part of any camper’s kit, this stuff is a multi-purpose adhesive that’ll get you out of a bind every time.

There are a few points to remember when using and storing your self-inflating mattress. Image: Exped

Caring for a Self-Inflating Mattress

Here are a few important things to remember when using and storing your self-inflating mattress.

If you’ve deflated a self-inflating mat, rolled it up, and packed away – you may find that when the time comes to retrieve it from its bag on your next camping trip, it doesn’t want to self-inflate. This is because it has been stored deflated for too long.

Inspect the Area

Survey the area where you plan to sleep on your mattress, and remove any small rocks, stones, grass seeds, or anything else sharp enough to puncture it.

This goes for packing away, too – ensure your mat is clean of any small rocks and seeds prior to rolling it up and packing into its bag. A small stone or grass seed could puncture it while packed.

Carry a Mattress Patch Kit

See above for how to best repair a puncture.

Survey the area where you plan to sleep on your mattress. Image: Geordie Wright

Storing Your Mat

Dry

Ensure your mat is as dry as possible prior to rolling it up and packing away. Doing so could mean it sweats, creating mould on both the mat and the inside of its bag. This causes it to smell and potentially become a health hazard.

Unrolled

When you arrive home from your trip, remove your mat from its bag, unroll it, allow it to self-inflate, and ensure it’s clean.

Clean

Wash or wipe over with a damp cloth, and allow it to properly dry.

Ensure your mat is as dry as possible prior to rolling it up and packing away. Image: Exped

Inflated

…in a cool, dark, and dry place. Given it’s fully inflated, ensure it is touching nothing that might puncture it.

Ideal storage places are:

• A shelf or under a bed (lying flat)
• Behind a couch (standing on its side)
• In a cupboard or behind a closed door (standing on its end)
• Hung up (if the mattress has straps)

Keep the Air Valve Open

Keeping the air valve of the mattress open when in storage will allow the mattress to expand and contract. This allows any moisture inside the mattress to gradually dry out too.

If your mattress is not stored fully inflated, the foam or cells inside may crush. As a result, it may become ineffective the next time it’s in use. This is because they may not expand to allow air in through the valve.

Providing that your mattress is looked after properly, it will suffice for many years! Image: Exped

If your self-inflating mattress doesn’t inflate…

If at any point this happens, you can blow in a few puffs of air yourself for added firmness. These mattresses are not designed to be inflated with an air compressor or other types of inflators.

Providing that your mattress is looked after properly, it will suffice for many years. Next time you head out camping, you’ll be thankful to have stored and looked after your mattress well!

Experienced a few leaky air beds in your time? Got any tips to add to this ‘how to’? 

The post Repairing and Caring for a Camp Mattress appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Tired of trying to cook dinner by the dim light of your camping lantern? You may have considered investing in a 12V lighting setup instead. Camping should be comfortable, so if you are finding that your lack of lighting solutions are taking away from that, this article will help you to be better prepared.

Be that adding lights to your tent, caravan, vehicle, annex, or awning – once you’re across the basics, it’s super simple to add illumination to your outdoor apparatus!

Read on for the features of 12V lighting, what you need to know, and the most frequently asked questions.

In this video, our gear guru Ben explains the basics of how to choose 12V camp lighting for beginners. 

Power Options for 12V Lighting

Today, lighting for camping is more affordable, durable, brighter, easier to use, and more compact than ever before. Batteries have also improved, along with the introduction of LEDs and the advancement of solar power technology. Remember the old dolphin torches you’d lug around? Now, you can buy a torch that supersedes them in both battery life and light output, at a quarter of the size and weight. For more on personal and portable lighting options, check out Episode 67 of The Snowys Camping Show:

If you have a 4WD or vehicle set up with decent 12V power, your options for camp lights are endless. Whether it’s an LED flood light, strip lighting, or compact lights – being able to connect to 12V power allows huge potential.

There are a few choices for powering your 12V lighting and other devices when camping. Some factors to consider are:

– Whether the power source can store a charge as well as recharge
– The power output
– The weight and portability
– Whether it has enough outlets for your use

1. Dual Battery

If you already use a portable 12V fridge, fan, or other appliance whilst camping, it’s likely that you already have a dual battery setup.

A second battery can be wired into your vehicle, so that it’s separate from your main battery and will charge while the engine is running (ideally while you’re driving). This enables you to run 12V gear such as fridges, lights, fans, and other equipment without the risk of flattening your battery.

Snowys’ blogger Aaron Schubert runs a dual battery system in the back of his Land Cruiser, so using power for lighting is not an issue. A flood light is used on the back of the 4WD, along with LED strip lighting on the top tailgate and upgraded LED globes for the two interior lights.

A dual battery system is a reliable way to power your gear off the grid. Image: Aaron Schubert

2. 12V Socket

If you don’t have a dual battery and you want to power from your car, you can power your lighting and other gear into the factory-fitted 12V socket of your vehicle. This is generally not an issue with smaller devices such as lanterns, your phone, or smaller tech items. However, if you want to run lights, you might want to consider an alternative or you run the risk of flattening your vehicle’s starter battery within a day.

There’s only so much power you can draw from a single 12V outlet though. If you find the sum of all your ratings is pushing the limits (see below for more detail on this), you’re best to consult an auto electrician to upgrade the cables in your car.

An even better solution is a dual battery system as touched on above, with heavy-duty wiring, cables, and plugs.

3. Power Pack or Power Station

A portable power pack or station is also an option to power your 12V lights. Depending on the product you choose, charge it up from your mains power before you leave, top it up via solar panels, or charge from your vehicle whilst on the road.

To shed more light on 12V lighting, Ben and Lauren also spoke with Hard Korr in Episode 29 of The Snowys Camping Show:

Power Draw

The number of lights you can run from one cigarette socket can get a bit technical, so let’s cover the basics in layman’s terms. A factory fitted cig socket is rated to about 120W or 10A, and the sum of all the ratings of the light bars (for example) you run from the battery can’t go over this.

You may think that this means you can run 20 x 0.48A light bars from a 10A socket (20×4.8 = 9.6A), but this is not the case. If you push power consumption to the limit of the plug, this will cause things to heat up which could become dangerous or damage your gear.

Features to Look For in 12V Lighting

With more options on the market today than you could ever need, it’s becoming important to buy a camping light that is going to do what you need it to do. There’s no point buying a flood light if you can’t connect it to 12V power. Likewise, if you want a light to read a book with in your tent, perhaps a top-of-the-range tactical torch is a little much.

Power Consumption

Check out the specs to ensure the lights have a low power consumption. The more power you use, the faster your batteries need charging. Look for something that is bright enough to do what you need, and no more – or it will chew through your battery supply. Ideally, you want lights with high light output and higher-quality LEDs so they last longer.

If you’re only setting up strip lighting on your car or around your boat, the lumens can be lower given you won’t need as high visibility. This will also help to conserve precious battery power.

Quality and Durability

They say a poor man buys twice! Three dollar lights are worth just that, so don’t waste your money – you’ll go through several of them. It’s also important to consider durability. If your lights are semi-permanently mounted onto your vehicle, they will need to be able to handle the vibrations of your 4WD without becoming damaged.

Remote Control Compatibility

For lights that are mounted somewhere, a remote control is a fantastic option. Dimmers are often included too; turn it on, and dim the light down without having to walk through the dark!

High-quality lights are more durable, brighter and last longer on your adventures. Image: Aaron Schubert

Lighting Options:

LED Strip Lights

The benefits of LED strip lighting are that it’s super easy to install and, considering their low weight, the power output is excellent. They’re also cool to the touch in low applications, have a long life given they don’t require globe replacements, and boast an efficient power draw.

LED Strip and Flexible Tape Lighting

One of the most common lights you’ll see these days when camping is LED strip lighting: a length of LEDs that are mounted inside a waterproof film. You can find flexible tape options that are cut to fit, with adhesive tape on the back and connectors on each end. These are usually low-powered, so not super bright like other lighting options – thought this means they use up very little energy.

They are low-cost, and can be installed by virtually anyone. You can cut them every 10 or so centimetres, join them easily, and attach them to pretty much anything. Some stores sell pre-wired LED strip lighting with a cigarette lighter plug on one end, or you can make up your own. LED strip lighting is a great option to add on your awning, or on your 4WD. Keep in mind though that it will stick firm to your chosen surface, so not removed as easily. This is also an advantage, as you won’t need to move it around.

Other forms of LED strip lighting are attached to a strip of canvas, which has Velcro on the back for mounting. This is a little more versatile, as you can set it up quickly and move it where you want to. However, the trade-off is that it’s not flush fitting and can catch on moving items, such as camper trailer frames, gazebos, and awnings. For a more permanent lighting option, flexible tape lighting would be your best bet.

If you think that you’d prefer something more portable, consider either strip lighting with Velcro on the back instead, or a light bar kit setup.

Enjoy the space under your awning more in the evenings by attaching some tape lighting. Image: Korr Lighting

LED Camping Light Bars & Kits

Individual bars or a light kit usually come with all the necessary parts you will need to set them up yourself – including a cigarette plug to connect it into your vehicle, extension leads, and a dimmer switch for manual adjustment.

The benefits of light bar kits are that they offer a higher number of lumens and are flexible in offering various mounting options. In hot conditions, they also perform better in comparison to flexible tape lighting.

Adding some quality lights to your vehicle is a great way to illuminate your area at night. Image: Aaron Schubert. 

Solar and Wind-Up Lights

Something that can be a right pain, regardless of which path you go down, is changing batteries. There are a heap of torches and lanterns on the market today that don’t require the changing of batteries. Some require you to wind a handle around to generate power, and others charge via inbuilt or separate solar panels. Of course, every option brings its own inconsistencies – but used for the right purpose, solar and wind-up lights are fantastic.

The wind-up lights in particular are great if your light dims; simply wind it up a little, and you are good to go again. For the lanterns with lower light output (like those used in a tent), the solar lights are a great option providing you remember to leave them out in the sun on a clear day. Keep in mind that if you’re camping in cloudy or rainy weather, you may need a backup!

Flood Lights

A flood light easily generates enough output to light up a whole camping area – fantastic when you arrive at camp in the dark!

You won’t need to wear your headtorch around camp if you set up lighting around your tent. Image: Korr Lighting

Frequently Asked Questions

How Many Light Bars do I Need for a Campsite?

Light bars come in many sizes, starting at 25cm – equivalent to the light you would find in a lantern. The largest is 100cm in length, which is enough to light up a gazebo or tent awning from one direction.

A light bar kit includes up to 5 bars, which is more than enough for an entire campsite. This is well within standard 12V socket ratings and provides 1-3 days of continuous lighting from a deep cycle auxiliary battery (as mentioned above). While you could run this from your regular car battery, it’s not recommended; it could flatten your battery after a day of use, or if you accidentally leave them on.

You can also use extension leads to create bigger gaps so that you can set up the bars all around the tent/shelter or campsite. The benefit of choosing a kit is that it comes equipped with different-sized leads, having it easy to customise to your specifications.

A single bar kit won’t allow you those options, as you will need to separately purchase leads in order to use it with the rest of your gear. So, this is more so an option if you’re looking to add more illumination to your current setup.

Illuminating your whole campsite will be fairly easy with one light bar kit. Image: Korr Lighting

Mounting Light Bars to Your Tent or Awning Pole

Purchase pole clamps, which will connect onto the rear channel of the light bar. This accessory provides you with some extra versatility to move your lighting around to suit your needs at any given time. Or, use Velcro strips or cable ties for a more permanent application.

White or Orange Lights?

Colour temperature is a feature to pay attention to. You can find everything from cool white to yellow or red. Bright white or cool, blue-coloured lights can attract bugs, so colour is something to factor into your decision. While white light will provide better visibility, orange will significantly reduce the presence of insects.

If you choose to use white LEDs, avoid hanging them above cleaning/washing or food areas. This will draw bugs to the area, which can become messy and unsanitary while preparing meals. To be on the safe side, choose both white and orange lights.

Keep in mind that if you want to extend your dual colour lighting system, you will need to use dimmers and cable kits that are compatible with dual orange/white light bars and other products.

You have the option of white or orange coloured LEDs. Image: Korr Lighting

Extending My Light Kit/Lighting Setup

This will depend on what brand of lighting you have. Some brands design their kits so that you don’t have to solder anything. Instead, you can purchase extra leads to extend and customise it as you like. Just make sure they’re compatible.

Can I run my 12V camping lights from a 240 power point?

Yes, but you will need a transformer/plug pack that can handle the power draw of your lights.

Are light kits compatible across different brands?

The only way to know if parts are compatible across various ranges is to check if the connectors fit. However, it is recommended to stick with the same manufacturer. These plugs are made to be water resistant, so ensure to use compatible brand components to form a tight seal.

Do you have any other queries about 12V lighting? Let us know in the comments below. 

The post Guide to 12V Camp Lighting appeared first on Snowys Blog.

However, what sort of light is right at night? Do you have the right light for the right activity? Do you need a headlamp that is waterproof to handle fishing on the boat? Is weight a factor for you when considering how heavy your hiking pack is? Do you need a vast floodlight to assist you in catering for a tour group? These questions will help shape your decision-making process in finding the headlamp up to the task.

Headlamps can be quite a confusing product, with many applications, ratings, and functions. Having the right one can make all the difference at night. This blog assesses the suitability of headlamps for different activities, explains the meaning of the various settings, and suggests some features to look for when purchasing a new headlamp.

Headlamps not only provide lightweight, hands-free illumination, but a beam that directs light wherever you look. Image: Knog

Travelling at Night

It is important to look for a headlamp with a variety of features for moving around at night – not just a torch with a hugely powerful spotlight. A powerful spotlight will provide the illumination necessary for seeing your surroundings – be that controls, trail markers, or animals – though may interfere with your night vision.

You will need a lower power setting for reading maps, or when you reach a reflective surface. It is also useful to have a wider-angle flood setting, so you can see the area surrounding you (not just a small area ahead). Generally, look for something with a variety of focuses and power levels, or separate power settings.

Around the Campsite

For use around campsites, a basic headlamp is all that is required. A powerful spotlight is generally overkill, as it will either reflect off something at camp and blind you or be too bright for someone else in your eyeline.

Multiple power settings can still be useful, as you may need more light for detailed work such as lighting a fire, or fixing a car. Nonetheless, it won’t be necessary for reading a book or drinking a hot beverage. Look for something with multiple power levels, but keep in mind that it doesn’t need to be hugely powerful or have multiple focuses.

Caving

Caving calls for a similar to headlamp to that needed to travel at night, however a long battery life and durability are even more important.

While there is no natural light deep in a cave, it is still useful to have a headlamp with a lower power setting for when you are either around others or doing detailed work yourself. A powerful spotlight is great for looking around large cavities, and a wide-angle flood light is vital for seeing where you are putting your feet, hands, and head. Generally, look for a torch with a powerful spot and flood light, and a long battery life.

There are different features to consider for night use. 

So… what do all these numbers mean?

Headlamps are very technical pieces of equipment, with a variety of specifications such as brightness, range, and battery life. Weight will also help establish what you can gain from a headlamp.

Brightness

Brightness is generally measured in either lumen (metric) or candela (imperial). One Candela is the light output of an average candle, and is equivalent to 12.57 lumen. Headlamps generally vary in brightness from between roughly 12 to 200 lumens. Some specialist models output over 500 lumens – but you pay for it!

Naturally, the brighter the light the better you can see at night – but don’t make the mistake of just buying the brightest lamp you can find if you don’t need it. Firstly, you will spend a heck of a lot of money, and secondly, chances are it will be so bright that it will reflect back into your own eyes. This means that at close range, you won’t be able to see anything anyway!

Range

The range of a headlamp relates to both the brightness and the quality of the lens. The brighter the light, the further it will penetrate and the more you will be able to see at that distance.

The lens stops the light from dispersing. An LED will radiate light equally in all directions, and the lens focuses this light into a narrow beam. The better it is focused, the further it will travel before dissipating. Be careful, because the range that the manufacturer quotes is often ambitious and could only be achieved using very good batteries and at full power in total darkness. Even then, the detail at that distance may not be very good.

Often, good lighting is achieved to about half the range the manufacturer recommends, but this varies over the course of the battery life.

For use around campsites, a basic headlamp is all that is required. Image: Knog

Battery Life

Naturally, the longer the battery life the less often you need to replace them. The problem is that LED lights become progressively more dim from the moment they are turned on. The battery life, quoted on a headlamp, is the headlamp’s life until it reaches about 1 lumen of brightness.

The useable battery life is often significantly less than the advertised life. There is a feature called ‘constant current’ which will be discussed below. This helps to improve the useable battery life, but the best solution is to always have spare batteries.

Weight

The weight of the head torch factors in both the hardware and batteries used. Weight also adds to the comfort factor; if it’s too heavy, it will hinder you in going about your activities. Try it on before you buy it, to check that it’s not too hefty.

Sometimes, basic is all you need for reading in your tent at night. 

Features

Headlamps come with a variety of features including different powered lights, coloured lights, lighting modes, and features to improve the battery life.

Most mid to high-end headlamps come with either a power-adjustable main light, or secondary light sources of lower power. These lower settings cannot only be invaluable for seeing objects that are closer to you, but also use far less battery power than the primary light. They’re a better alternative for simply being seen, or when seeing great detail at a distance isn’t required.

Coloured Lights

Many headlamps have different coloured lights, each with a specific purpose. The most common is a red light.

Red lights are used for low-powered lighting, which won’t destroy your night vision. This has it great for use when sharing a tent with someone you don’t wish disturb or wake, or for a little bit of light to do detailed work (such as tying your shoelace) without losing your night vision.

Green lights are wonderful for reading maps, as they highlight contours far beyond normal vision and improve the visibility of detail. Green light also has less of an impact on your night vision than white light. Blue and ultraviolet lights are used for tracking and highlighting blood. Blue lights specifically can make maps easier to read, and are the only coloured lights that will cut through fog.

Coloured lights are very useful for different purposes, especially when used for high-performance applications.

Lighting modes improve the versatility of the unit. 

Lighting Modes

Some headlamps have a series of lighting modes such as flashing, flood, or spot. Flashing lights are useful for being seen when running or riding at night, but don’t necessarily provide good vision for the user.

Flood or wide-angle lighting is good for seeing your immediate surroundings. This is beneficial for camping or walking at night, where having a detailed view of the area around you is more important than seeing objects or areas at a distance. The latter is what spotlights are primarily useful for, especially when riding or walking. They can also provide a lot of light across a small area, at close range.

A variety of different functions, especially flood and spot functions, can vastly improve the versatility of a headlamp.

Constant Current

A nifty feature, ‘constant current’ can significantly improve the performance of LED lights. This feature maintains a constant current throughout the battery life. This means the light will remain at a constant brightness for the entirety of the battery life. The current then drops off quickly when the battery is about to die.

The only disadvantage is that there isn’t a way to know how much power is left in your batteries. Always carry spare batteries, as they could fall flat at the most inconvenient of times!

Headlamps vary in brightness. Image: Knog

Cost

Lastly is the financial consideration; the amount of money you want to spend on a head torch. Basic head torches can be as cheap as $15, while highly sophisticated models can reach past $400. Headlamps are priced based on their functionality – so the brighter the light and the longer the battery life, the more expensive it will be.

The more you want to spend too, the greater the number of features will be available – such as flood and spot functions, recharging capability, weight, type of batteries required, waterproof casing, and additional coloured lights.

The challenge is to weigh up what you need and how regularly you will need it, then calculate whether or not the features justify the price.

Purchasing a Headlamp: Checklist

To see the light, ask yourself the following questions:

1. Will this headlamp suit my use?
2. Is this headlamp bright enough?
3. How heavy is this headlamp?
4. Is this headlamp in my price range?
5. Does this headlamp boast the additional features that I need?

If you weren’t aware before, we hope you now understand that headlamps are more than just a beam of light! It may even be necessary at times to have multiple torches to suit different applications.

Remember too, headlamps can be quite personal. What works for others might not suit you at all. Do your research, read the reviews, and determine what ticks your boxes. Having the right light at night can make a world of difference, and vastly improve your trip. There are many options out there – so if you’re armed with a clear idea of what you want, you’re bound to find the perfect model for you.

Check out Snowys’ range of headlamps to find one to suit your next adventure!

The post See The Light! Headlamps Explained appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Dating back as far as the 1930s, the basic concept of today’s roof top tents has, surprisingly, not changed a great deal. It’s a tent with a solid base that is mounted to the existing roof racks on your vehicle. Nowadays, there are both hard shell and soft shell variations. With the latter, a telescopic ladder doubles as a leverage point for opening up the tent – essentially creating an easy, pop-up solution!

There are many schools of thought around RTTs – some campers swear by them and others would rather spend their money on a different setup. Be you in favour or against, there are a bunch of questions worth asking before you make the decision:

• Is a roof top tent worth it?
• What are the pros and cons?
• Can my car support a roof top tent?
• What should I look for and consider when buying a roof top tent?
• What are the mounting options?
• Hard shell or soft shell?
• Which roof top tent is right for me?

So, we’ve done our best to answer some of these questions and help you choose the best roof top tent for you!

Darche roof top tents include the Hi-View range, the Panorama, the Intrepidor, and the Ridgeback Hard Shell in canvas and eco variations. Image: Darche

Is a Roof Top Tent Worth It?

There’s no point pretending otherwise, so we’re just going to tell it straight: yep, roof top tents are an investment, and the answer to whether or not they’re worth it is largely dependent on who you are, and what setup suits you and your adventure the most.

Depending on brand, size, features, quality, warranty, and more – roof top tents can range from $1000 to upward of $5,000. Then there are additional accessories such as annexes, racks, rails, anti-condensation mats, etc. It can all add up, and before you know it you’ve burned a serious hole in your wallet!

But – there are, arguably, more pros than cons to buying a roof top tent.

One of the great things about a roof top tent is they allow you to camp just about anywhere. Image: Darche

Pros and Cons

Let’s start with the pros:

• Super fast setup
• They allow a safe and comfortable sleep almost anywhere
• Off the ground – great when camping on tricky terrain, or to get away from creepy crawlies, snakes, and wild animals (including crocs, excluding drop bears!)
• More affordable than a camper trailer, camper, or off-road van
• The good ones can last up to 15 years!
• Bearing the load on top frees up space inside your vehicle
• A great alternative to towing
• They don’t affect your driving speed (*however, there’s a matching ‘con’)
• The mattress and bedding can be left inside when packed away

Now the cons:

• They’re heavy
• They cost more than a tent or swag
• Although driving speed is unaffected, RTTs increase drag and, therefore, fuel consumption (*this is the matching ‘con’ to the driving speed ‘pro’)
• If not mounted correctly, or if the weight exceeds your vehicle’s capacity, you risk damaging your vehicle (which can be costly and will void your insurance)
• You have to pack up to move your vehicle, whereas you can leave a tent at the campsite while exploring and day tripping
• They’re not necessarily suitable for family camping with young kids or those with limited mobility, since there is a lot of climbing involved
• They’re best removed from your vehicle between trips, so you need two people to lift the RTT on and off and somewhere to store it when not in use

Darche’s Intrepidor is the cheapest in their range and comes with a sky window for gazing at the stars. Image: Darche

Can My Car Support a Roof Top Tent?

The most important factor to consider before buying a roof top tent is your vehicle!

‘Will this roof top tent fit on my roof racks?’

This, or variations of it, is hands-down our most FAQ from customers. Nevertheless, despite a mountain of accumulated knowledge amongst the Snowys crew, we are not legally allowed to provide a definitive answer – nor can the brand of said roof top tent. However, the good news is that a roof rack specialist, like Rhino Rack, can!

You need to know the load rating of your roof racks AND your vehicle’s roof load capacity. The first, as already mentioned, can be answered by a roof rack specialist, or should be detailed in the paperwork you received when purchasing your racks. The second question regarding the roof load capacity of your vehicle should, again, be detailed in your vehicle’s manual – or, contact the manufacturer.

Roof top tents are heavy, so you need to make sure your vehicle and roof racks can take the weight. Image: Darche

The load capacity of your vehicle’s roof is the maximum weight that can physically be accommodated by the roof. It’s illegal to exceed this maximum weight capacity. To do so is not only dangerous but will also risk damage to your vehicle, and will void any insurance!

Just so we’re really clear, there are two weight capacities to be aware of. One is the maximum load your roof racks can carry, the other is the maximum load your vehicle’s roof can carry. Your roof racks will often accommodate a heavier load than your vehicle’s roof.

Be aware that the physical weight of your roof racks needs to be calculated in addition to the weight of the roof top tent, and the sum of those figures is the weight that must not exceed your vehicle’s roof load capacity.

Furthermore, if you plan to carry any additional gear on your roof – gas cylinder, jerry cans, swag, etc. – the weight of these items also needs to be factored in. Triple check your Gross Vehicle Mass (GVM) specifications – the GVM is the maximum allowed weight of the vehicle for driving on the road, and includes passengers, cargo, etc.

It’s important to factor in all your cargo when calculating the total weight. Image: Darche

Considerations When Buying a Roof Top Tent

• Your budget – balance how much you are willing to spend/invest with the frequency of use
• Sleeping capacity and how many people you need to cater for
• What setup and style of camping you prefer – remote, off-road/4WDing, beach, riverside, touring, family, solo, couple (this blog and this blog may help)
• Dimensions – in use and packed, including low-profile/aerodynamic options
• Weight – see the previous section, plus, ‘Hard Shell or Soft Shell’ section below
• Mounting – more on this below
• Features – skylights, seam sealing, mat thickness, ladder, Light Suppression Technology (LST), pre-fitted racks (for solar panels, SUPs, surfboards, recovery tracks, etc.)
• Build quality – materials, construction, components (brackets, etc.)
• Waterhead rating
• Ventilation/condensation – windows and built-in air vents
• Manufacturer’s warranty
• Do you want an annex? Not all RTTs are compatible with annexes

What features do you want in a roof top tent?

Mounting Options

Here’s something that is often overlooked – you don’t have to mount a roof top tent onto the roof of your vehicle!

There are other options worth considering, especially if you are on the fence and the only thing stopping you is the thought of the daily pack down so you can drive somewhere.

Most roof top tents can be mounted on two horizontal roof rack bars, and are then fixed at four points. Therefore, mounting can also be done to a freestanding frame, a trailer, or a boat trailer, where some people weld a frame over the top. Either setup allows you to unhitch and use your car for whatever you need.

They can also be mounted to Ute trays, whilst still leaving room for additional cargo in the tray itself. Just fix the roof rack bars to the tray walls across the width.

An additional point to note for those choosing to mount in the usual way – i.e. on the roof of your vehicle – is to ensure you have enough clearance for your antenna. Yep, you’d better believe it, it’s a mistake that’s been done many times before and many a curse word has ensued!

Roof top tents can be mounted on trailers. Image: Darche

Hard Shell or Soft Shell?

Is one better than the other? We could just about fill another pros and cons list here, but it boils down to three main considerations – cost, longevity, and weight.

Hard Shell

As their name suggests, hard shell roof top tents have a hard cover that is either constructed of fibreglass, plastic, or aluminium. They are hinged on one side and open up rather like a clamshell.

Hard shell RTTs tend to be on the heavier side which makes them more suitable for gutsier vehicles that allow for heavier loads, e.g. a dual-cab Ute with canopy. While they are more expensive, the additional weight and cost do come with perks…

They last longer, especially those with an aluminium cover and steel components! They also allow for additional roof rails where solar panels, recovery boards, SUPs, surfboards, etc., can be carried (so long as the weight of these is accounted for!). Generally, hard shells are faster to erect too, but not as flexible.

23Zero’s Saber Hard Shell uses gas struts to assist with opening and closing. Image: 23Zero

Soft Shell

Soft shell roof top tents are more in line with the original 1930s design and allow for a larger footprint. They are cheaper than hard shells but do not tend to have the same lifespan.

Most soft shell RTTs are of canvas construction – however, there are a few entry-level models using alternative materials.

Darche’s Hi-View 1400 is tough, durable, and compatible with the 1400 annex. Image: Darche

Which Roof Top Tent is Right For Me?

Roof top tents are one of the most convenient ways to camp and they are perfect for those who love to get away regularly, especially going off-road.

For Smaller Vehicles

Darche Intrepidor 3 1400 Roof Top Tent (Soft Shell)

When it comes to your comfort, this tent goes above (your vehicle) and beyond. With a lightweight structure, it can fit smaller SUVs and soft roaders, as well as most others. A softshell design enables a quick setup and pack-down, with a high-density mattress included for convenience and enough room for sleeping gear to remain stored when collapsed. Large, zippered windows and an adjustable fly provide maximum ventilation, prevent condensation, increase airflow, and protect from creepy crawlies. Admire the stars comfortably through the sky window, while a 1500mm water rating and seam sealing promises cosy, dry dreaming! Overall, this tent offers robust reliability and door-busting durability in the great outdoors.

When it comes to comfort, the Intrepidor goes above (your vehicle) and beyond! Image: Darche

Affordable All-Rounders

23Zero Dakota Roof Top Tents (Soft Shell)

The Dakota features 23ZERO’s Light Suppression Technology (LST), a dark coating on the inner walls that diffuses sunlight for darker mornings and cooler summers. Its durable 280 gsm polycotton tear-check canvas features a fine PVC coated insect mesh, an aluminium internal frame that pivots on a stainless-steel yoke, and an alloy telescopic ladder – so it’s built for the outback. A zip-down sky roof provides a stellar view of the night sky, full-width side windows and side vents provide plenty of airflow, and a poly ripstop fly prevents condensation. Compactly packed into a PVC transit cover with D ring compression strap – the Dakota offers a simple, comfortable, and light-diffused shelter.

Darche Hi-View Roof Top Tents (Soft Shell)

Suitable for a camper trailer or wagon, the Hi-Views from Darche are roomy enough for as few as two people in the 1400 and four in the 2200, reliable for touring. Extra wide, it’s constructed from fully seam-sealed polyester/cotton ripstop canvas for durability, a 1500mm waterhead rating, and an adjustable tropical fly to mediate condensation. See the stars through the zippered window, block insects from the full-width side windows, and enjoy airflow through built-in air vents. With internal storage pockets for stashing the essentials, and a telescopic ladder for easy access – the Hi-View from Darche is ideal for that trio of tourers looking to elevate their adventures.

Both tents are available in multiple sizes, and stand out on the market as affordable all-rounders.

A tent fit to withstand the uncompromising Aussie landscape. Image: Darche

Superior Soft Top

Darche Panorama 1400 Roof Top Tent (Soft Shell)

Often considered the Rolls Royce of rooftop tents, the Panorama offers premium dreaming! Boasting a low-profile design when collapsed, it features a PU waterproofed 320gsm ripstop canvas (heavier than that used for the Hi-View), HD compressed checker-plate base board, and a PVC tonneau cover for outdoor durability. The Panorama perches proud and sturdy owing to stainless steel hinges and an aluminium frame, climbing to new heights too with an alloy telescope ladder that extends to 2.3 metres. With its impressive 1500mm waterhead rating, the twin-needle, lock-stitched seams and reinforced bar tack stitching on stress points withstand wetter conditions, while a tropical fly mediates humidity and works hand in hand with the built-in air vents for airflow. Premium in both design and features, this tent is fit to withstand the uncompromising Aussie landscape.

For a Smaller Footprint: Tubs and Trailers

23Zero Panther Roof Top Tents (Hard Shell)

Representing true on-the-road royalty, the Panther (literally) raises expectations! A lift-and-fold design enables a quick set up by sundown and pack down by dawn. Strong enough to support the bigger dreamers, a two-piece aluminium baseboard boasts a lightweight honeycomb construction, topped with a memory foam mattress and polyester quilt for plush comfort out bush. Turn it on when off the grid with LED strip lighting and USB plugs, while T-slot racks enable solar panel mounting too. Arched windows on either side deliver good ventilation and a dry interior – and swap the city lights with the outback night, thanks to a removable flysheet and stargazing roof window. Internal storage pockets keep the tackle together, and shoe pockets keep your kicks from heading up sticks! Plus, built-in elastic shock bands allow for flat packing without the bulge.

From the dual cabs and canopies to the tub racks and trailers. Image: 23Zero

23Zero Yowie ABS Roof Top Tent (Hard Shell)

This one’s for the outback slumbers. From the dual cabs and canopies to the tub racks and trailers, the Yowie is an affordable option for the more modest of the nomads! Boasting an ABS shell, its raised X-frame design allows maximum interior headroom, while the zippered head vent controls air circulation. An aluminium baseboard is sturdy but lightweight, while the memory foam mattress provides luxurious comfort. Large side windows also maintain good ventilation, with full canopy covers for the wetter weather. From bright city lights to star-speckled nights, enjoy the stargazing roof window, telescope ladder, and a clear TPU window fixed to the flysheet. Keep your boots from scooting with external shoe pockets, and keep your sleep setup stowed on the open road thanks to bulk internal room. Plus, switch on with LED strip lighting and pack down flat without the excess flap thanks to the externally fitted bungee cord.

For the Bells, Whistles, and Bulk Space

Darche Ridgeback HighRize Roof Top Tents (Hard Shell)

Lift your tent game – literally, with the Ridgeback HighRize! Its twin-fold design allows a large internal space for two pillows and two sleeping bags, even when packed away. Enjoy a near-panoramic view of your surroundings through 6 windows that cover all sides of your tent, meanwhile providing exceptional ventilation enhanced by a breathable memory foam mattress. Both the canvas and fly boast a 3000mm waterhead rating, while the included mattress has a water-resistant base and anti-condensation mat for complete camp comfort. Like the original Ridgeback, German-engineered Stabilus struts make for effortless pack-up and pack-down, while a removable fly provides coverage through rain or shine. Light up date night with two integrated LED light strips – and good things come (and go) in threes, like the included ladder which can be mounted from any of the three entry points.

In the HighRize, enjoy a near-panoramic view of your surroundings through 6 windows that cover all sides of your tent. Image: Darche

For Easy Setups

23Zero Saber Hard Shell Roof Top Tent (Hard Shell)

The robust and reliable Saber Hard Shell from 23Zero meets the modern demands of lifestyle touring. Open the latch and the gas strut-assisted aluminium hull to reveal the outer tent, while the interior features a rebound foam mattress, padded anti-condensation mat, and space to leave your sleeping gear inside when collapsed. Keep the essentials close by in the two built-in storage pockets, or six removable pockets including a media device viewing sleeve and drink holders. Constructed from LST-coated canvas, this treatment diffuses sunlight and prevents invasive UV rays. Compatible with the separately available 270-degree or side awning too, create sufficient shade or shelter around your vehicle.

Darche Ridgeback Roof Top Tent (Hard Shell)

Boasting a leading-class interior, the Ridgeback is constructed from aluminium and premium quality polycotton canvas, while self-repairing coil zips and reinforced stitching has it as lightweight as it is heavy-duty. Sleek and unique, its profile turns heads while its compact design minimizes wind drag. Breathe easy with a zippered sky window, built-in air vents, and three full-width doors for ventilation, while a memory foam mattress, removable cover, water-resistant base, and anti-condensation mat have this a true rooftop hotel room. From downpour to drought, a 3000mm water rating, taped seams, and rubber weather seals reduce infiltration of heat, wind, and moisture. Shield from severe UV with UV50+ protection, and handle humidity with the removable fly. A simple flick of the latches guarantees an efficient one-person setup, while German-engineered gas struts allow effortless pack down.

Both tents can be enhanced with roof rails, where the Saber features three T-slotted roof bars to fix your paddleboard, bike, or recovery tracks, and the Ridgeback is compatible with separately available roof-rail accessory kits to elevate every road trip.

The Saber meets the modern demands of lifestyle touring. Image: 23Zero

Don’t sleep on these – sleep IN them! From a warranty perspective, we can only speak to the brands we are familiar with and our team report very few problems across our range. Some people do find installing roof top tents a little tricky, but it’s nothing that can’t be overcome and just part of the territory when mounting them. Once it’s on the car, you’re ready to roll – anywhere, anytime!

Which roof top tent is best for you? Get in touch if you need more help.

The post How to Choose the Best Roof Top Tent for You appeared first on Snowys Blog.

All reasons are valid and one’s choice in a stretcher boils down to durability, stability, ease-of-use, a packed size that fits in with your transport capabilities, and – most importantly – finding one that is the right size for your tent!

Let’s get stuck into which camp stretchers and beds have been our best-sellers over the past 12 months! Remember, this list holds no incentives or brand bias, and it’s our customers who have done the talking. We’ve simply crunched the numbers to find out which stretchers and beds have come out on top, based on the sales volumes both online and instore at Snowys.

Starting at Number 10…

10. Kamp-Rite Queen Kwik Cot Stretcher

New to the rank, the Queen Kwik Cot Stretcher from Kamp Rite offers a sturdy, supportive sleep setup in mere minutes, be that at the campsite or the home lounge room.

A two-person design, its heavy-duty powder-coated steel frame offers stability while a 600D durable fabric base has a padded section for added comfort. Stash any essentials in the mesh storage hammock, and enjoy easy setup and pack down owing to a compact design and included carry bag for storage.

9. 23Zero Husky 100 Stretcher

Jumping from compact and lightweight to generous and roomy – the Husky 100 from 23Zero is a big, sturdy stretcher that hit our shelves in early 2020.

It’s perfect for supporting a swag if you want to get yourself up and off the ground, and although it’s not custom made for the Bandit 900, it sure is made to measure. This stretcher weighs in at 10kg and with the frame constructed from a combination of steel and alloy, plus a PVC-backed 600D polyester sling holding up to 150kg.

23Zero knows their stuff and it’s no surprise that the Husky 100 has made our best-sellers list yet again!

8. Helinox Cot One and High Cot One

Helinox gear is awesome, and the Cot One is a favourite among motorcycle and bicycle tourers. After comfortably maintaining its hold at #10, it’s climbed to #8 this year and we think the only reason it doesn’t shoot even closer to the top spot is due to its higher price tag.

Helinox specialise in super compact gear with quality craftsmanship. This stretcher weighs just 2.3kg but has a rated capacity of 145kg due to the strong yet lightweight TH72M alloy frame. The design is easy to assemble and tension thanks to the level system. The Cot One is a classic ‘buy once, buy right’ scenario. It’s for lovers of lightweight, top-notch gear, and is just as perfect for campers looking to reduce packing load as it is for the cycle-tourer.

For those wanting a bit more clearance from the ground, check out the High Cot One from Helinox! It’s got more than double the clearance from the ground to the Cot One, so is the answer to all those lightweight gear enthusiasts who desire a higher bed.

7. Zempire W Leg Stretcher

From kid’s sleepovers to space-conscious getaways, the W Leg stretcher from Zempire is a winner! We’ve had them for about two and a half years, and shooting their way to Number 7 is a testament to their quality and popularity.

Feedback from some customers has been that the first couple of setups can be a bit more work. That said, it’s worth persevering, and the initial struggle quickly eases once the 600D poly oxford fabric adjusts to being pulled taut by the frame – it’s a bit like a thick self-inflating mat that’s been compressed in manufacturing.

Compact, lightweight, and comfortable, the W Leg stretcher is well thought out and makes a great all-rounder!

6. OZtrail Deluxe Double Bunk Bed

This design is an absolute ripper for big familes!  OZtrail’s Deluxe Double Bunk is no stranger to our best-seller’s list, maintaining its Number 6 position.

Kids love the novelty of sleeping in a bunk bed while camping and, when space permits, you can even set them up as individual stretchers. This bunk can be used for sleepovers at home too – but like any sling stretcher without a padded base, you might want to add a mat for extra comfort. The steel frame is easy to set up, and OZtrail has thought through the safety features with side rails on the top bunk and anti-roll corner supports on the legs.

This bunk is the perfect space-saving solution for groups and larger families.

5. Darche XL 100 Ultra Stretcher

Let’s talk about Darche’s XL 100 Ultra! This stretcher hit the market in 2021, and its popularity is growing from strength to strength. It only just missed out on making the list in 2022, but we knew an appearance in this year’s ranking would be a sure thing.

The XL 100 Ultra is padded with a strong crossover frame construction made from steel and alloy for stability. It also has a nice and generous sleeping area to cater for a swag on top, or simply a sprawling snoozer!

4. Coleman Big Sky Stretcher Bed

The good old trusty Big Sky Beds from Coleman have been accommodating campers comfortably for a very long time. Their entry-level price point always sees strong sales and they are no stranger to this list!

These stretchers have a different design from other stretchers and use a coil-sprung trampoline-style configuration. The foam mat is included and creates a super comfortable and insulated surface to rest upon. The Big Sky Beds are easy to set up and have hooped legs that are friendly on tent floors – but their larger packed dimensions can put some people off.

Available in Compact, Regular, and Deluxe sizes, these are an ideal budget-friendly choice for long term stays, or as a spare bed at home.

3. Oztent RS-1S King Single Stretcher

The ever-popular RS-1S King Single stretcher from Oztent is sporting a snazzy new facelift and after shuffling its way 4 spots closer to the poll position in 2022 from its previous ranking, it’s maintained its strong Number 3 ranking this year!

Use it on its own or chuck a swag on top, as this stretcher has anti-sway bars to keep it stable. It also features integrated straps that anchor your swag, and is a perfect fit with Oztent’s RS-1 Swag – and at over 1m wide and 2m long, it can also work with most others. Not keen on a swag? No worries. You can fit two of these stretchers with space left in the middle in either the RV5 or RX5 tent!

With its smart new colour and 600D polyester fabric, the RS-1S Series II from Oztent is ideal for those who want a generous and versatile stretcher to use with their swag or camping mattress.

2. Oztent Gecko and Goanna Stretchers

Still coasting in second place are the much loved Gecko, Goanna and King Goanna stretchers from Oztent. Just like the RS-1S, this evolution sports the same snazzy facelift!

In 2021, we started lumping these 3 stretchers together because really, they are the same quality design – just with different dimensions. What sets these stretchers apart is their padded upper which insulates better than those with a single skin sling. This, combined with a durable 600D fabric, and a strong 25mm square tubed, easy-fold steel frame, make the Oztent Stretchers a firm favourite with outback travellers.

If you’re looking for a sturdy long-term stretcher for 4WD and touring, the Gecko, Goanna and King Goanna are a reliable choice.

1. OZtrail Easy Fold Stretcher Beds

Taking the gong for a fifth consecutive year, OZtrail’s Easy Fold Stretcher Beds are a trusty favourite and boast a string of 5-star reviews! There are 4 sizes to choose from – Single, Low Rise Single, Jumbo and Queen.

These stretchers come with a few added extras such as storage pockets on the side and an under-bed gear hammock. There are no bars for your feet to kick across the ends, and they have a 150kg weight rating. As with most double stretchers, the Queen does feature a bar down the middle for necessary structural support, but if you add a couple of mattresses you can still snuggle with your partner without the bar digging in.

If you’re looking for an easy, stable, no fuss stretcher for general camping, the OZtrail Easy Fold Stretchers are a stellar choice. There is, however, a strong trend towards lightweight gear and with that OZtrail are starting to consider lighter-weight alternatives for their stretcher range. In 2021, they released their aluminium framed stretchers in Large and Jumbo, and despite these not having the easy-fold feature, they are passed with a 25 mm Square Kinetic Hardened Aluminium frame. We wonder whether this new design and lighter weight might be popular enough to bump the Easy-Fold from first place..?

What to Watch: OZtrail Anywhere Single and Queen Bed

Why bring a stretcher and an air mattress when you can have the best of both worlds with OZtrail’s Anywhere Beds? These beds are an alterative to stretchers, representing an airbed-stretcher hybrid!

Sporting a durable heavy-duty PVC air mattress on top of an easy-to-set-up steel frame, packing your sleeping gear for a weekend away is super easy. The air mattress also sits inside a flannel pocket to both protect and add comfort. The built-in pillow and the ergonomic feet are also designed to go easy on your tent floor, while a side organiser keeps your gear and gadgets right where you need them. Its generous length also has it a great option for taller users.

Be it your living room, or a touring tent – the Anywhere Single and Queen Beds from OZtrail is a simple and comfy sleeping solutions!

What are your predictions for next year’s best-sellers?

The post Best Camp Stretchers & Beds for 2023 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Choosing a mattress for camping and deciding what features are most important to you, can be tricky. Usually, they’re all a factor, and narrowing down your choice becomes a balance (or trade-off) between them. The mats in this round-up are generally not for an overnight hike – so if that’s what you’re after, check out our lightweight best-sellers here. Car campers and 4WD tourers, however – you’re going to want to stick around, because this is the one for you!

Be it self-inflation for fuss-free setups, or swift deflation for efficient pack-ups – this blog both expands on the most popular mat models and narrows down your selection ahead of your next outback escape. We’ve grabbed the data and crunched the numbers from our sales over the last twelve months.

From durability and portability, to weight and the ability to insulate – sink into this year’s best-selling camping mattresses, starting with number 10…

10. Sea to Summit Comfort Deluxe SI

The Comfort Deluxe Self Inflating mats are for the campers seeking to meet rugged with royalty.

With insulated comfort reaching 10cm high, an R-value of 6.5, and consistent warmth along the full length of the mat – this mattress is built for outback slumbers! Its soft, stretchy top fabric and laminated TPU anti-slip base encase a PU foam that’s engineered with Delta Core Technology and diagonal supporting walls, offering both superior insulation from below and compact rolling for easy packing. A multi-functional valve allows simple inflation and deflation too.

The Comfort Deluxe SI is available as both a single and a double model, bridging the gap between lightweight and fullbodied for your outdoor escapes.

9. Darche KOZI SI Series

Darche’s KOZI Series is almost two years old, and their range of Self-Inflating Mattresses is already meeting the demand of first timers across the country! As one of our 2022 ‘what to watch ‘ products, it has managed to make it into 2023’s top 10!

There’s a sizing option to suit every car camper, with a King Single, a Double, and a Queen. These mats are 10cm thick and are a great mat at an affordable price. With a peached polyester top for a soft, fuzzy, peach-skin feel, the Oxford polyester base boasts added durability while its 3D-bonded construction maximises the sleeping area for an even resting surface. Plus, horizontally cross-cored, open-cell PU foam enables a quick inflation and deflation; antibacterial-treated too.

8. OZtrail 3D Fatmat

The 3D Fatmat was one of our 2022 ‘what to watch’ products – and has made it to number 8 a year later!

While it hasn’t been around long, feedback from our customers has been extremely positive so far. It’s a self-inflating 15cm thick mat that’s available in a single-sized 750, and a double 1500, or a Lite version that’s 10cm thick. These mats are a high-density memory foam, cored with open cells across the width to allow for easier packing. Ben is about 70kg and gauges his comfort in this video, while one customer (Sam), weighs 120kg and says he slept like a baby!

7. BlackWolf 2D Mega Deluxe

The Mega Deluxe Mat from BlackWolf has been around a long time and has consistently made it onto our best-selling list. They’ve seen a few upgrades over the years and, once upon a time, it ranked as one of our two best-selling mats.

The Mega Deluxe is thick and plush with a self-inflating design. Its reliable reputation is holding firm, despite being overtaken by the newer HexaTherm 3D (which has come in at #4 this year). Available in two sizes – Single and Queen – these mats have a more durable stretch fabric and higher R-value than the 2D Super Deluxe (currently unavailable). There’s also an optional Fitted Mat Sheet which can be applied over the Queen, or when two Single mats are joined together by the integrated Velcro side strips.

BlackWolf’s more recent models might steal the thunder, but the Mega Deluxe has long been a favourite, and is a great choice for both adults and kids.

6. Coleman All Terrain Airbeds

If there was a trophy for consistency, the Coleman All Terrain Airbeds would hold it loud and proud! From 2018 to 2022, these beds maintained their Number 4 spot – and while they’ve slipped to 6th place this year, fifty-three 5-star reviews (at least) across all three sizes still says it all!

These beds have more puncture resistance, less weight, and more support than your average bargain airbed. They come in three different sizes, an XL Single, a Queen, and a Double High Queen, and are just as perfect for overnight guests as they are for camping. Inflation is simple with a regular airbed pump, support is provided by the internal coils, and you can use your regular sheets from home over it, even when you’re sleeping outdoors.

Coleman’s All Terrain Airbeds are the go-to all-rounder for anyone not looking to shell out a wad of cash, but still wanting a comfy place to crash.

5. Exped MegaMat Max 15 LXW and Duo LW

Ah… the good ol’ MegaMats! They’ve always placed somewhere among the top of the top, and with so many 5-star reviews they jolly-well deserve it! Exped mats are Swiss designed and made to exceptional standards.

With a soft velour top finish, the MegaMats feature separate inflate and deflate valves to ensure they won’t slowly expel air overnight. Available are the MegaMat 15 LXW and MegaMat 15 Duo LXW – both of which take the original MegaMat to the next level, and provide 15cm of air-cored channelled foam and an R-Value of 10.6. Exped also has a bunch of accessories to complement their MegaMat – a Coupler Kit for joining two singles together, mat sheets (Duo LW+ and LXW), a multi-purpose rechargeable Widget Pump, and a Mini hand pump if you need to give your mat a top up mid-trip.

The MegaMat is one of our longest and best-selling products in the Snowys range. They’re not the cheapest but, with an unrivalled 5 year warranty, they’re well worth the investment!

4. BlackWolf HexaTherm 3D

Taking over fourth place and making steady progress to the top spot is the HexaTherm 3D from BlackWolf! The 3D Single and Queen were new to us in late 2019.

Breaking down the specs, there’s not a lot of difference between these mats and the old favourite, Mega Deluxe. We had a hunch that these mats would win over the diehard Mega Deluxe fans for another year running, and the sales over the past twelve months seem to be backing this up! The 3D features Therma-cell cored foam to reduce weight, while conforming to your body shape.

We regard them to be among the best self-inflating mats, and won’t be at all surprised if they continue to work their way up the list.

3. Coleman Quickbed Airbeds

Maintaining their third place from last year, these are still a favourite among our customers. Coleman’s Quickbed Airbeds are a trusty airbed available in an XL Single, Double, a Queen and a Queen Double-High & Pump.

If you’re after a reliable and affordable airbed, look no further! The Quickbeds are constructed from a tough PVC, with internal coils for support and shape, and a flocked surface for comfort. The Queen Double-High has led the pack in sales, and is the only airbed in our range that has an integrated 240-volt pump. It also boasts a string of rave reviews, and is a popular choice for fitting inside Coleman’s Northstar Darkroom 8P and 10P tents.

Like the All Terrains, the Quickbed is no stranger to our best-sellers list, and it’s a great choice for budget-conscious campers, as well as making an easy, storable solution for houseguests.

2. Zempire Monstamats

Well, it seems that good things don’t come in threes in the case of the Monstamat Camp Mat…which has just missed out on the top place this year after taking the crown two years in a row! Made by the New Zealand brand Zempire, there are three mats in the range – a Single, a King Single, and a Twin.

This mat is 10cm thick, with an anti-bacterial open cell foam interior. It has a single high-volume valve for easy inflation and deflation, and a square box design to maximise the sleeping space. With more than two hundred (!) 5-star reviews across the range, our customers continue to rate it highly, based on its comfort and excellent value for money.

When it comes to finding the right balance in a good camping mattress, the MonstaMats have it! They’ve built a solid reputation over the years, and that’s because Zempire has considered all those tricky factors we mentioned at the start – cost, comfort, size, portability, weight, insulation, and inflation!

1. Exped MegaMat 10 LXW and Duo LW

More MegaMats?! We must be dreaming. Backed by a 5-year warranty, the MegaMat is one of our longest and best-selling products in the Snowys range. It’s no wonder they’re number 1!

MegaMat mattresses are individually tested to be 100% airtight before they’re shipped for sale, and they have a stellar reputation for being reliable and extremely comfortable. The MegaMat 10 is available in single and double sizes, with a velvety surface fabric laminated to hollow cored foam. This construction ensures minimal packed size despite expanding to a massive 10cm in height, as well as superior insulation. Exped is innovative and stands by the quality of its products, which is why all mats are designed to withstand 5 times the pressure attained during normal inflation.

What to Watch: Sea to Summit Comfort Plus SI

A lightweight and compact option, designed for outdoor dozing beyond the backyard! With 8cm of height, an R-value of 4.1 in cooler climates, and a laminated TPU anti-slip print on the base – you can camp comfortably. Its roomy, rectangular-shaped mat of Delta Core PU foam reduces weight and bulk without trimming the fat on comfort or support. The Delta Core interior allows for compact rolling while a multi-functional valve makes for effortless inflation and deflation. Enjoy consistent warmth along the full length of the mat and a soft-touch stretch upper fabric.

The Comfort Plus SI takes the night shift so you can sleep soundly!

How do you choose a good camping mattress?

The post Best Camping Mattresses for 2023 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

The right cooker will support your sunset alfresco dining dream, and deliver – but the wrong stove could see your ideal, straight-from-a-magazine meal become a bowl of blackened, off-balanced bitterness! With the extensive range available on the market, choosing a camp stove to bring that spark to after dark cooking can be a complicated task. You need a stove that sizzles in all the right places, simmers for all the right dinners, and takes care of that suppertime snacking.

To crank the heat, we’ve listed our ten best-selling camp stoves over the last 12 months, kicking off with number ten…

The right cooker will support your sunset alfresco dining dream. Image: Coleman

10. Gasmate Classic 2-Burner Stove

The Gasmate Classic 2-Burner Stove is lightweight, ergonomically designed, and easy to transport.

With burners producing 10,000 BTUs each, you’ll be cooking faster than your beer boils in the Aussie summer. The fine burner controls enable both simmering and cooking two dishes at once, while the removeable heavy-duty chrome-plated cooking trivets allow for easy cleaning.

To top it off, like a pat of butter on a hot potato – the Classic 2-Burner is affordable, and the hot-to-go stove for all experience levels.

Gasmate Classic 2-Burner Stove

9. Coleman Triton Instastart 2-Burner Stove

From the hot breakfasts that bolster our cold, tired bodies, to the campfire dinners by lamplight – the Triton Instastart 2-Burner Stove by Coleman is the classic camp kitchen companion.

With two independent steel burners – fully-adjustable and rust-resistant – this stove boasts an output of 22,000 BTU, plus Coleman’s Instastart ignition for easy lighting. The removable grate and aluminised cooktop enable easy cleaning after evening feasting, while the built-in handle on the underside makes for easy transport. Plus, foster the flame thanks to the wind-blocking system for a consistently fierce heat.

The durable design features a hose with a 3/8 fitting, and a run time of up to 6 hours – so you can easily carry the heat from the back seat to every outback retreat.

Coleman Triton Instastart 2-Burner Stove

8. Zempire 2-Burner Deluxe Stove & Grill

This unit from Zempire enables the heat control to take your sauce from simmering to boiling point. Its twin burner heads allow space for both boiling and frying simultaneously, while the piezo ignition makes for easy lighting – free of flimsy matches. Raised off the ground, the burners’ heat is prevented from burning the surface the stove is sitting on.

A powder-coated steel construction allows easy cleaning and rust-resistance, while the rear and side windshield prevents cold air from weakening the flame.

Zempire 2-Burner Deluxe Stove & Grill

7. Companion Proheat 2-Burner Low-Pressure Stove

The Proheat 2 Burner Low-Pressure Stove is the must-pack camp tackle for your road trip kit – also available in a high-pressure model.

A lower profile design enables neat and tidy storage in the camper or RV kitchen, while its cooking allows the use of two large pots simultaneously on heavy-duty pot trivets. Boasting a total output of 18,000 BTU, easily adjust heat and get cracking on the crackling sooner thanks to a dual electric and piezo ignition. LED lighting allows for better visibility, while built-in windshields protect in breezy conditions. Plus, a low-pressure hose and regulator are included with every unit.

Companion Proheat 2-Burner Low-Pressure Stove

6. Gasmate Travelmate II Single Stove

Like a school lunchbox, without the bruised bananas – the Travelmate II Single Stove by Gasmate is compact, portable, and affordable!

With a high-temperature powder-coated steel construction, vitreous enamel drip tray, and pot support – the Travelmate also boasts high-quality brass gas fittings and numerous safety features. The stove operates on disposable butane canisters, with a single burner and control knob featuring rotary piezo ignition. From hot breakfasts at the cold crack of dawn, to campsite dinners at sundown – this stove generates enough heat for the sizzle of a meat slab or the bubbling boil of potatoes.

Gasmate Travelmate II Single Stove

5. Companion 2-Burner High Output Stove

Bolster the hot-pot casseroles and dinners made for the bigger bowls, with the Companion 2-Burner High Output Stove.

Featuring two 25000 BTU burners with superior simmer control, this stove is also equipped with piezo ignition. Large format burners with built-in windshields support the bigger pots, offering a wide and even distribution of heat across the base. Beneath the burner heads sits a stainless steel drip tray, working hand in hand with the removable grate to enable easy cleaning.

Companion 2-Burner High Output Stove

4. Coleman 3-Burner EvenTemp Stove

An all-in-one solution, with powering options across both disposable propane and LPG gas bottles – the 3-Burner EvenTemp Stove by Coleman has officially entered your outback eatery.

Boasting two round 11500 BTU burners on each side for pots and pans, the EvenTemp also features one rectangular burner blazing a massive 5000 BTUs. With all three in use, heat is distributed evenly across the stove – perfect in conjunction with the included griddle for those pan-seared, flatly-fried, or patty-cake suppertime snacks. Better still, it arrives complete with electronic piezo ignition, compatible with its own bag for protection in storage. For more information, check out our product review video here.

Coleman 3-Burner EvenTemp Stove

3. Zempire 2-Burner Deluxe and Deluxe Wide Camp Stove

Blazing 12000 BTUs per burner (yep, a total of 24000 BTUs) – the Zempire 2 Burner Deluxe Stove packs a fire-cracking punch!

Each burner features a control knob and piezo ignition, surrounded by a stainless steel drip tray for easy cleaning. The exterior of the stove is a powder-coated steel that folds closed for transport, tucking in the fold-down toaster too. From the barbecues out the back, to the get-togethers off the grid – this stove caters for most campsite setups.

Zempire 2-Burner Deluxe Camp Stove

With simmer control, and enough pot and pan space to sizzle snags for the masses – the 2 Burner Deluxe Wide Stove from Zempire delivers unbeatable grub on every family getaway.

Crank that heat using the push-button piezo ignition, and cook double the dinners in half the time with the two 12000 BTU burners from full power to a flickering simmer. A true tea-and-toast host, the design features a convenient drop-down toaster too. Grease and grime is a given after a family degustation – mediated by a durable, easy-to-clean, stainless steel drip tray to catch spills! The wrap-around windshield protects your flame too, while the fold-around locking legs, carry handle, and lid enable easy, convenient carrying.

Zempire 2-Burner Deluxe Wide Stove

2. Companion Single and Double Burner Wok Cookers, and Gasmate Single and Double Wok Cookers

With two brands of wok cookers in second place – similar in both design and features – Companion are a longer-standing brand than Gasmate, and sell more of their models too.

Gasmate’s Single Burner Wok Cooker is as versatile as it is accommodating. Featuring a dual-ring brass burner with cast iron inner, this cooker is ideal for high-speed cooking. A stainless-steel body, fascia, and drip tray are easy to clean, while the enamel-coated trivet is removable. With piezo ignition and a full-adjustable flame, its powerful heat output of 17,800 BTU provides 22 hours of cooking time on high – plus, a 900mm hose with a regulator is included too.

Gasmate Single Burner Wok Cooker

The Double Wok Cooker by Gasmate is a tough cooker, made to last. Constructed from stainless steel, its cast iron and brass burners with steel caps are designed to last, while a powerful heat output of 35,600 BTU using a 9kg LPG cylinder provides 11 hours of cooking time on high! Boasting Piezo ignition, and fully-adjustable flame output to suit your needs – just like its single burner associate, it also comes equipped with a 900mm hose and regulator.

Gasmate Double Burner Wok Cooker

Also available as a double, this cooker is popular across a multitude of uses – from the rustic campsite setups, to outdoor catering and food stalls.

Particularly favoured among caravanners, this stove can be connected (with an optional hose) to an already-regulated gas supply. It features two large 13500 BTU burners, plus control knobs with built-in rotary piezo ignition. The absence of windshields has it accommodating large pots and pans, while the pot supports are wok-friendly. Though not as simple to stash in the back of vehicle like most folding stoves, the Wok Cooker is capable of slotting into any dedicated storage space of a caravan or camper trailer.

Companion Single Burner Wok Cooker

For the camp cooks who like to crank the heat when they’re told to simmer down – the Double Wok Cooker is the hot-to-go stovetop traveller with plenty of space and power. A benchtop design is strong and reliable, providing a whopping 12,800 BTUs per burner for quick-smart dinner prep. With space to suit pots, pans, woks and BBQ plates, this cooker has an integrated ignition for easy use too. Plus, it comes complete with a 1200mm hose, LCC27 fitting, and regulator. 

Companion Double Burner Wok Cooker

Fun food fact: Cam uses the Companion Double Burner Wok Cooker to create some of his dishes in our YouTube series Camp Cooking with Cam. Check out all his frequently-used equipment in our Season Wrap-Up here:

1. Coleman Hyperflame FyreCadet and FyreKnight Camping Stoves

The HyperFlame FyreCadet gas camping stove takes campsite cooking from a soft yellow flame to a burning blue blaze. Your true camp kitchen henchman, its streamlined design features a secure lid latch, anti-skid feet, and independently adjustable flame control with a total output of 22,000 BTU’s – for the culinary campers who like to fire up at sundown.

Coleman Hyperflame FyreCadet Camping Stove

Beside its Cadet brother in first place is the Coleman HyperFlame FyreKnight stove – built for bolstering that unbeatable outback grub off the grid. A heavy-duty latch and a pivoting handle provide comfortable carrying from the backyard to the outback, while shock-absorbing bumpers on the corners further protect from the rough and tumble of off-road retreats.

Coleman Hyperflame Fyreknight Camping Stove

Both the FyreKnight and FyreCadet boasts a robust construction with pioneering technology, and a WindBlock pot support to cater for the more full-bodied pots in your camp kitchen clobber! Hot on quality, they crank the heat on efficiency and effectiveness with flame control of 24,000 BTUs (FyreKnight) and 22,000 BTUs (FyreCadet) across both burners, designed for the campers who like to live large when they’re limited. Removable pan supports make for easy cleaning, while Coleman’s SwapTop system enables the use of various cooking surfaces at once.

What to Watch:

2-Burner Dual Fuel Powerhouse Stove

While not currently available, we’re holding hope that the Dual Fuel Powerhouse stove will be manufactured again soon.

Providing superior performance in windy conditions, this stove runs on unleaded petrol, Shellite, or Coleman camp fuel, where one tank will have it operating for 2.3 hours on high. Its durable steel case and heavy-duty removeable grate makes for easy cleaning, while wind baffles shield the flame from wilder weather too. Fully adjustable – one burner produces 9,000 BTUs while the other does 8,000, capable of boiling a litre of water in just 3.5 minutes!

Coleman 2-Burner Dual Fuel Powerhouse Stove

We’ve got to mention this one…

JetBoil Genesis Basecamp Stove System

Costly, but cool – the JetBoil Genesis Basecamp System tantilises your tastebuds beyond the dining table.

An all-in-one, all-star camp champ – this set comes complete with a Flux Ring 5L Camp Pot, System Carry Bag, and 10-inch Fry Pan coated in non-stick ceramic to allow a super simple, post-chomp clean-up! Boasting a 10,000 BTU heating system, crank the heat and pack compactly into the included carry bag for a snug fit ahead of your next outdoor endeavour.

Construct, create, and consume with the JetBoil Genesis Basecamp System! Image: JetBoil

Thinking of upgrading your camping stove? 

The post The Best Camping Stoves for 2023 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Some lightweight mats carry a significantly steep price tag on account of all the new technologies and fabrics incorporated into their design. It’s not easy to decide, and what works for one person won’t necessarily work for another.

Below, we’ve listed our top-selling lightweight hiking mats over the last 12 months. Before we get into the countdown, let’s cover some of the common questions asked about lightweight hiking mats…

‘Are hiking mats noisy to sleep on?’

Air-filled mats, such as the Thermarest NeoAir and the Sea to Summit air-filled mats, create more noise than self-inflating mats. The good news is that this noise is usually due to the fabric being new, so it will decrease over time and is a small trade-off for much more comfort.

When brand spanking new, some mats may make a little noise. Image: Thermarest

‘What is a bonded sleeping mat?’

This question refers to the self-inflating mats, where the outer fabric layer is glued (bonded) to the inner foam. This creates a sturdier sleeping surface and allows the mat to be inflated tightly.

‘How do I care for my sleeping mat?’

Wherever possible, always use something between your body and the mat such as a sleeping bag or liner. This reduces the amount of oil and sweat that soaks into the mat. Should your mat need cleaning, use a mild soap with warm water and a soft-bristled brush to gently clean the surface.

‘How do I store my sleeping mat?’

Self-inflating mats (full of dense foam) are best stored inflated. This ensures the foams’ memory is in an expanded state which shortens the time it takes at camp for the mat to inflate. Air-filled mats and air-filled insulated mats are much easier to care for. They are best stored loosely rolled, but if space is a premium, they can be rolled up and stored in their stuff sack once they’re clean and dry.

Store your hiking mat properly so that it stays in good condition for many more adventures. Image: Thermarest

‘What size sleeping mat should I get?’

If you’re in the ultra-lightweight category, you’ll probably want to consider the shorter version of any mat. This reduces weight, but you may need to use something else to insulate your feet if the ground is cold. If weight is not a big concern and you just want comfort (or you’re a cold sleeper), choose a mat that is roughly the same length as you are in height.

Width should also be considered, especially for users with larger frames. Women’s sleeping mats are usually shorter than the men’s equivalent, and often have increased insulation around the feet and hips.

Unless weight is an issue, go for the size that matches your height. Image: Sea to Summit

‘What is R-value?’

R-value is an indication of how well the mat resists the transfer of heat from one side to another. This applies to the heat or cold from under the mat, as well as the heat your body may lose into the mat.

The higher the value, the less likely it is you will feel cold from the ground and the more body heat you will retain. For those who want to understand R-value a little better, check out this article here.

There is now a new industry standard for R-value called ASTM F3340-18. Whilst the concept of R-value remains the same, the actual testing methods for the value have been updated.

This has been introduced in a bid to create a level playing field for R-value across brands and to help consumers make more informed choices when comparing the performance of sleeping pads.

The ASTM F3340-18 was introduced in 2020 and to date, not every manufacturer has tested their mats to this new standard. This makes things tricky as you can only really make a true comparison between mats that are both tested to the industry standard.

We’ll make sure we update information on our website as we receive the latest test data from our suppliers.

In cold conditions, a higher R-value will help prevent you from feeling the cold. Image: Thermarest

Mat Types

Closed-Cell Foam

These are made of dense foam with thousands of airtight bubbles inside. They do not compress down, don’t offer much comfort, but they insulate really well and are indestructible, lightweight and very affordable.

Air-Filled

These consist of chambers or cells that require inflation before use. Air-filled mats usually offer a lot of comfort for their relative weight and packed size. They are not self-inflating and should they get a puncture, will not offer any comfort at all. Insulated versions have chambers of synthetic fill or down to help trap warm air.

Air-filled mats are usually the choice for lightweight trekkers and adventurers. Image: Sea to Summit

Self-Inflating

These mats are slabs of open-cell foam, often with holes or cores cut out. Durable fabric is bonded to the foam at the surface and sealed on the edges to create an airtight mat. The expanding foam is what creates the self-inflating feature, but this also means they require a little more muscle to compress the foam when packing your mat away. The other benefit of these mats is that if a puncture does occur, they still offer some padding and insulation.

Filled with expanding foam, a self-inflating mat is a very comfy choice, though not as light. Image: Sea to Summit

Now that we’ve got those questions out of the way, let’s have a look at Snowys best-selling sleeping mats for hiking over the last 12 months.

We’d like to note here that we choose the products we range based on value for money, feedback from our customers, as well as the quality and support from the manufacturer.

10. 360 Degrees Adventurer 2.5 SI 

The Adventurer 2.5 Self Inflating Mat from 360 Degrees has popped into our best-sellers for the second time! With so many newbies giving camping and hiking a go over the past few years, it’s great to see this entry-level mat having a turn in the limelight.

Its tapered mummy profile cuts unnecessary weight and keeps the design simple. Self-inflating and one of the most affordable hiking mats we have, 360 Degrees has built a solid reputation for balancing quality and price.

Why buy this mat?: An unbeatable starting point for young adventurers.

9. Thermarest ProLite Plus

A popular, 4-season choice – the Thermarest® ProLite Plus Self-Inflating mattress delivers a little more warmth, comfort, and durability than the ProLite mats.

Constructed to high standards in the USA, the use a quality die-cut polyurethane foam laminated with a soft-touch Polyester upper and base. Its tapered shape bodes for a highly packable product – perfect for lightweight adventurers.

Why buy this mat?: Ideal for lightweight adventures calling for a balance of durability, efficiency, and weight.

8. Exped Versa R5 LW

This sleeping mat blends durability with versatility.

Synmat technology with an industry-standard R5 value offers insulation that endures all-season weather. Its head-to-toe air chambers provides a level of durability only dreamed about, while a recycled polyester construction is crafted with less carbon, water, and energy. With an industry-leading Exped-pioneered FlatValve, you achieve no-fuss, reliable inflation.

The Versa R5 LW Sleeping Mat will have you dreaming by dusk and backpacking by daybreak.

Why buy this mat?: Air-filled with outstanding warmth for winter adventures.

7. Thermarest Z Lite

Coming in at number 7 we have the accordion-design Z Lite from Thermarest. Some feedback has suggested this mat is slightly bulky, but its reduced weight and budget-friendly price tag make it worth the slightly larger packed size.

It’s a closed-cell foam construction with heat-trapping dimples that provide just enough protection, and can also be used as an extra layer of thermal insulation underneath another mat. It may not dazzle you with a whole lot of specs – but it’s a straight-up, no-nonsense, easy-to-pack-up option with a comfy base between you and the ground.

Why buy this mat?: An affordable, ultralight mat that’s virtually indestructible.

6. Exped SIM 3.8 and 3.8 Lite

These mats are a dreamy blend of exceptionally high-quality and affordability.

Where the SIM 3.8 Lite has an R-value of 3.1, the SIM 3.8 boasts 4.6 for decent insulation and warmth – cushioned enough to keep you comfortable while you snooze. Inflate and deflate with just one valve, while its slip-resistant surface resists any rubbing against your skin.

The SIM 3.8 Lite is constructed with a lightweight PU foam, cored in two directions for a mat that provides reliable insulation and comfort. Unlike the SIM 3.8, the Lite features dual flat valves for efficient inflation and deflation, and packs down petite.

For compact packing, attaching to packs, and popping on top of a stretcher – the SIM 3.8 and 3.8 Lite are ideal for both lightweight and camping adventures.

Why buy these mats?: Provide lightweight and reliable insulation and comfort.

5. Thermarest NeoAir & NeoAir XLite

The NeoAir wins gold for lightweight performance and packability!

Providing stellar warmth-to-weight ratio, 6.4cm of thickness with an internal, supportive baffle structure, and an R-value of 4.2 for insulation across year-round expeditions – these mats are for the fast and light adventurer. Their tapered shape reduces bulk, while ultralight Nylon saves those extra grams. ThermaCapture technology and a Triangular Core Matrix construction work together to trap radiant heat and prevent heat loss – meanwhile keeping the pack size down. Featuring Thermarest’s WingLock valve too, inflating is simple and 3-times faster thanks to one-way inflation and a large opening.

Complete with a pump sack for inflation, a field repair kit for patching up mid-adventure, and a compact stuff sack for storage – these mats are available in a range of sizes.

Why buy this mat?: Superior combination of a supportive structure, year-round performance, and packability.

4. Exped FlexMat

Be it added insulation for existing self-inflating mat, or simply a minimalist sleeping solution – this mat is the versatile choice.

Its closed-cell IXPE foam construction is DWR-free, while the fold-out design bodes for ease of use in outdoor environments. An R-value of 1.5 has been tested to the ASTM F3340-18 standard, both insulating from the cold and protecting from puncture-prone terrain. For the ultralight travellers seeking a minimalist sleeping option, this mat can also be used on its own.

Why buy this mat?: Versatile in offering added insulation, resistance to rough terrain, and a minimalist option for lightweight trips.

3. Sea to Summit Air Sprung Cell

With every one of these updates, year after year, these mats come in strong. Just like last time, we’ve decided to group them together according to their technology. Within this grouping, we have the Comfort Plus ASC range, the Comfort Light mats, and – leading the pack in sales – the Ultralights.

The best-selling Ultralights took the trophy last year, featuring a single layer of inflatable cells that conform to your body when you sleep. There are two models: insulated and non-insulated. Each is available in various sizes. Lightweight hikers love these mats; the large version weighs less than 600g, and measures 5cm thick.

Moving on – over the years, Sea to Summit has refined the Comfort Light mats range, which now comprises the insulated version and the insulated women’s specific. These mats are probably the most versatile in the brand’s inflatable range, made to provide warmth where it is needed and save weight where it is not. The Comfort Light range is made with two independent inflatable layers, and provides custom comfort and a level of redundancy in the event of a puncture.

The Comfort Plus range has also seen some tailoring, including the 6.3cm thick insulated model and the 8cm XT. The XT weighs just over 1kg – but if that’s not an issue, this plush rectangular mat will offer some serious comfort.

Why buy this mat?: Compact comfort and versatility.

2. Sea to Summit Self-Inflating

Here we are at number 2! Previously in first place, Sea to Summit’s SI collection uses Delta Core to remove excess weight and bulk. These mats have been a consistent best-seller in past years, and with loads of variations it’s easy to understand why. There’s the Camp Mat range, the Camp Plus, the Comfort Plus SI mats, the Comfort Light SI’s, and the Ultra-Light SI mats in both hiking and women’s specific styles.

All have proven popular with our customers – but it’s the entry-level Camp Mat SI, and the Comfort Plus SI in its tapered, rectangle, and women’s specific options that have come out in front.

These have been closely followed by the Comfort Light SI mats which have moved from getting an ‘honourable mention’ in 2019, to sixth place in 2020. There are two styles, each offering a choice of sizes: the original or the women’s specific version. With so many self-inflating choices from Sea to Summit, you’re sure to find a balance of thickness, weight, and warmth to suit your needs.

Why buy this mat?: Versatile all-rounder for any adventure.

1. Sea to Summit Ether Light XT

We knew these mats were still a hit – a number 1 hit!

The Ether Light XT from Sea to Summit continues to give every other mat in this category a run for its money. Slightly quieter than the Ultralight mats due to the larger baffle design, Ether Light XT mats take it to another level with 10cm of comfort, 3 season insulation, and full-body support. With Insulated, Women’s specific, and Non-insulated versions available, there’s a model for every lightweight hiker.

For those wanting something for alpine or winter conditions, there are now also two expedition models in a choice of sizes and styles – the Extreme insulated and a Women’s specific version. These both feature air-sprung cells and dual-density insulation which gives them an impressively high R-value. They weigh a bit more than the originals, but that’s the trade-off for winter warmth.

Side-sleepers have been rejoicing over these mats, as their generous thickness lends itself to ongoing comfort no matter your position. It’s the original Insulated model that’s really smashed it out of the park with sales, but with so many versions available there’s one for every lightweight hiker undergoing any adventure.

Why buy this mat?: Upgrade to more comfort without compromising weight.

What to look out for next year?

Well, usually it’s brands like Sea to Summit and Exped that have been the ones to watch when it comes to lightweight mats… but we reckon Thermarest might continue to gain interest and move their way closer to pole position next year! Will they prove strong enough to push Sea to Summit out of the top 3? Stay tuned for next year’s update…

What’s the best hiking mat you’ve ever used?

The post Best Hiking & Lightweight Sleeping Mats for 2023 appeared first on Snowys Blog.

With that in mind, the following track snacks are designed to fit every backpack – be that for finishing your favourite trail, curbing that carb craving, or even fueling mid-morning at the office.

Trackside snacking doesn’t have to bring with it artificial flavours, excess sugar, or funny-sounding ingredients we can’t quite decipher. Credit: Clif

Bars

Fast, nutritious, and easily transported – energy bars are the most impactful jam-packed mouthful for the track. From the bushwalks across rubble to fast-paced races on flatter pavement, stay fueled beyond the big smoke with their superior nutritional profile and kick-butt flavour options too.

As the most versatile choice, bars make for easy snacking ahead of a hike, training session, or simply to keep you kicking on at the keyboard during the workday. To benefit the most from an energy bar, consume 2-3 hours before exercise. Nibble away mid-activity too, to keep hunger at bay.

Stay fueled beyond the big smoke with a superior nutritional profile and kick-butt flavour options too. Credit: Skratch Labs

Energy bars are usually very dense, having them more satiating and filling compared to a gel. Their texture is more solid, like that of a muesli bar, which can often be more palatable. Nonetheless, they’re not ideal when you’ve got your hands tied, nor as fast absorbing as a gel. 

Some of our favourite brands include Clif and Skratch Labs. Wholesome ingredients in, hydrogenated oils out – every Clif bar is 70% organic, made with healthy, high-energy ingredients without compensating with high-fructose corn syrup. Boasting a compact pack size too, they’re easily stored on your hike, ride, or run. For more on the flavour of Clif energy bars taste, check out our review in the video below.

The Snowys YouTube channel is home to many Clif Bar reviews.

Similarly, Skratch Labs develop and sell sustenance that not only aid healthy living but taste as clean as the ingredients are real. The team at Skratch Labs translate the ‘start from scratch’ approach to their products, avoiding artificial ingredients found in most pre-packaged sports bars and drinks.

Check out the Clif and Skratch Labs range on our website.

Skratch Labs avoid using artificial ingredients found in most pre-packaged sports bars and drinks. Credit: Skratch Labs

Gels

Be you trekking through snow or slaying the slopes, energy gels both refuel and replenish, replacing the electrolytes lost through sweat. Made with organic maltodextrin and organic dried cane syrup, the Clif Energy gels are made especially for high-performance athletes.

Energy gels are ideal for riding, trail running, or any fast-paced activity where chewing would require slowing down. With no chewing involved, your head remains in the game while carbs are absorbed rapidly into your bloodstream. Consume once or twice an hour with water during exercise, or 15 minutes before you head out.

Gels are both easy to eat, and fast-absorbing. Photo: Clif Bar & Company

Chews

An irresistibly viscous blend of glucose and fructose – the simple yet stimulating carbs – energy chews contain the butt-kicking energy blend your body absorbs effectively and efficiently. Skratch Labs energy chews are easy on the gut as much as they are the taste buds, while Clif pack enough power in each 34g serving to keep you kicking for up to an hour.

Skratch Labs energy chews are easy on the gut as much as they are the taste buds. Credit: Skratch Labs

Powders

Likewise, Pure Sports Nutrition understand that the fitness fanatics aren’t here to fake it on the footpaths – which is why they only choose premium electrolytes and knock back preservatives in producing their hydration powders. Like Pure, Skratch Labs hydration drink powders also merge a clean taste with the means to rehydrate, free from both gluten and dairy too.

Skratch Labs hydration drink powders merge a clean taste with the means to rehydrate. Credit: Skratch Labs

Often made with freeze-dried fruit and without artificial colours and flavours, powders are a healthy hydration option and best consumed during activity. That said, using alone won’t achieve the adequate energy levels for extended exercise. For this reason, they’re instead better used to supplement energy levels.

Powders are a healthy hydration option and best consumed during activity. Credit: Skratch Labs

Other Sidekicks for the Snack Bag

Freeze-Dried Foods

Keep your metabolism kicking butt from the squat rack to the hike track, thanks to the range of freeze-dried meals packed with real spices, vitamins, and minerals. With Back Country Cuisine and The Outdoor Gourmet Company, Radix Nutrition fuel the fast-paced treks with slow-release carbohydrates for sufficient energy levels and a dense calorie content.

Keep your metabolism kicking butt from the squat rack to the hike track. Credit: Back Country Cuisine

Radix Nutrition fuel the fast-paced treks with slow-release carbohydrates. Credit: Radix Nutrition

Thanks to advanced technology in freeze-drying, milling, and sealing – Radix Nutrition’s quality ingredients remain nutrient-dense inside. Designed for the trailblazers who double as flavour savours, their nourishing, wholefood ingredients enable optimum bioavailability for fast action and on-track fitness.

Designed for the trailblazers who double as flavour savours. Credit: Radix Nutrition

The post Snacks for the Track: A Go-Getter’s Guide to Adventure Fuel appeared first on Snowys Blog.

But what does it all mean?

If you want to get into the science of it all, some of it can get pretty technical. For the most part though, the manufacturer has already investigated all the specifics and utilised the best materials to balance function and durability with the selling price. Furthermore, wherever possible, we here at Snowys try to remove confusing jargon and describe things simply. That said, some industry terms must remain.

To satisfy the curious shopper, this blog simply explains simply what they mean. Now, you can drop at least a few of these terms into the conversation next time you’re chewing the fat with your mates over your latest bit of kit.

Learn more about the gear that you’re buying. Image: Sea to Summit.

Terms Describing Fabrics:

Polyester 

Polyester is one of the most common fabrics used in tents, offering a good balance of performance and weight with a softer feel than nylon (another common tent fabric).

Polyester has good UV resistance and doesn’t stretch or sag as much as nylon when wet, having it ideal for tent flysheets. It is usually made waterproof via the application of a PU coating.

Polyester fabric is super common on tents. Image: Coleman Australia

Nylon 

Nylon doesn’t have the same UV resistance as polyester, and stretches when wet. This has it less often used for tent flysheets. Plus, it generally has a stiffer feel and is more expensive than polyester. Nylon is generally used for backpacks, as it is abrasion-resistant with a high tear strength.

Nylon is used on a range of products. Image: Marmot

Packcloth 

This is an abrasive and tear-resistant cloth used for heavier duty applications, such as backpacks. It comes in many forms, is heavier in weight than the fabrics found in tent flysheets, and commonly made of either polyester or nylon.

Canvas

Traditionally, canvas was 100% cotton and used to make swags and tents, before synthetics made their way into the market. The cotton canvas was usually waterproofed with a coating of wax, but the fabrics end up being quite heavy. Despite this, they are very breathable; a great fabric for warm, dry climates.

Along with breathability, canvas also offers good insulation and UV resistance. Compared to synthetics too, it is quieter in the wind!

Along with breathability, canvas also offers good insulation, is quieter in the wind compared to synthetics and has good UV resistance.

Canvas is super durable and perfect for swags and touring tents. Image: Darche

Polycotton 

The term ‘polycotton’ indicates that the yarn used to make the product is a mix of polyester and cotton. Most tents and shelters today labelled as ‘canvas’ are actually polycotton canvas. The combination means that the canvas boasts the benefits of both cotton and polyester.

The percentage of polyester is usually higher, but this means that the fabric is lighter and stronger than cotton canvas. It also means PU coatings can be applied effectively to create a reliable waterproof barrier.

Polycotton blends the best of natural and synthetic fibres together. Image: Oztent

Oxford 

This simply refers to the type of weave used to create the fabric. An Oxford fabric is made with a basket weave that usually creates a visible texture. It is generally a sturdy fabric, a lighter alternative to pack cloth, and ideal for the application of coatings.

Taffeta 

This is another term that refers to how the fabric is constructed. Taffeta fabrics usually have a smoother, crisper feel, and are lighter in weight compared to Oxford fabrics – though don’t offer the same tear strength and durability.

Taffeta is commonly found in applications where weight is a primary consideration.

Taffeta is more suited for lightweight applications. Image: Marmot

Pongee 

Pongee is yet another term that refers to how the fabric is made. It is usually constructed with a combination of natural and synthetic fibres, offering the benefits of both to create a thin, soft, and easy-to-clean fabric that is not easily damaged.

Pongee is ideal for sleeping bag linings, as it is comfortable against the skin and does not add bulk or weight to the bag. Tightly woven Pongee is used for high-end umbrellas, as it creates a strong, dense fabric that blocks light, boasts excellent waterproof qualities, and is easy to print on.

Pongee is thin, soft and easy to clean. Image: Sea to Summit

Cordura and Kodra 

Both of these are heavy-duty, premium brand-named synthetics. Cordura is the trademarked name of a collection of heavy-duty, synthetic, and fibre-based materials in a fabric, first created by Dupont in the US. Some Cordura products include luggage bags, trousers, and some military wear. Kodra comes from Korea.

Both products are usually made of nylon, but can be a blend of materials and used in gear where exceptional durability, abrasion resistance, and strength are required – for example, the base of backpacks and abrasion points on apparel.

Kodra provides a lot of abrasion resistance. Image: Sea to Summit

Polyethylene (PE) 

You’ve probably heard of the ‘Poly tarp’ – an affordable, durable, and waterproof tarp that has 101 uses. These are made of Polyethylene or PE, which is a woven plastic material that creates a watertight, UV, and abrasion-resistant barrier.

It has a crinkly, stiff feel, and comes in many different weights/thicknesses to suit many applications. It’s most common use is as the good ol’ poly tarp cover.

PE is an ideal material to use as a tarp. Image: Kookaburra

No-See-Um 

This term is used in reference to insect mesh. No-See-Um mesh has many small holes, generally less than 1mm, that are too small for tiny insects like midges to squeeze through. No-See-Um mesh is not necessarily durable enough for use in heavy-duty canvas tents and swags where a fibreglass type mesh which has larger holes (1-2mm) is preferred for durability.

If you’re camping with mozzies and midges, you’ll want No-See-Um mesh on your tent. Image: Oztent

Denier, GSM, and Oz/Yd2

Denier describes a single strand of fibre measuring 9000m in length, bundled up and weighed. From that, the term ‘denier’ references a fabric’s thickness, specifically the individual fibres in its threads. The higher the number, the thicker the fibre. If 9000 metres of a single thread were to weigh 1 gram, it would be determined to be 1 Denier (1D). If 9000 metres of another fibre were to weigh 150 grams, it would be determined to be 150 Denier (150D).

This term is not to be confused with grams per square metre (gsm). Where gsm describes how many grams of fabric are in one square metre, denier is the weight of the individual fibre within that fabric. A material may have a gsm measurement that differs from that of its denier. For example, a material with a low GSM can have a high denier, common in thick fabrics that are loosely woven. On the other hand, a more tightly woven fabric would have a higher GSM.

Oz/Yd2 is the weight in ounces of a square yard of the fabric. Heavier is not always better, and should be looked at in association with the denier, thread count, and end-use.

Denier measures the thickness of fibres used in fabric. Image: Sea to Summit

Thread Count 

This is the measure of the number of threads that can be counted in a square inch of a fabric. The higher the count, the denser the fabric – which will provide better waterproofing properties.

The number is determined by adding together the threads running across the length and width, known as warp and weft. For example, if a fabric had 10 thin fibres along the length and 5 thicker fibres across the width, the fabric would have a thread count of 15.

Terms Describing Fabric Treatments and Performance:

PU Coating  

A Polyurethane or PU coating is applied to the inner side of fabric to give it waterproof properties. This coating affects the strength of the fabric, so a quality PU coating will be as thin as possible to balance fabric strength with waterproof properties and longevity.

The PU coating is hydrophilic, meaning it attracts water and is breathable – albeit, not as breathable as not having the coating there at all.

This coating repels water and is also breathable. Image: Coleman Australia

Siliconised 

Where a PU coating is laminated to one side of a fabric, siliconised fabric, usually nylon, is actually impregnated with liquid silicon. This means the coating is on both sides of the fabric. The silicone-impregnated fibre greatly improves tear strength, allowing much lighter fabrics to be produced.

As silicone is hydrophobic or ‘water-hating’, siliconised fabrics create a reliably waterproof, albeit non-breathable fabric. That said, they are generally more expensive than their PU-coated counterparts.

Siliconised fabric improves the strength of the fabric. Image: Sea to Summit

DWR 

This stands for ‘Durable Water Repellency’, and refers to a coating applied to the outside of a fabric to cause water to bead off it (similar to how it does on a waxed car) and assist with breathability. The feature simply provides added waterproofing of some tents, sleeping bags, and jackets – so camping in wet weather is like water off a duck’s back!

A DWR coating is not permanent, and needs re-application after significant use with aftermarket solutions from the likes of Nikwax and Grangers.

DWR is an essential treatment for waterproofing gear. Image: MSR

Waterhead Rating

This is a measure of how waterproof a fabric is, usually measured in millilitres. The waterproof properties are created through the application of a PU coating or a laminating process such as used by Gore-Tex. For more info on waterhead ratings, check out this article here or join Lauren and Ben in their chat with Ryan from Zempire throughout Episode 16, Tent Waterhead Ratings with Zempire.

Breathable 

This simply refers to the fabric’s ability to pass water vapour. Cotton is highly breathable, followed by many synthetics. PU coatings that are applied to create a waterproof barrier still offer some breathability, which is why many jackets claim to be breathable and waterproof. Saying that, they pass water vapour at a much slower rate than uncoated fabrics.

There are more expensive, high-tech fabrics such as Gore-Tex and eVent too. These are made from 2-3 layers of laminated fabrics to provide water protection, with a high level of breathability (higher than a PU coating). The science behind these is complicated, and they all have their limitations in certain extreme climates – yet these are not usually noticed by the average user.

Gore-Tex provides water protection and breathability. Image: Gore-Tex

Seam Sealing / Taped Seam

This is a process done during manufacturing that involves adding a layer of tape over the stitching to prevent any leaks in a tent, jacket, bag, etc. from where the needle has punctured the fabric. When the polyurethane-coated (or PU-coated) waterproof fabric is stitched together, leaking points remain within the seams. Tape is then applied with heat and pressure, producing a seal.

Any gear with weather-exposed seams that has not had this tape sealant applied cannot really be classed as waterproof without other design elements added to prevent leaks.

Seam sealing prevents leaks inside your gear. Image: Zempire

Tear Strength 

This is the ability of a fabric to withstand an existing tear or cut from becoming any larger.

Ripstop

The term ‘ripstop’ alone refers to a method of fabric design where a heavier denier fibre is woven through a material in a grid-like pattern (mimicking maths graph paper). This prevents tearing in the fabric, or simply stops an existing tear from growing any further.

The ripstop feature can be found in canvas and polyester as well as nylon, but more common in the latter due to its lightweight construction requiring more durability.

Ripstop is a reinforcement that keeps your fabric from tearing under stress. Image: Sea to Summit

Metals Used in Outdoor Products:

Aluminium 

A type of metal that doesn’t offer the same strength as steel, but is much lighter. In fact, steel is typically 2.5 times denser than aluminium. Aluminium’s strength, however, is ample for most of what we require in our camping gear.

Aluminium is more expensive than steel, but can be is easily formed into all sorts of shapes and extrusions that steel cannot – such as sail tracks, lightweight tri-pegs, and pole fittings. There are many different grades of aluminium depicted by four-digit numbers from 1000 upwards, with the 6000 and 7000 series commonly found in camping gear.

An aluminium frame offers lightweight structure. Image: Oztent

Alloy 

Often confused with aluminium (which is a single element), alloy is made up of a combination of elements where aluminium is the predominant metal. It’s a bit like a single-malt whisky versus a blended.

Combining elements to create an alloy means the material can be enhanced to best suit the strength and weight required for the end purpose.

Alloy gives you a bit more strength while still being light. Image: Darche

Steel 

Steel is an alloy in that it is made up of several elements. To simplify: steel is a low-cost heavy material with a high tensile strength, found in camping applications where weight is not a primary factor but strength is.

From tent poles to stoves, fire pits, and appliances, right down to the nuts, bolts, and screws used to assemble your gear – steel can be found everywhere.

Steel is popular among camping gear for its strength. Image: Coleman Australia

Plastics Used in Outdoor Gear:

ABS Plastic 

Think Lego. Those sharp little bricks (that hurt more than anything in the world when you step on them) last a lifetime, and keep performing! These are made from Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene, or ABS plastic.

It’s impact-resistant, strong, stiff, has good chemical resistance, and performs well in both high and low temperatures. ABS plastic is also easy and affordable for manufacturers to work with. You’ll find this material on lanterns, head torches, and tents that have plastic components.

PU 

Polyurethane, or PU, is extremely versatile and exists in many forms. In the camping industry, we often see it used for a waterproof coating on fabrics and the foam we sleep on in camp mats. It can be made to be rigid or flexible, and is also found in adhesives, shoe soles, insulation, and plastic parts for automobiles.

PU creates a waterproof barrier. Image: Sea to Summit 

TPU 

This stands for Thermoplastic Polyurethane and the difference between TPU and PU gets scientific. In a nutshell, TPU is stronger, less prone to cracking, and more flexible than PU – although, given the higher cost, is not as commonly used for waterproof coatings on fabrics.

TPU is more commonly found in applications where durably flexible plastics are required, such as hoses and bladders (like those in hydration packs and inflatable tent poles) and the support structures of footwear.

TPU is flexible, making it perfect for inflatable tent poles. Image: Zempire

PVC 

Polyvinyl Chloride, or PVC (also referred to as vinyl), is used widely. It is a dense and strong material, and can be rigid as in the case of plumbing pipes but made flexible with the addition of plasticisers.

The PVC we see in camping realms is a polyester fabric coated in PVC to create a heavy-duty fabric of sorts. This creates a completely waterproof, abrasion- and UV-resistant, but non-breathable barrier. They’re commonly found in tent and swag floors, heavy-duty waterproof bags, and transport covers for awnings and rooftop tents.

Coating fabric in PVC creates a strong fabric ideal for gear bags. Image: Darche

Zippers:

YKK 

Synonymous with a good quality zip, a YKK zipper indicates that a manufacturer has not snuck a cheap alternative into what is probably one of the most important elements of the product you have purchased – because if the zipper fails, you probably can’t use it. YKK zippers are strong, reliable, and don’t become sticky with time.

YKK is an acronym for the company that manufactures the zippers, ‘Yoshida Kogyo Kabushikikaisha’. The company originated in Japan before becoming worldwide.  You will likely see a number associated with a zipper, indicating the gauge of the zipper. There are two types of zipper – coil and stamped. Coil zippers are smooth and handle curves and corners well, whereas a stamped zipper is much chunkier-looking and ideal for more heavy-duty applications.

SBS 

YKK’s biggest competitor is the Chinese-based company ‘SBS’. They produce high-quality zippers, though have a long way to go if they want to knock YKK off their perch as the world’s zipper behemoth!

Zippers are an important feature of your gear. Image: Sea to Summit

Other Jargon:

Billy

…Could be a member of your camping party, but also refers to a deep cooking vessel made of tin, aluminium, or stainless steel with a handle and lid. A billy is used to cook over a campfire.

Bivy / Hoochie

A bivy describes a waterproof sack for emergency purposes, made of a tarp-like material. The term is also used in mountaineering, referring to a small space in which a camper can ‘bivy down on’.

Unlike a Hoochie – a piece of tarp that serves as a small covering – a bivy is best described as a bag rather than a shelter, similar to the people-sized plastic bags worn at an AFL game during wet weather.

Blunnies

Simply a shortened term for Blundstone boots. While ‘blunnies’ originates from a specific brand, it can also refer to any leather boot with elastic sides. The exception is R.M. William boots, a classier style instead dubbed as ‘RMs’.

BTU

A BTU is an acronym for a unit of heat measurement called the British Thermal Unit, often indicated on kitchen appliances such as stoves.

While BTUs are a non-descript unit of measurement (unlike millilitres, which simply measure volumes of water), Ben and Lauren discuss them further on the Snowys Camping Show in Ep41 – Camp Stove Comparisons. Here, they uncover how BTUs are quantifiable, how they’re measured, and how many degrees a certain number of BTUs translates to.

Cairn

Often marking a high point on a mountain, a cairn describes a neat pile of rocks traditionally constructed for navigational purposes. Cairns tend to be landmarks on mountain peaks or indicators of when a path may change course. Lauren describes a large cairn on the top of Mt Cavern in South Australia, measuring roughly 170cm tall and as wide as a standard-sized, circular tabletop.

Carbon Fibre

Known for its strength and minimal weight, carbon fibre is actually made from organic polymers: very long, thin strings of molecules around 5-10 microns in diameter. It is commonly used on gear such as trekking and tent poles, as well as for other applications in fields such as aerospace, construction, and engineering due to its strong yet lightweight construction.

Composite 

A composite material is something made up of two different materials that work together to enhance the performance of the material. The materials are not blended; they can be seen as two different products within the final product. Fibreglass is an example of a composite material, in that you can see both materials in the final product: glass fibres set within a plastic.

Crampon

A crampon is the spikey attachment fastened to the bottom of a pair of boots for added grip when ice climbing or trekking through snow.

DEET

Another acronym, DEET refers to Diethyl Toluamide which is an ingredient found in most supermarket insect repellents. The chemical is relatively strong and can cause discomfort on sensitive skin types, so best applied in moderation. For more information on this product, check out Ep31 – Creepy Crawlies at the Campsite.

Dilly Bag

The brother of the tucker bag, a dilly bag allows campers to carry their cutlery and crockery. This could also be a tea towel, serving a dual purpose for cleaning dishes after use.

Dome Tent

A tent primarily identified by its dome shape. Usually, a dome tent consists of two or more curved poles and varies in size from a 2-person through to family-sized shelters.

Donga

This term can initially read as a little crass (don’t fight it, we were all thinking it) – however, a donga refers to a transportable house or room! Usually constructed with lightweight materials to allow easy transportation from site to site, dongas are often utilised as a classroom or means of accommodation for workers.

Donkey Shower

Most know a ‘donkey shower’ as simply water heated by a campfire and transported through to the outdoor showerhead.

Moreover, the shower is a homebuilt unit comprising of a tall canister (like that of LPG gas) filled with water. When heated over a fire, the water boils and creates a natural pressure that pushes it upwards and out through the showerhead. A donkey shower follows the science involved in hot air rising, responding to the natural pressure from the steam.

Down

The fine layer of feathers found under a bird’s tough exterior layer. Down is used in the fill of lightweight sleeping bags and jackets, owing to its good warmth to weight ratio.

Ferrule

A ferrule is a small metal tube that is often used in the case of a broken tent pole. The ferrule is threaded over the snapped pole and fixed with gaffer tape to allow further use when spare poles aren’t accessible.

Some pop-up tents have poles that if snapped can be difficult to replace, so ferrules are often handy to keep on hand in such situations for repair purposes.

Fibreglass 

This is a type of plastic that is reinforced with glass fibre. It offers excellent strength for its weight when compared to many metals, plus flexibility. Fibreglass is generally used in tent poles as a more affordable but heavier alternative to alloy or aluminium tent poles.

Fibreglass is strong and flexible, making it ideal for tent poles. Image: Oztent

Flysheet

The waterproof component that creates the second outer skin of a dual-layer tent.

Footprint

A groundsheet manufactured specifically to the dimensions of a tent. Each tent will have its own unique footprint.

Freestanding

The term ‘freestanding’ refers to when a tent is independently holding its shape. More relevant to hiking tents, the word describes those which can be erected fully without the need for pegs. Occasionally, rocky or rugged terrain on a mountainside won’t allow for sufficient pegging – and while freestanding tents help in these circumstances, the use of guy ropes are still recommended to anchor the tent to the ground.

Gear Loft

A piece of fabric (usually mesh) attached to the ceiling of your tent to create a small hammock for gear storage.

Geodesic

This term refers to a domed shelter with more than two crossing poles. Often a geodesic shelter will include multiple poles to enable a sturdier, more steadfast model.

Glamping

Camping with luxuries – the polar opposite of ‘roughing it’.

GORP

If you’re an avid outdoorsman or woman, something you’re sure to love more than an acronym is Good Old Raisins and Peanuts! As the full term suggests, GORP refers to a variety of trail mix.

Grommet

No, not the clay companion of Wallace, or a grubby child into wicked outdoor adventure sports – a grommet in camping terms refers to the small metal ring in the corner of your tarp! Also known as an ‘eyelet’, a grommet aids the pegging and securing of a piece of tarp into the ground.

Groundsheet

A sheet of material, usually a tarp, used beneath a tent to protect the floor from harsh ground. A groundsheet is also used as a floor covering of a campsite’s living area.

Guy Ropes / Lines

Lengths of cord attached to the fly of a tent for stability, especially in high winds.

GVM

Simply, GVM is an initialism of Gross Vehicle Mass, which indicates the total mass your vehicle is allowed to weigh. More information on GVM can be found within a previous episode of the Snowys Camping Show, Packing Your Vehicle Like A Minimalist.

IP rating 

IP stands for ‘Ingress Protection’, used in reference to how resistant a device is to water and dust ingress. It is usually followed by two numerals: the first, which directly follows ‘IP’ indicates the level of dust protection on a scale of 0-6, and the second refers to the water-resistance on a scale of 0-9.

The higher the number, the better the protection. In the instance that an ‘X’ appears in place of a number, the device has not been tested for that ingress. For example, a product with an IP67 rating has been tested for both dust and water, IPX7 has only been tested for water, and IP6X has only been tested for dust.

You’ll find IP ratings on gear such as flashlights and head torches. Image: BioLite

Kindling

Twigs and leaves that catch alight easily, used to ignite a fire.

Lightweight & Ultralight Hikers

Each term refers to a group of people who aim to carry as less weight on their hike as they realistically can.

While ‘lightweight’ covers most hikers who enjoy trekking without bearing the bulk, ultralight hikers are within the realm of those who cut down anywhere they can – for example, removing small items such as toothbrushes. A load weighing 12kg can be considered ‘ultralight’.

Ultralight hikers can shed weight from their load in as little as grams. The idea is that the lighter one’s gear is, the more food can be taken for adequate top-ups on their trek. For example, cutting down 200g in one area allows room for an extra block of chocolate for emergency energy!

Loft

The volume to which an insulative material will expand or ‘puff up’. Usually used when comparing down fill in sleeping bags, the higher the loft the better the heat retention.

Packed Size

The dimensions to which a product and its included accessories will pack down for transport.

Pop-Up Tent

A tent incorporating poles, inner, and fly all in one. These tents ‘pop’ into shape, only require pegs for set-up, and generally pack away into a disc shape.

Quick Pitch Tent

A tent that does not require assembly, with a pole system attached to the inner. Examples are Black Wolf Turbo Tents and Coleman Instant Up Tents.

R-Value

An R-value is the measure of thermal resistance, used in reference to the insulation of a mattress. Lauren and Ben elaborate more on this term in Sleep System Ratings with Sea to Summit. Essentially, the R-Value indicates the ability of a material to resist heat flow. Higher values indicate better insulating properties.

Ridge and Saddle

Both geographical terms, a ridge refers to the path that links a chain of mountains, where the dip between each is called the saddle. Essentially, following the ridge will bring one to the saddle.

Ring and Pin

A system consisting of (as its name suggests) a ring attached to a tent floor, incorporating a pin inserted into the ferrule on the tent pole’s end to secure it into place.

‘Roughing It’

Doing away with any luxuries and keeping camping as simple as it can get.

SCROGGIN

The luxury GORP, this summit-time snack is a mixed bag of Sultanas Chocolate Raisins and Other Good Grub Including Nuts!

Shellite

Also known as petroleum distillate, shellite is a more refined version of unleaded petrol. Shellite is not to be confused with white spirits, which otherwise refers to a laundry detergent. In America, another term for shellite is ‘white gas’.

Shock Cord

Stretchy cord often found on the outside of backpacks for stashing jackets.

Spigot

Another fantastic tool with an equally as fantastic name, a spigot is the insert at the end of an awning or tent pole that pokes through a grommet or eyelet.

Spondoolie / Spondonical

Common in Trangia collections, a spondoolie or spondonical refers to a ‘pot gripper’, or a handle used to clip onto a pot that is too hot to lift with bare hands. A basic description of a spondoolie is two pieces of U-shaped metal with a hook on one end that grips the lip of the pot.

Summit

The summit is the highest point of a mountain.

Swag

A traditional sleeping provision for one or two, consisting of a canvas outer to protect the mattress and bedding rolled up inside. Swags range from basic canvas envelopes with zippered access and no poles, to dome-style structures that can be free-standing.

Switchback

A switchback is the path that takes a walker back up the saddle. Instead of leading straight up the slope, the switchback is the longer, more gradual route at a lower gradient.

Tensile 

Tensile strength is the force the material can withstand as it is pulled on opposite sides in opposite directions before it breaks. This measure is applied to many materials, but in fabric terms it is not to be confused with ‘tear strength’.

Tent Season

Many tents indicate a season rating that ranges between one and four, suggesting the types of weather conditions they may withstand in their lifetime. Where a two-season tent is recommended for use in Summer and Spring, a three-season tent introduces Autumn weather, and a four-season confirms year-round use.

A tent’s season rating may not be a line in the sand, but it serves as a useful guide. For example, while a one-season tent can technically allow use in colder environments, it’s not recommended. This is because the materials and features differ between a one-season and four-season tent, where the latter often has a higher water rating, a full mesh inner, and higher-grade poles.

Tinder

Not the app, but a similar concept – tinder in camping terms refers to the flammable material that can be lit with a mere spark for the purpose of lighting kindling for a campfire.

Ah, just like love.

Tinder doesn’t refer to a specific material. Where a cotton bud is one of many examples, other tinder materials can come from particular parts of timber.

Tinny

Commonly describing a small aluminium boat, a tinny also refers to a can of beer.

Toilet Types

Don’t worry, bringing toilet paper to the campsite doesn’t make you a party pooper. Beyond the domestic dunnies, it’s common to utilize various portable toilet types on a road trip. Examples of eco-friendly varieties include compost, sawdust, and transportable.

Compost and sawdust toilets are both ‘dry’ toilets that treat and process waste through biological composting. Most don’t involve water for flushing, where sawdust is an example of an additive used to create air pockets in the waste to initiate aerobic decomposition. Alternatively, transportable toilets flush away waste into a holding tank located beneath the seat. Chemicals inside reduce smells and germs until the waste is emptied.

Other eco-toilets include outhouses and biogas digesters. Where an outhouse describes a small structure housing a toilet and located away from a main home or building, a biogas digester applies an anaerobic system to decompose waste and convert it into renewable biogas. This gas can subsequently be used as cooking fuel.

Troopy

In classic Aussie lingo, a Toyota Land Cruiser Troop Carrier is commonly shortened to ‘Troopy’. These 4WDs are as tough as nails against the off-road terrain.

Tub Floor

A waterproof floor that continues up the sides of the tent to improve water ingress in wet conditions.

Tucker Bag

A tucker bag describes fabric used to wrap and encase food in, tied on the end of a long stick. Picture the jolly swagman in Waltzing Matilda!

UHF Vs UHF CB Radios

Ultra-High Frequency (UHF) radios are typically used for communicating between vehicles when convoy driving and scanning highways. As UHF radio transmissions don’t allow private communication, those in range are privy to all conversations. For this reason, general etiquette is expected.
A UHF CB radio is that of Ultra-High Frequency Citizen Band, for wider use by civilians.

Where some channels available are used for general conversation and chit-chat, other channels are for emergencies concerning relevant services, such as an ambulance.

Ultra Lightweight

The absolute minimum amount of accessories required for an item to be used in the field. Often also made of extremely lightweight, but not necessarily durable material.

Vestibule

A vestibule – pronounced ‘veh-stah-byool’ – is the front section of a tent, not to be mistaken for the awning.

Where an awning is pegged out for shade, the vestibule provides space between the inner and the fly of a tent or swag. Moreover, it refers to the additional triangular shaped fabric pegged out to allow extra shade or weather protection for any gear kept outside.

Waterproof

Meaning impervious to water in line with its waterhead rating.

Water-Resistant

Resists splashes and light showers but is water penetrable.

White Gas

A clean burning fuel for stoves, similar to Shellite.

What materials do you find perform best what it comes to outdoor gear? 

The post Outdoor Jargon Explained appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Planning meals for a trip away can be a daunting task. Often, there are no shops nearby to grab that ingredient you left behind – and you don’t have the luxury of a 450-litre fridge for loads of food. It’s important to prepare well.

Firstly, don’t discount the idea of freeze-dried or dehydrated food as simple camp food options. Despite what you may have heard – their ingredients are real food, they usually taste pretty good, and they are easy to prepare! These options also have long shelf lives, require no refrigeration, and are compact – so you can stock up ahead of time in preparation for last-minute adventures.

Below, I’ve covered some straightforward methods to meal planning, as well as some of the quick, simple, and lightweight options on the market today. For more info on how to plan lightweight meals for a multi-hike, check out this blog too. 

Last minute food for your trip can be sorted out quick smart. Image: Sea to Summit

Camping

Eating Well at the Campsite

Food and sleep are two of the most important things to consider when heading away on holiday. If you manage to get enough of both, you’ll be in a much better mindset to appreciate the outdoors.

• Think about the variety of meals that use the same ingredients, such as tomatoes and mince meat – for example, both ingredients are found in Bolognese and tacos.
• How much room do you have in the fridge or icebox? Do you need lots of ingredients to be kept cold? Remember, you’ll need space for beer, wine, and other drinks. Minimise what needs to be refrigerated, and look for non-perishable alternatives. For more tips on food storage, check out Meal Planning and Food Storage for Outdoor Adventuring.
• Don’t forget snacks and dessert!
• Include staples such as cooking oil, butter, tomato sauce, tea, coffee, salt, and pepper.

Planning Your Meals

Camping doesn’t have to call for just BBQs for breakfast, lunch, and dinner – there are many more colourful and camp-friendly meals that are simply delicious. I mean that in every sense of the term: straightforward, tasty, and just objectively good.

For a 5-day camping trip, below is what a standard menu could look like. Yes, bakery food is on the menu. Driving to your favourite camping spot can sometimes mean passing through old country towns – and therefore old fashioned, delicious, country bakeries. Don’t pass up the opportunity to stop in.

A standard 5-day camping menu. Credit: David Leslie

Another no-brainer is baked beans.

…Hear me out.

Snowys’ seasoned chef Cam demonstrates his rustic take on that standard, canned, Sunday night staple sitting in your pantry.

Check it out below, or see here for more of his simple campsite dishes:

Watch ‘Camp Cooking with Cam’ on our YouTube channel, every Sunday from 6pm.

Gathering Your Ingredients

Some items will need to be bought, others you likely already have an abundance of in the pantry or fridge at home.

You may have many core ingredients already in your home pantry or fridge. Credit: David Leslie

Remember, preparing for your trip should be exciting – not a headache! Set yourself up with a list like the above to take the stress away, and be sure to have everything you need – and everything you want, like chocolate!

Hiking

So, you’ve decided to finally start training and planning for a multi-day hike! Once again, for more info on how to plan lightweight meals better suited to hiking, check out this blog.

Let us now run through the pros and cons of the lightweight options: freeze-dried, dehydrated, and wet-pack food.

Freeze-Dried Meals

How Are They Made?

Freeze-dried meals are rapidly frozen, where the ice crystals in the food are evaporated to water vapour in a vacuum chamber via a process called ‘sublimation’. This removes more moisture than dehydrating does.

The food is then heat-sealed into foil packages, and the air is both removed and replaced with nitrogen gas.

These products have a shelf life of up to three years.

Pros

• Water is quickly absorbed back into the food through pores left by the escaping ice crystals.
• Food is prepared quickly in approximately 10 minutes using with hot water.
• Food does not shrink.
• Food retains much of its original shape, taste, texture, and smell.
• Vitamins are retained in the food due to the low temperatures applied in processing.
• Food can be eaten without re-hydrating, if necessary.
• The freeze-drying process removes up to 98% of moisture from the product. On average, fruit contains up to 90% water, so freeze-dried foods are extremely lightweight.

Cons

• Their labelling indicates a gourmet, home-cooked meal – and whilst the flavour is pretty good, their consistency is nonetheless best eaten with a spoon.
• Extra water should be considered for food preparation, and this is especially important when lightweight hiking.

Freeze-dried meals are light and packed with energy. Image: Campers Pantry

Dehydrated Food

How Is It Made?

Dehydrated food is produced by passing warm air over the food for a period of time, evaporating the moisture from the product (a similar process to sun-dried foods). These products usually carry a 12-month shelf life.

Pros

• Can be done at home with relatively affordable equipment.
• As the food shrivels, it is a better space-saving method for storing or transporting food than freeze-dried alternatives (which retains much of its original shape).
• Generally less expensive than freeze-dried foods.
• While dehydrating food does not remove quite as much water as the freeze-drying method, it is still a very lightweight option.

Cons

• Requires cooking/simmering to prepare, and 10-20 minutes in hot water.
• As more heat is applied in the drying process in comparison to freeze-drying, it is believed that dehydrated food has a slightly lower nutritional value than freeze-dried foods.
• Can have a chewy texture when rehydrated.
• Extra water needs to be considered to prepare food, and this is especially important when lightweight hiking.

For more on how to dehydrate your own food, check out our chat with ecologist and YouTuber Dr. Kate Grarock on the Snowys Camping Show podcast:

We chat more about how to dehydrate your own food with Dr. Kate Grarock.

You can buy dehydrated food from the supermarket, or make your own. Image: Sea to Summit

Wet-Pack Food

How Is It Made?

This camp food is not dehydrated or freeze-dried – but fresh, pre-cooked food packed wet into pouches. The manufacturing process produces a ‘retort’ product, packaged the same way canned products are but in a soft pouch.

The retort packaging method involves cooking at high temperatures to kill all microorganisms. These products usually have 18-month best-before dates as opposed to use-by dates. This means that while the food quality degrades after 18 months, it is still safe to eat.

Wet-pack food brands include Go Native and Offgrid Provisions. 

Pros

• The pouch is simply heated in a pot of boiling water.
• Less water is required for preparation, and boiled water can be used for drinking or washing.
• Can be eaten cold.
• Boasts the flavour and consistency of home-cooked meals.

Cons

• Usually too heavy for hiking, so better suited for camping or kayaking.

Wet-pack food is a little heavier than other options. Image: Go Native.

Dietary Requirements: Freeze-Dried Options

For those with dietary needs, there are many options out there. See below, or check out our full range here. Happy camp cooking!

Vegan

Back Country Cuisine

• Mushroom Bolognaise
• Pasta Vegetariano

Vegetarian

Back Country Cuisine

• Vegetarian Stirfry
• Nasi Goreng

Radix Nutrition

• Plant-Based Mexican Chilli – ORIGINAL 600 v8.0
• Plant-Based Mexican Chilli – ULTRA 800 v8.0
• Plant-Based Mexican Chilli – KETO 600 v8.0
• Plant-Based Turkish Falafel – ORIGINAL 600 v8.0
• Plant-Based Turkish Falafel – ULTRA 800 v8.0
• Plant-Based Indian Curry – ORIGINAL 600 v8.0
• Plant-Based Indian Curry – ULTRA 800 v8.0
• Plant-Based Indian Curry – KETO 600 v8.0

Gluten-Free

Back Country Cuisine

• Thai Chicken Curry
• Nasi Goreng
• Cooked Breakfast
• Classic Beef Curry
• Mexican Chicken
• Honey Soy Chicken
• Beef Teriyaki

Radix Nutrition

• Grass-Fed Lamb, Mint & Rosemary – ORIGINAL 600 v7.0
• Grass-Fed Lamb, Mint & Rosemary – ULTRA 800 v7.0
• Grass-Fed Lamb, Mint & Rosemary – KETO 600
• Grass-Fed Beef Mexican Chilli – ORIGINAL 600 v7.0
• Grass-Fed Beef Mexican Chilli – ULTRA 800 v7.0
• Grass-Fed Beef Mexican Chilli – KETO 600
• Grass-Fed Barbecue Beef – ORIGINAL 600 v7.0
• Grass-Fed Turkish Lamb – ORIGINAL 600 v7.0
• Plant-Based Mexican Chilli – ORIGINAL 600 v8.0
• Plant-Based Mexican Chilli – ULTRA 800 v8.0
• Plant-Based Mexican Chilli – KETO 600 v8.0
• Plant-Based Turkish Falafel – ORIGINAL 600 v8.0
• Plant-Based Turkish Falafel – ULTRA 800 v8.0
• Plant-Based Indian Curry – ORIGINAL 600 v8.0
• Plant-Based Indian Curry – ULTRA 800 v8.0
• Plant-Based Indian Curry – KETO 600 v8.0
• Plant-Based Mixed Berry Breakfast – ORIGINAL 400 v8.0

What do you prefer to eat when you’re camping and hiking? 

The post Quick and Easy Meals for Camping and Hiking appeared first on Snowys Blog.

Sorry!

This article is for people who want some guidance on choosing a 12V camping fridge – no sales hype, no affiliations, and no bias.

Before we get started, I want to level the playing field by saying that there isn’t a fridge that can be definitively labelled as ‘the best’. There are just too many in-use variables, such as climate, vehicle space, budget, how it’s used, contents, size and volume, ambient temperature, and personal preference. The list goes on.

Something worth keeping in mind is the old adage, ‘you get what you pay for’. Even this can sometimes be misleading, but more on that later.

Knowledge is power, so arm yourself with the following information. Instead of asking, ‘what is the best camping fridge?’ Let’s rephrase the question to be:

How do I choose the best fridge for me?

Set up your campsite comfortably and keep your gear conveniently accessible. Image: Companion

Different Fridges for Different Scenarios

Thermoelectric: For Shorter Trips

A thermoelectric fridge is more of a cooling box, as it doesn’t usually become as cold as a fridge. They work using the Peltier effect: the ability to create heating or cooling when electricity passes through two different conductors. If electricity is passed through a metal plate in a particular direction, the plate becomes hot. If it passes in the opposite direction, it becomes cold. A fan pushes air across the cold plate and into the box, cooling it down.

These fridges are great for picnics and short road trips. They’re also popular among couriers and truck drivers in keeping lunch and drinks cold.

Three-Way: For Longer Stays

A three-way fridge can be run on LPG gas, 12-volt, and 240-volt power supplies. When used correctly, it is both very efficient and reliable. Three-way fridges operate via an absorption method: a fully-sealed system that relies on heat for ignition.

Both water and ammonia are heated in a ‘generator’, soon rising to a ‘separator’. Here, the water and ammonia gas are split. The ammonia gas rises to a ‘condenser’, where it cools to liquid form, combines with hydrogen, and evaporates. This removes the heat from the cabinet. From there, the solution travels to an ‘absorber’, where the ammonia combines with water to initiate the cycle again.

Three-way fridges are ideal for extended stays at a shack, or if you intend to set up camp for long periods. They’re also suitable for 4WDrivers, and as caravan fridges.

Compressor Fridges: Popular All-Rounders

Compressor fridges are the most popular camping fridge, due to their low current draw and high cooling efficiency. Common brands such as Dometic (previously Waeco) and Engel are famous for their compressor-driven fridges.

To keep it simple: a compressor is used to pump refrigeration gas around the system. The gas is compressed into a liquid and sent to the cooling elements where it evaporates, removing heat from the cabinet. The gas is then pumped through the outer fins, releasing the heat before returning to the compressor.

Be it camping, 4WDriving, or just an extra fridge/freezer at home – compressor fridges do it all!

Some fridge models have separately available accessories like portable battery packs. Image: myCOOLMAN

Brand

Brand kind-of goes hand in hand with price.

Whilst some high-end brands include a modified and affordable option within their range, they generally all fit within a price bracket. Furthermore, many of the big players share similar price tags for comparable models.

Debating which brand of fridge is the best for camping is like debating which brand of car is best for driving. It all depends on the individual.

Take a $10K hatchback from Holden, for example. It’s got a manual gearbox, steel rims, a simple interior, fabric seats, and a motor that delivers decent performance throughout the car’s life. It will get you from A to B, while being reasonably fuel-efficient.

Alternatively, a $50K BMW hatch will have a smooth automatic gearbox, polished alloys, and heated leather seats. It’ll likely also offer connectivity out of the wazoo, one-touch ignition, smart tech that almost drives the car for you, and a motor that performs throughout the lifespan of the car. This option will also get you from A to B and be reasonably efficient on fuel.

Someone with a low budget who needs a city runabout is going to be happy with the Holden, but if budget is not an issue and a lot of time is spent behind the wheel, the BMW is likely to be more desirable.

The same analogy can be applied to portable fridges.

Both options are going to keep your drinks cold and be comparable in power consumption – but the more you spend on a fridge, the better the build and the more features there are to benefit from. The big brands will offer more service agents, better warranties, and readily available parts. You may spend a little more money spent now, but this will most likely mean less problems in the future. All things considered, ensure the brand has a reputation for the right reason!

With the right setup, you can even take ice creams camping. Image: Dometic

Price

When it comes to fridges, ‘you get what you pay for’ is a principle that should be applied – but this doesn’t mean you need the most expensive fridge.

If you need a fridge for a one-off occasion, a $200 no-brand marketplace bargain is probably money well spent. Cheaper fridges can be a great option for occasional use, and often come with more features. However, if your cheap fridge fails, the repair cost could outweigh the amount you originally paid for the fridge. 

Expensive fridges should have all the features and the reliability to go with them. Furthermore, reputable brands will have authorised repair agents and a good warranty behind them. These are benefits you are unlikely to have with a cheaper purchase.

If you are a regular camper and/or 4WD tourer, and decide to buy a cheap fridge – it’s likely that you will have to replace it multiple times and carry the burden of unknown reliability on every trip. Paying a little more upfront eases stress, and may end up costing less in the long run. Just think: ‘buy once, buy right’!

Generally, thermoelectric fridges cost under $200. With the absence of a compressor too, these cooling boxes are often quite small and boast plenty of internal space. On the other hand – although the introduction of cheaper, generic brands has helped to bring the price down – compressor fridges tend to be more expensive. With gas, 12-volt, or 240-volt power options, three-way fridges are very versatile and can be bought brand new for as little as $300.

Fridge slides help keep your fridge easily accessible. Image: Dometic

Compressor

Compressors are at the core of fridge operation. They perform the role of both a motor and a pump, and move the refrigerant through the system. A fridge using a reputable compressor is a good indicator of quality, dependability, and the manufacturer’s confidence in their product.

The Sawafuji Swing Motor has proven its reliability for decades, with a trusted reputation. The former well-known brand, Danfoss, was purchased by SECOP a few years ago and continues to perform. Recent years have seen some leading brands such as Dometic (previously Waeco) produce their own compressor, proven to be very efficient and reliable.

LG compressors are used in some of the more affordable fridges. Given they’re from an identifiable brand though, they give the fridge more credibility than a no-name compressor. Unknown compressors lack a proven track record and so have the potential to create headaches and disappointment. A good quality compressor will keep your food cold over years of outback travel.

Size

A couple will usually use a 40-50-litre fridge, where a large family may require 65 litres or more. Consider the length of your trip/s, and if you can re-stock en route. Ultimately, size should heavily influence your choice – no fridge is of any use if it doesn’t fit in your allocated space. The space within your vehicle may also be a limiting factor.

Record the dimensions of the area in which you will be installing your fridge, taking into consideration clearance for the lid. Next, load up your kitchen bench with a heap of the food and drink you’d expect to take camping, and estimate/measure the volume this food takes up.

If you’re packing light with powdered milk and canned veggies, you will need less fridge space than those taking fresh food. Take particular note of long or wide items, such as wine bottles or ice cream containers. Make sure you consider any additional dimensions that a fridge slide or cover may occupy, as well as the direction the lid will open.

It’s highly unlikely you’ll find a fridge that fits perfectly, but having these measurements ready as you sift through your options will at least help you eliminate the unsuitable models.

Think about how much food you need to keep fresh inside your fridge. Image: Dometic